Version 1.

RIPC
INFRASTRUCTURE
CODE
A Comprehensive Guide for Planning, Coordination, Execution,
and Monitoring of Infrastructure Works in the Riyadh Region

[Link]

info@[Link]
February 2025
19989
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 INTRODUCTION & USER GUIDANCE 22
1.1 FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS 30
1.2 OVERARCHING APPROACH 32
1.3 ROAD CATEGORIES 48
1.4 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL 50
2 PROJECT LIFE CYCLE 56
2.1 PROJECT PLANNING 60
2.1.1 PERMITTING 62
[Link] Permitting Requirements 64
[Link] Supplementary Material 66
2.1.2 WORK EXECUTION PLAN AND RISK MANAGEMENT 70
[Link] Work Execution Plan (WEP) 72
[Link] Risk Management by Road Type and Location 74
[Link] Site-Specific Risk Assessments 76
[Link] Key Risks and Hazards in Utility Works 78
[Link] Subsurface Utilities Risk Assessments 80
[Link] Critical Infrastructure Guidelines 82
[Link] Supplementary Material 84
2.1.3 TRAFFIC CONTROL 92
[Link] Traffic Management Planning (TMP) 94
[Link] Temporary Traffic Control Planning 96
[Link] Work Zone and Area Management 98
[Link] Traffic Signage Requirements 100
Traffic Control Device Selection and Placement: Cones, Barricades,
102
[Link] Barriers
[Link] Temporary Alignments 104
[Link] Supplementary Material 106
2.1.4 HEALTH & SAFETY MANAGEMENT 122
[Link] Health & Safety Management Requirements 124
[Link] Supplementary Material 126
2.1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT 132
[Link] Environmental Management 134
[Link] Supplementary Material 136
2.1.6 WASTE MANAGEMENT 142
[Link] Waste Management 144
[Link] Supplementary Material 146
2.1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE & CONTROL 148
[Link] Quality Assurance & Control 150
[Link] Supplementary Material 152

6
2.1.8 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT 154
[Link] Emergency Management 156
[Link] Supplementary Material 158
2.1.9 COMMUNITY OUTREACH & ACCESSIBILITY 160
[Link] Community Outreach & Accessibility 162
[Link] Supplementary Material 164
2.1.10 PROTECTING ASSETS & MINIMIZING DISRUPTION 168
[Link] Protecting Assets & Minimizing Disruption 170
2.2 SPATIAL PLANNING 172
2.2.1 SITE SAFETY 174
[Link] Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) 176
[Link] Noise Management 178
[Link] Lighting – General 180
[Link] Lighting - Handheld and Portable Floodlights 182
[Link] Lighting – Pole Mounted Floodlights 184
[Link] Supplementary Material 186
2.2.2 BARRIERS AND WARNING MEASURES 190
[Link] Channelizing Devices and Barrier Placement 192
[Link] Temporary Safety Barriers Installation 194
[Link] Battery-Operated Warning Lights 196
[Link] Hazard Identification Beacon 198
[Link] Flashing Warning Arrow Panels 200
[Link] Hand Signalling Devices and Paddles 202
[Link] Traffic Control Signals 204
[Link] Advance Warning Area Setup 206
[Link] Supplementary Material 208
2.2.3 WORK ZONE MANAGEMENT 240
[Link] Transition Zone Management 242
[Link] Safety Buffer Zone Requirements 244
[Link] Lateral Buffer Zone Specifications 246
[Link] Lane Width Adjustments in Work Zones 248
[Link] Termination Area and Work Zone Access Management 250
[Link] Pedestrian Walkways and Paths Management 252
[Link] Supplementary Material 254
2.2.4 ACCESS AND COMMUNICATION ELEMENTS 256
[Link] Kerb Ramps and Footway Boards 258
[Link] Project Information Boards 260
[Link] Advanced Communication with Stakeholders 262
[Link] Supplementary Material 264

7
 2.3 PROJECT EXECUTION 268
2.3.1 SITE PREPARATION AND MANAGEMENT 270
[Link] Pre-Mobilization and Site Preparation Requirements 272
[Link] Project Execution Process and Responsibilities 274
[Link] Site Management and Safety Protocols 276
[Link] Supplementary Material 278
2.3.2 EXCAVATION TYPES AND GUIDELINES 282
[Link] Open Excavation Techniques and Specifications 284
[Link] Closed Excavation Techniques and Specifications 286
[Link] Excavation Guidelines Based on Soil Type and Depth 288
[Link] Supplementary Material 290
2.3.3 REINSTATEMENT WORKS 296
[Link] Reinstatement Procedures and Quality Standards 298
[Link] Special Reinstatement Conditions Based on Road Category 300
[Link] Supplementary Material 302
2.4 PROJECT INSPECTION & COMPLIANCE 304
2.4.1 INSPECTIONS AND VIOLATIONS 306
[Link] Powers of RIPC to Inspect, Monitor, and Control 308
[Link] Roles & Responsibilities 310
[Link] Risk-Based Approach to Inspections and Violations 312
[Link] Supplementary Material 314
2.4.2 APPEALS AND COMPLAINTS 320
[Link] Appeals Process for Contractors 322
[Link] Complaints Management for Residents or Road Users 324
[Link] Supplementary Material 326
2.5 PROJECT CLOSURE 330
2.5.1 PROJECT CLOSURE 332
[Link] Project Closure 334
[Link] Supplementary Material 336
2.6 GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS 338
2.6.1 LEVERAGING TECHNOLOGY 340
[Link] Leveraging Technology 342
2.6.2 MAXIMIZING DATA CAPTURE 344
[Link] Maximizing Data Capture 346
3 GOVERNANCE & LEGAL FRAMEWORK 348
3.1 UPDATING The Manual 352
3.2 LEGAL FRAMEWORK 355
4 APPENDIX 360

8
9
01

Tables and Figures

Tables

Table No. Description

1.3.1 Road Categories
1.4.1 Responsibility Matrix
1.4.2 Stakeholder responsibilities across the Infrastructure Project Lifecycle
[Link].1 Permitting Timescales
[Link].2 Impact & Vulnerability Criteria for Emergency Permits
[Link].1 Key Elements of Work Execution Plan
[Link].2 Method for storage of hazardous material
[Link].3 Risk Levels Attributed to Road Categories
[Link].4 Special Site Considerations

[Link].5 Hazards and Possible Mitigants in Construction Sites

[Link].6 Quality Levels for Utility Detection and Mapping
[Link].7 Survey Methods
[Link].8 Risk Heatmap Against Potential Network Disruptions
[Link].1 Traffic Management Plan Content
[Link].2 Temporary Traffic Control Plan
[Link].3 Temporary Traffic Control Plan Components
[Link].4 Sign Size Criteria
[Link].1 Risk Matrix
[Link].2 Levels of Risk Exposure
[Link].3 Heavy Vehicle and Plant Checklist
[Link].1 Traffic Management Plan Template

[Link].2 Temporary Traffic Control Plan (TTCP) Template

[Link].1 Permissible Noise Limits
[Link].1 Recommended Illuminance Levels
[Link].1 Spacing of Channelizing Devices Based on Speed Limits
[Link].1 Flashing Warning Arrow (Chevron) Panels Requirements
[Link].1 Recommended Maximum Work Zone Speed Limits by Road Category
[Link].1 Traffic Management Methods for Various Work Lengths
[Link].2 Minimum Temporary Traffic Controls for Re-asphalting Works & Non-Long-term Utility Works
[Link].3 Works Durations
[Link].4 Minimum Temporary Traffic Controls for Long Term Works Adjacent to Open Excavations
[Link].5 Minimum temporary traffic control measures (less than 24 hours)
[Link].6 Minimum temporary traffic control measures (more than 24 hours)

10
 GLOSSARY

01

Table No. Description

[Link].7 Symbols of Temporary Safety Barriers for Re-asphalting Works
[Link].8 Explanation of Symbols for Traffic Management Equipment
[Link].9 Concrete Barriers Accessories Matrix
[Link].10 Hoarding Height Criteria
[Link].11 Criteria for the use of hoarding panels
[Link].12 Comparison of Light Characteristics for Types A, B, and C
[Link].1 Taper Length Calculations Based on Traffic Speed
[Link].1 Buffer Zone Lengths Based on Traffic Speed
[Link].1 Excavation Planning and Design Responsibilities
[Link].2 Summary of Soil Types
[Link].3 Maximum Allowable Slopes
[Link].4 Non-Destructive Digging Techniques
[Link].1 Reinstatement Requirements
[Link].1 Minimum Requirement for Inspections
[Link].2 Project Categorization for Risk-based Approach to Inspections and Violations
[Link].3 Backfill and Compacted Material Inspection
3.1.1 Statutory Legal Obligations

Figures
Figure No. Description
1.1 Day Visual of a Typical Work Site
1.2 Night Visual of a Typical Work Site
1.2.1 The Overarching Approach
1.2.2 The Stakeholder Interaction Model
1.2.3 Infrastructure Lifecycle Stages
1.3.1 Road Categories
1.4.1 Chapter Types
1.4.2 Linguistic Hierarchy
[Link].1 Permit Application Process
[Link].1 Risk Control Hierarchy
[Link].2 Elements of a Work Control Zone
[Link].3 Temporary Traffic Control Plan Template and Components
[Link].4 Standard Signs
[Link].5 Dramatic Signs

[Link].6 Methods of Mounting Signs other than on Posts for shorter term works (Saudi Highway Code 602)

[Link].7 Vehicle Mounted Flashing Arrow Board/Panel (Saudi Highway Code 602)

[Link].8 Ground Mounted Temporary Installations

[Link].9 Portable Sign Support

11
01

Tables and Figures

Figure No. Description

[Link].10 Temporary Sign Support

[Link].11 Standard Signs Examples
[Link].12 Dramatic Signs Examples
[Link].13 Vertical Panel
[Link].14 Types of Barricades
[Link].15 Traffic Cones and Tabular Markers
[Link].16 Plastic Drum
[Link].1 LED Flood Lights (handheld and portable)
[Link].1 Typical portable floodlights
[Link].2 Typical pole mounted floodlights
[Link].1 Standard Issue PPE
[Link] Warning Beacons
[Link].1 Flashing Arrow Panels
[Link].1 Use of Hand Signaling Devices by Flagger (Based on Section 7.6.4 of Saudi Highway Code 602)
[Link].1 Barrier Specifications – 1m Barrier
[Link].2 Barrier Specifications – 1.5m Barrier
[Link].3 Concrete Barriers with and without Penetrations
[Link].4 Plastic Barrier
[Link].5 Plastic Barrier with Beacons
[Link].6 Plastic Barrier Arrangement
[Link].7 Plastic Barrier Not Interlocked
[Link].8 Concrete Barriers with Spacing
[Link].9 Concrete Barriers with Damage
[Link].10 Non-uniform Sizes of Barrier
[Link].11 Variation in Barrier Color
[Link].12 Safety Barrier Requirements and Applications in Work Zones
[Link].13 Lighting Requirements for Infrastructure Works
[Link].14 Common Lighting Errors in Infrastructure Works
[Link].15 Channelizing devices installation
[Link].16 Channelizing device mounting diagrams
[Link].17 System for Securing Lighting
[Link].18 Jointing between lighting channelizing devices
[Link].19 Channelizing devices equipped with different accessories
[Link].20 Typical reflectors for jersey barriers
[Link].21 Typical glare shields for jersey barriers
[Link].22 Lighting accessory described in The Manual
[Link].23 Jersey barrier design Part A
[Link].24 Jersey barrier design Part B

12
 GLOSSARY

01

Figure No. Description

[Link].25 Recommended branding arrangement
[Link].26 Design Part A – Upper Part Branding Design Definition (1500mm)
[Link].27 Design Part A – Lower Part Branding Design Definition (1500mm)
[Link].28 Design Part A – Logo Branding Design Definition (1500mm)
[Link].29 Design Part B – Upper Part Branding Design Definition (1500mm)
[Link].30 Design Part B – Lower Part Branding Design Definition (1500mm)
[Link].31 Design Part A - Upper part Branding Design Definition (1000mm)
[Link].32 Design Part A - Lower part Branding Design Definition (1000mm)
[Link].33 Design Part A – Logo Branding Design Definition (1000mm)
[Link].34 Design Part B – Upper Part Branding Design Definition (1000mm)
[Link].35 Design Part B – Lower Part Branding Design Definition (1000mm)
[Link].36 Typical case study (Day Time View)
[Link].37 Typical case study (Night Time View)
[Link].38 Jersey Barrier Service Entity & Contractor Logo Placement (1000mm)
[Link].39 Jersey Barrier Service Entity & Contractor Logo Placement (1500mm)
[Link].40 Hoarding arrangement
[Link].41 Flashing Warning Arrow Panels
[Link].1 Illustrative Example of Lateral Buffer Zone
[Link].2 Example of an Internal Traffic Control Plan (ITCP) for Long-Term Works and Major Projects
[Link].1 Footway Diversion Into the Travelled Way Based on Public Works
[Link].2 Pedestrian Provision (Increased Hazard)
[Link].3 Deployment of Temporary Footway Boards for Safe Pedestrian Crossing
[Link].4 Project Information Boards placement (illustrative) and format
[Link].5 Project Information Board
[Link].1 Project Execution Process
[Link].1 Saw Cutting
[Link].2 Illustrative Cross-section of Pipe Trench in Open Excavation
[Link].3 Temporary Excavation Covers
[Link].4 Road Plate
[Link].5 Example of a Simple Sloped Trench Excavation
[Link].6 Example of a Benched Trench Excavation
[Link].7 Example of a Supported or Shielded Excavation
[Link].8 Examples of Trench Shields
[Link].1 Appeals Process for Contractors
[Link].2 Complaints Management Process
[Link].1 Project Closure Process
3.1.1 Change Request Process
3.1.2 Manual Update Process
3.2.1 Compliance Process
3.2.2 Deviation Management Process
4.1.1 Project Planning Process

13
01

GLOSSARY
Definitions

A Audit Report
Adjustment The formal report produced by the Audit Team describing
the road safety deficiencies identified by the team and
The required modification to an existing utility facility to the recommended solutions to these deficiencies - also
eliminate a conflict with a proposed highway/structure "RSA report".
element on an active project where the utility facility will
generally be retained in the same location. B
Advanced Traffic Management Backdrawing
A variety of strategies to more efficiently manage traffic Pulling a cable or pipe through a duct using a smaller
on existing facilities, including managed lanes and ITS diameter wire or cable or cranes.
systems.
Banksmen
Advisory Speed
Site operatives trained to direct vehicle movement on or
A recommended speed for all vehicles operating on a around site. Vehicles that are directed are typically large,
section of highway and based on the highway design, such as trucks
operating characteristics and conditions.
Base Course
Annual Average Daily Traffic (AADT)
The layer of material immediately beneath the surface or
Annual average daily traffic is the total volume of traffic intermediate course.
observed on a point or segment of a highway in both
directions over a period of one year divided by the Bentonite
number of days in a year. Bentonite is a clay-based material used in drilling mud to
Arterial lubricate and cool the cutting tools (drill bit), to remove
cuttings, to stabilize the borehole walls, and to help
A signalized street that primarily serves through traffic prevent blowouts (by maintaining a sufficient hydraulic
and provides access to abutting properties. pressure in the well).
As-Built Plans Binder Layer
Plans that show the state of the road or bridge at the end The lower layer of the surface, consisting of a plant mix of
of construction; usually prepared by the Contractor or graded aggregate and bituminous material.
Resident Engineer.
Bond
Asphalt Concrete
A surety bond posted to ensure proper and complete
Also referred to as asphalt or blacktop, is a composite construction and/or repair of a facility and the affected
mixture that consists of aggregate and asphalt binder. It rights-of-way pursuant to a permit.
is the most commonly used surface material for the
construction of roads, highways, airports, parking lots, Buffer Zone
and other types of pavements.
There are two types of buffer zones, the safety buffer
Asphalt Overlay zone and the lateral safety buffer zone. Both provide an
unoccupied space between workers (typically within the
A paving course applied to an existing asphalt surface to Work Area) and the traffic. Buffer zones are essential to
repair any created cracking or potholing, while still not temporary traffic control and ensuring safety of site
being damaged enough to need replacement. personal.
Asphalt Pavement
A structure consisting of one or more prepared courses
of asphalt mix atop one or more supporting courses of
unbound, modified, or treated subgrade, subbase or base
materials.
Asphalt Surface Treatment
An application of asphalt material followed by a layer of
mineral aggregate. Multiple applications of asphalt
material and mineral aggregate may be used.

14
 GLOSSARY

01

California Bearing Ratio (CBR) D

A measurement that is defined as the ratio of the load
required to force a calibrated piston into a soil specimen Depression
and the load required to penetrate a mass of high-quality
crushed stone with the same piston. It primarily A distress type in asphalt pavement is defined as small,
expresses the support of a crushed stone base or localized pavement surface areas with slightly lower
subgrade soil. elevation than the adjacent paved area that occur due to
poor unbound layers and subgrade.
Carriageway
Dewatering System
That portion of a road or bridge devoted particularly to
the use of vehicles, inclusive of shoulders and auxiliary A system used to remove groundwater from an
lanes. excavation.

Centerline Directional Drilling

The defined and surveyed line shown on the plans from Directional drilling is the practice of drilling non-vertical
which the highway construction is controlled. bores to accommodate utility installation.

Diversion Route
Competent Individual
A set of approved routes to follow in case of closure of a
Someone with the necessary education, training, and road.
experience to safely and effectively perform engineering
tasks within their area of expertise.
E

Confined Space Entry Permit Easement

A permit issued by a Contractor indicating that safety A right, other than the acquisition of title, acquired to use
risks have been identified, understood assessed and or control property for a designated purpose.
mitigated before work can commence in a confined
space where there is a restricted means of access. The
person issuing the permit must be sufficiently trained and Environmental Impact Study
competent and all those carrying out work under the
permit must be fully briefed and understand the process A study to identify, assess, and mitigate the
and safe system of work to be followed. environmental impacts of the construction, operation,
maintenance, upgrade, or removal of any Activity on any
Environmental Aspect and their inclusion in parallel with
Contraflow System economic, social and security considerations.
A traffic management strategy that enables the safe flow Expressway
of vehicles in the opposite direction to what it normally A high-speed divided main road designed for through
would be. This is typically both directions of traffic using a traffic, featuring limited access points and exits, with
single carriageway of a dual carriageway road (e.g. an overpasses or underpasses at major intersections.
expressway).

F
Cover (Depth)
Vertical distance, from the top of pipe or pipe’s
protective coating, casing, duct, cable, etc. to some Footway Boards
specified surface such as pavement, ditches, or shoulders. Temporary assets that allow pedestrians and users of
micro mobility to traverse excavations.​
Cross-Section Freeway
A perpendicular intersection of the roadway at right A divided highway with complete access control,
angles to the Centerline of the roadway, including the featuring at least two lanes in each direction.
elements of the road such as vertical and horizontal
dimensions, lanes, shoulders, pavement structure, etc.

15
01

GLOSSARY

H J

Hazardous Material Jersey Barrier

Biological, chemical, or physical substances that can be in Modular concrete or plastic barrier used to separate lanes
the form of solids, liquids or gases that can be harmful to of traffic. Jersey barriers are commonly used to reroute
people, animals, or the environment. traffic and protect pedestrians and workers during
highway construction.​
Health and Safety (H&S) Management Plan
K
A suite of documents outlining the Contractor’s approach
to keeping people safe. It may include details of how the
Contractor will ensure competence, and how risk Kerb Ramps
management, governance, incident reporting, and
continuous improvement.​ Primarily for the use of pedestrians and users of micro
mobility when the existing footway or cycle lane has been
closed off and rerouted due to site works.​
Health, Safety, and Environment (HSE)
As it relates to RIPC projects, includes protecting the L
safety and wellbeing of workers and citizens, as well as
the preservation of flora, fauna, and wildlife in the Local Street/Road
country.​ Roads which provide access to abutting property and
consist of low average traffic volume and short average
H&S Management System trip lengths.

A comprehensive framework for managing safety in an

organization, encompassing policies, procedures, and Longitudinal Joint
practices. A joint normally placed between traffic lanes to control
longitude.

Heavy Axle
M
An axle designed for wheels with tyres having a bead seat
diameter exceeding 406.4 millimeters (16 inches), or an
axle equipped with more than two wheels regardless of Manhole
tyre size, excluding axles of motorcycles, motor tricycles, Also referred to as inspection chamber, is an opening in
or motor cars. an underground system used to carry out inspection,
Heavy Vehicle maintenance, repair, and tests on utilities.

Motor vehicle with at least one heavy axle and/or any

vehicle which is principally designed or adapted for the Micro Tunneling
conveyance of persons exceeding sixteen (16) in number. A tunnel construction technique used to construct utility
Highway Edge Line tunnels from approximately 0.5–4m in diameter. Because
of the small diameter, it is not possible to have an
The lateral boundary of the traffic space which coincides operator driving the tunnelling machine, so it is remotely
with the paved edge line. operated.

I Mounting Height
The vertical distance between the road surface and the
Infrastructure Center of an apparent light source (luminaire) or
underside of traffic sign.
Fixed and/or permanent structures, such as roadway or
railroad tracks etc.

IP Rating
Internationally recognised ratings that grade the
resistance of an enclosure against the intrusion of dust or
liquids.​

16
 GLOSSARY

01

P workmanship, performance, functionality, and

sustainability.
Patching
R
A method of asphalt pavement treatment that includes
saw cutting outside the distress area, removing the old or
damaged asphalt and cleaning, applying tack coat, and Reception Pits
backfilling with hot asphalt, followed by suitable methods
of compaction. A receiving pit is an excavated pit, located at the exit of
the cutterhead or casing, which is the destination point
for a thrust jacking operation. The receiving pit is used to
remove the equipment and spoil.
Pedestrian
Any person traveling on foot - whether walking, running, Regulatory Sign
or using mobility aids such as wheelchairs.
A sign that gives notice to road users of traffic laws or
regulations.
Permit
A document issued by a Center pursuant to the provisions
of an Executive Regulation, before start of an activity Residential Area
permitting a Service Entity/Contractor to start the
activity. An area in which the dominant land use is residential
development, but where small businesses may be
included.
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
Protective clothing that includes helmets, goggles, gloves Resurfacing
or other garments and equipment that are designed to
limit the risk of death, injury or infection to the wearer. A maintenance technique that involves the placing of one
or more new layers of material on an existing surface
instead of replacing the entire pavement structure to
Pipe Jacking extend its service life.
A trenchless method of installing pipes for utility works
using hydraulic jacks and a navigation system. Risk Assessment
Definition of a schedule, known as a Risk Register, that
Project Information Board quantifies risks based on quantitative analysis of
likelihood against impact, then prescribes mitigation
Sign(s) strategically located around the Site Area that measures to reduce the Risk Score.
indicate details of the excavation work being conducted
along with the QR link to the associated excavation
permit. Riyadh Region Municipality

Public Realm A municipal body responsible for overseeing city services

and the maintenance of facilities within Riyadh and the
Riyadh Governorate. Established in 1937, it operates under
Publicly accessible spaces such as streets, parks, plazas, the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing.
sidewalks, and places that are open to everyone,
regardless of their economic or social conditions.
Road Contractor
Public Rights of Way A Road Contractor is responsible for the construction,
repair, maintenance, and reinstatement of roadways. Their
A right by which the public can pass along linear routes primary duties include tasks such as paving, resurfacing,
over land at all times. and ensuring the structural integrity of roads.
Road Cross-Section
Q
Used to illustrate the configuration of the road at right
angles to the Centerline, showing the width, depth and
Quality descriptions of the pavement section.

As it relates to RIPC projects, includes materials,

17
01

GLOSSARY

Road Defect Shoulder

Cracks, deterioration, or disintegration in the road The portion of the roadway continuous with the traveled
normally caused by repeated traffic loading, thermal way for accommodation of stopped vehicles, for
expansion/contraction, poor drainage, or movement emergency use, and for lateral support of base and
across underlying layers. surface courses.

Road Plates Site Induction

Temporary steel assets used to cover excavations such A safety briefing provided to all visitors and first-time
that vehicles may continue using the road. attendees of site.​

Road Trench Sub-base Course

In context of inspecting utilities infrastructure (trial hole).​ The unbound or treated aggregate or granular material
that is placed on the subgrade as a foundation for the
base course.
Road User
Pedestrians, drivers, and users of micro mobility devices.​ Surface Course
The top layer of a roadway or pavement, providing a
Road Width smooth, durable, and skid-resistant surface for vehicles.
Clear space between kerbs or barriers.

T
S
Thrust Boring/HDD
Safety Barrier Trenchless methods for installing underground utilities
Continuous vehicle restraint system installed alongside, or infrastructure. Thrust boring is typically undertaken in high
on the median area of a highway. traffic areas and HDD techniques in restricted areas.
These terms are often used interchangeably, albeit they
are different in practice.
Service Entity
An organization responsible for providing and maintaining Traffic Management Plan
essential services such as water, electricity,
transportation, and telecommunications to support the A stakeholder-coordinated suite of documents related to
infrastructure’s operation and functionality. the safe and efficient planning, implementation, and
decommissioning of a traffic diversion scheme.​

Service Level Agreement

Traffic Study
A contract that defines the expected level of
performance to be provided over a specific period. It The assessment of traffic conditions patterns and
outlines the responsibilities of the service provider, the behaviors within a specific area. A Traffic Study involves
performance metrics to be used, and the consequences if the collation and analysis of data to understand vehicle
the agreed-upon service levels are not met.​ flows, pedestrian movement as well as movement of
other modes of transport on road networks.

Sheet Piling
Interlocking steel sheets that can be used as shoring for
an excavation in soft ground and tight spaces.

Shoring
The process of temporarily supporting an excavation with
appropriately designed and installed props to prevent
collapse.

18
 GLOSSARY

01

Utilities Contractor
A Utilities Contractor is responsible for installing and
maintaining underground utilities, such as water,
electricity, and telecommunications. In addition to these
tasks, they also handle all associated road works,
including excavation, trenching, and the restoration of
road surfaces affected by utility installations

Vehicle Operator
A driver of a Work Vehicle, or another individual licensed
to operate and conduct regular maintenance and checks
of Heavy Vehicles.​

Well Pointing
A grouped system of small diameter wells installed at a
pre-determined depth and appropriate spacing around an
excavation to lower the water table

Work Area
An area inside the Site Area where construction,
operation, or maintenance works are being undertaken.

Works Execution Plan (WEP)

A suite of documents describing how the project will be
delivered. It will include reference to timescales, costs,
procurement, quality and resources.

Work Party
Competent Contractor personnel tasked with carrying out
the work.​

Work Vehicle
A vehicle that is used at the Site Area. May include cars
but may also include Heavy Vehicles (e.g. Excavators)​.

19
01

GLOSSARY
Acronyms

Acronym Definition

AADT Average Annual Daily Traffic

AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
ATC Automatic Traffic Counter
CBR California Bearing Ratio
CIBSE Chartered Institution of Building Services Engineers
GPR Ground Penetrating Radar
CST Communications, Space & Technology Commission
DCN District Cooling Network
DCS District Cooling System
ERP Emergency Response Plan
FOC Fibre Optic Cables
GACA General Authority for Civil Aviation

GIS Geographic Information System

GPR Ground Penetrating Radar
HDD Horizontal Directional Drilling
HGV Heavy Goods Vehicle
HIRA Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment
HS High Security

HSE​ Health, Safety, and Environment​

HV High Voltage Power Lines

H&S​ Health and Safety​

IICP Integrated Infrastructure Coordination Plan ​
IP​ Ingress Protection​
JWOG Joint Operations Working Group
LED Light-Emitting Diode
LV Low Voltage Power Lines
MASH Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware
MDS Material Data Sheets
MEWA Ministry of Environment, Water and Agriculture
MOF Ministry of Finance
MOMAH Ministry of Municipal and Rural Affairs

MOTLS The Ministry of Transport and Logistics Services

MV Medium Voltage Power Lines

NDD Non-destructive Digging

NWC
20 National Water Company
 GLOSSARY

01

Acronym Definition

O&M Operations & Maintenance

OCS Occupational Health and Safety
PCMS Portable Changeable Message Signs
PIB​ Project Information Board​
PPE​ Personal Protective Equipment​
QA/QC Quality Assurance / Quality Control
RA Risk Assessment
RAMS​ Risk Assessments and Method Statements​
RCRC Royal Commission for Riyadh City
RGA Roads General Authority
RoHS Restriction of Hazardous Substances
ROW Right-of-Way

RSA Road Safety Audit

RTA Road Traffic Authority
RTMG Riyadh Traffic Management Guidelines
SAAC Saudi Accreditation Center
SCA Saudi Contractors Authority
SCE Saudi Council of Engineers
SEC Saudi Electricity Company
SHC Saudi Highway Code
SIO Saudi Irrigation Organization
SLA Service Level Agreement
STC Saudi Telecom Company
SUE Subsurface Utility Engineering
SWCC Saline Water Conversion Cooperation
TMA Truck Mounted Attenuator
TMP Traffic Management Plan
TSE Treated Sewerage Effluent
TTC Temporary Traffic Control
TTCP Temporary Traffic Control Plan
UAS Unmanned Aircraft Systems
VRS Vehicle Restraint System
WEP​ Works Execution Plan​
WMP Waste Management Plan
WTTCO Water Transmission Technology Company
21
1.1 FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
1.2 OVERARCHING APPROACH
1.3 ROAD CATEGORIES
1.4 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
01.
INTRODUCTION
& USER GUIDANCE
 01

The Riyadh Infrastructure Projects Center (“RIPC” – a.k.a. “the

Center”) was established under the Council of Ministers’
Resolution No. (902) dated 30/12/1444H with the primary aim of
enhancing infrastructure planning and coordination in the region.

Riyadh’s infrastructure planning currently encounters challenges

due to a reactive approach, lack of centralized control, and
fragmented planning. These factors can lead to disruptions,
reduced quality, and inefficiencies. To address these issues, RIPC
has developed this Infrastructure Code Manual – ‘The Manual’.

The Manual is a comprehensive guide for coordination, planning,

execution, and monitoring of public realm infrastructure works in
the Riyadh Region.

The Manual is built upon "The Overarching Approach” – a principle-

based guidance that helps structure decision-making, influence
collaborative implementation, and drive downstream regulation.
Alignment is achieved by reference to The Goal and the
Infrastructure Lifecycle, and by highlighting, within relevant
sections, specific Guiding Principles, Action Areas, and Violation
Categories.

Whilst The Overarching Approach highlights ‘what’ Stakeholders

should focus on; The Manual sets out in detail precisely ‘how’
conformance can be achieved. The Manual clarifies the work
processes and procedures, as well as roles and responsibilities.

24
 INTRODUCTION & USER GUIDANCE

The Manual is a regulatory instrument to be deployed by RIPC and

is issued for use by all Stakeholders. This includes Service Entities,
their Contractors and Consultants, as well as other Government
Entities – who all have a role to play in achieving our common
goal:

RESILIENT &
CO-ORDINATED
PUBLIC REALM
INFRASTRUCTURE

25
 01
Home with solid fill

The figure below illustrates a detailed day visual of a typical work site, highlighting essential
elements and examples from this Code Manual, complete with corresponding chapter
references.

PPE
1 Chapter 2 - Section [Link]

2 Advance Warning Signs

Chapter 2 - Section 2.2.3

3 Temporary Safety Barriers

Chapter 2 - Section [Link]

4 Access And
Communication Protocols
Chapter 2 - Section 2.2.4

5 Traffic Signage & Temporary

Pavement Marking
Chapter 2 - Section [Link]
Temporary road markings alert road
users to the presence of an existing
work zone, reducing confusion and
accidents.

26
 INTRODUCTION & USER GUIDANCE

FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSE

3 4

3 2

Figure 1.1: Day Visual of a Typical Work Site

27
 01
Home with solid fill

The figure below illustrates a detailed night visual of a typical work site, highlighting
essential elements and examples from this Code Manual, complete with corresponding
chapter references.

PPE
1 Chapter 2 - Section [Link]

2 Advance Warning Signs

Chapter 2 - Section 2.2.3

3 Temporary Safety Barriers

Chapter 2 - Section [Link]

4 Access And
Communication Protocols
Chapter 2 - Section 2.2.4

5 Traffic Signage & Temporary

Pavement Marking
Chapter 2 - Section [Link]
Temporary road markings alert road
users to the presence of an existing
work zone, reducing confusion and
accidents.

28
 INTRODUCTION & USER GUIDANCE

FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSE

3 4

3 2

Figure 1.2: Night Visual of a Typical Work Site

29
 01
Home with solid fill

1.1 FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS

1. WHAT IS THE
RIPC has a mandate to regulate and supervise public realm
infrastructure projects in the Riyadh Region. Its role also
includes enforcement of regulations and collaborating with
ROLE OF RIPC? all Stakeholders toward the common goal of resilient &
coordinated public realm infrastructure.

2. WHY DO WE NEED
The Manual serves as a regulatory mechanism designed to
enhance the quality, consistency, and coordination of public
realm infrastructure throughout the Infrastructure Project
THIS MANUAL? Lifecycle.

30
 INTRODUCTION & USER GUIDANCE

3. WHO SHOULD
The Manual is issued for use in Riyadh Region by all
Stakeholders. This includes RIPC, Service Entities, their
Contractors and Consultants, as well as other Government
FOLLOW THIS Entities – all have a role to play in achieving our common
goal.
MANUAL?
4. WHAT IS THE
The Manual is applicable to the entire Riyadh Region
(~400,000 km2), all cities and towns therein and all stretches
of Freeways/Expressways that connect towns and cities.
GEOGRAPHICAL
SCOPE OF THIS
MANUAL?

31
 01
Home with solid fill

1.2 OVERARCHING APPROACH

The Overarching Approach (right) is a principle-based

guidance that helps structure decision-making, influence
collaborative implementation, and drive downstream
regulation.
Whilst The Overarching Approach highlights ‘what’
Stakeholders should focus on, associated regulations such
as The Manual set out in detail precisely ‘how’ conformance
can be achieved.
Therefore, in The Manual, we find clarity regarding work
processes and procedures, as well as roles and
responsibilities.
The Manual is built around this Overarching Approach. This is
proven by reference to The Goal and the Infrastructure
Lifecycle, and by highlighting, within relevant sections,
specific Guiding Principles, Action Areas, and Violation
Categories.
This Section includes the Overarching Approach as follows:
• Guiding Principles
• Violation Categories
• Action Areas and their Performance Indicators
• Stakeholder Interaction Model
• Infrastructure Project Lifecycle
Subsequent chapters make regular mention of the above
components, and they have been described herein for ready
reference.
The Manual provides a framework process for planning the
activity of setting up a safe working area within the Public
Realm and thereafter guiding the contractors in the
requirements for the establishment and maintenance of that
safe working area. The Manual specifically addresses how
these safe working areas interface and impact with the
Public and is not intended to provide technical guidance and
regulation on the installation, commissioning, and
reinstatement requirements for each Service Entity.

32
 INTRODUCTION & USER GUIDANCE

RESILIENT &
CO-ORDINATED THE DESTINATION
THE VEHICLE PUBLIC REALM “Resilient and co-ordinated
Establishing a data-driven
continuous improvement INFRASTRUCTURE public realm infrastructure”
loop with common
violations being
monitored and targeted,
and with new violations
being identified will ensure THE ENGINE
gradual conformance with Resilient and co-ordinated public
the Guiding Principles. realm infrastructure is achieved
by compliance with the
Guiding Principles for Resilient
Infrastructure.

MONITORING & GUIDING

ENFORCEMENT PRINCIPLES

THE FUEL
Action Areas define the scope
of each Guiding Principle and
what must be done to implement
the Principle.

ACTION AREAS

THE FUEL GAUGE

Action Areas are directly
linked to Performance
Indicators that are used
to measure conformance THE PASSENGERS
with Guiding Principles Implementing an Action Area
requires Stakeholder
Collaboration at policy or project
levels.

COLLABORATIVE
PERFORMANCE
STAKEHOLDER
INDICATORS
IMPLEMENTATION

Figure 1.2.1: The Overarching Approach

33
 01
Home with solid fill

1.2 OVERARCHING APPROACH

Guiding Principles

Maintain organized
worksites, manage
resources efficiently, and
leverage innovative
technologies to enhance
project efficiency.

P2.
Effectively
Managed &
Continuously
Improved

P3.
Clearly
Communicated
& Actively
Engaged
P1.
Safe, Compliant Foster clear and
& Controlled effective communication
with Stakeholders,
ensuring accessible and
timely information, and
engage communities to
Prioritize the safety of address concerns and
workers and the public, gather feedback.
ensure compliance with all
legal, regulatory, and
technical standards, and
maintain consistent quality
throughout the project
lifecycle.

34
 INTRODUCTION & USER GUIDANCE

Ensure minimal
disruption to the
Leverage innovative community and maintain
technologies and accessibility for all,

P4. practices to enhance the

efficiency, sustainability,
and resilience of
prioritizing the needs and
concerns of residents
and businesses.
Technologically infrastructure projects.
Advanced & Ensure that data capture
and analytics are
Data-driven maximised to support
informed decision- P6.
making.
Community-
Centric &
Accessible

P5. Implement sustainable

practices to protect and
Environmentally enhance the
Sustainable environment, ensuring
that projects contribute
positively to ecological
health and sustainability.

35
 01
Home with solid fill

1.2 OVERARCHING APPROACH

Guiding Principles

P1.
Safe, Compliant & Controlled
Prioritize the safety of workers and the public, ensure
compliance with all legal, regulatory, and technical
standards, and maintain consistent quality throughout the
project lifecycle.
ACTION AREAS:
P1. Safe, Compliant & P1.1. Safety Compliance:
Controlled Ensure adherence to safety standards to protect workers
and the public.
P1.2. Legal Compliance:
Adhere to legal frameworks to ensure project accountability
and transparency.
P2. Effectively Managed P1.3. Quality Assurance:
& Continuously Implement strict quality control measures to ensure high
Improved standards of infrastructure.
P1.4. Laboratory Assurance:
Ensure accuracy and reliability of laboratory testing and
results.
P1.5. Traffic and Parking Control:
Manage traffic flow and parking to minimize disruptions and
P3. Clearly
ensure safety.
Communicated &
Actively Engaged
P2.
Effectively Managed & Continuously Improved
Maintain organized worksites, manage resources efficiently,
and leverage innovative technologies to enhance project
P4. Technologically
efficiency.
Advanced & Data-driven
ACTION AREAS:

P2.1. Project Management:

Incorporate robust project management methodologies for
efficient execution.
P2.2. Worksite Management:
P5. Environmentally Maintain organized and clean worksites.
Sustainable P2.3. Digital Tools for Management:
Leverage digital tools and innovative technologies for
efficient management.
P2.4. Continuous Learning and Improvement:
Emphasize infrastructure resilience through continuous
learning that inform system improvements.
P6. Community-Centric & P2.5. System Resilience:
Accessible Ensure continuous adaptation and improvement based on
new information and conditions.

36
 INTRODUCTION & USER GUIDANCE

P3.
Clearly Communicated and Actively Engaged P6.
Foster clear and effective communication with Community-Centric and Accessible
Stakeholders, ensuring accessible and timely information,
and engage communities to address concerns and gather Ensure minimal disruption to the community and maintain
feedback. accessibility for all, prioritizing the needs and concerns of
residents and businesses.
ACTION AREAS:
ACTION AREAS:
P3.1. Clear and Transparent Communication:
Provide clear, accessible information to workers and the P6.1. Public Accessibility:
public. Provide alternative transportation options and ensure
P3.2. Stakeholder Engagement: accessibility for all, fostering social inclusion.
Foster collaboration and communication among all project P6.2. Community Benefits:
Stakeholders and the public. Maximize the health, economic and social benefits of
infrastructure projects for local communities.
P6.3. International Standards and Fair Labor:
Align with global standards and ensure fair labour in
P4. infrastructure projects in concordance with Saudi Labor
Technologically Advanced & Data-driven Law.

Leverage innovative technologies and practices to

enhance the efficiency, sustainability, and resilience of
infrastructure projects. Ensure that data capture and
analytics are maximised to support informed decision-
making.
ACTION AREAS:

P4.1. Advanced Technologies:

Integrate advanced technologies into infrastructure
planning, design and construction.
P4.2. Data Capture and Monitoring Methods:
Leverage data capture and monitoring methods for
efficient planning and management.

P5.
Environmentally Sustainable
Implement sustainable practices to protect and enhance
the environment, ensuring that projects contribute
positively to ecological health and sustainability.
ACTION AREAS:

P5.1. Environmental Protection:

Protect the environment and minimize the project's carbon
footprint.
P5.2. Sustainable Resources:
Use sustainable and local resources in infrastructure
projects.
P5.3. Ecosystem Consideration:
Consider broader ecological impacts and benefits.
P5.4. Natural Disasters and Risk Management:
Integrate disaster risk management into infrastructure
planning and implementation..

37
 01
Home with solid fill

1.2 OVERARCHING APPROACH

Violation Categories

V1.
Barriers and Safety Compliance Violations
Covers various safety issues at Work Sites, including
inadequate safety measures, improper barrier management,
and excavation safety concerns. It also covers exposed
V1. Barriers and Safety electrical hazards, insufficient health and safety compliance
Compliance Issues documentation, and emergency preparedness.

V1.1. Inadequate Worksite Safety Measures

1. Failure to meet the minimum lighting requirements
V2. Permit and according to the Center’s code.
Regulation Compliance 2. Storing hazardous materials without proper containment.
Violations 3. Failure to secure the excavation site with temporary
barriers.
4. Failure to install ground fencing.
5. Failure of the approved consulting office to comply with
the Center’s excavation procedures and requirements.
6. Workers’ failure to comply with safety measures, the
V3. Infrastructure and
safety of neighbouring facilities and installations, and the
Roads Issues
protection of services.
7. Failure of the LED warning lights to operate along the
entire boundary of the infrastructure project.
8. Failure to comply with the installation of LED lighting
V4. Worksite according to the approved manual.
Management and 9. Failure to comply with the color temperature
Cleanliness Violations specification for warning LED lighting according to the
approved manual.
V1.2. Inadequate Barrier Management
10. Failure to maintain ground fencing or informational and
warning signs at the work area (for each site).
V5. Traffic and Parking 11. Leaving temporary barriers after the completion of work.
Control 12. Using temporary barriers that are dilapidated, damaged,
unpainted, or non-uniform.
13. Failure to arrange temporary barriers in an orderly and
continuous manner.
14. Failure to standardize the type or size of temporary
V6. Boards and barriers.
Information Violations 15. Failure to comply with the requirements for the locations
and methods of installing temporary barriers.
16. Leaving the ground fencing in place after the work is
completed.
17. Leaving temporary barriers on sidewalks and adjacent
lands outside the excavation path.
V7. Environmental 18. Failure of the Contractor to place the Service Entity’s
Violations logo, along with the Contractor’s logo and name, on the
temporary barriers.

V8. Community and

Public Accessibility
Violations

38
 INTRODUCTION & USER GUIDANCE

V1.3. Lack of Excavation Safety Considerations emergency excavation.

19. Failure to secure cross sections, reinforce and 38. Trespassing on public or private property and
support the sides of the excavation according to the resources during work.
required specifications. 39. Lack of commitment by the approved consulting
20. Not extracting water from the bottom of excavations office to supervise and control work.
as per soil examination report. 40. Placing temporary toilets outside the work area
21. Absence of covers for inspection openings, valves, or without a permit.
stormwater traps, or failure to maintain their covers. 41. Exceeding the total length of infrastructure projects
22. Not filling in excavations and restoring the site after beyond the permit.
work. 42. Failure to renew the excavation license.
43. Working at a site not specified in the license.
V1.4. Exposed Electrical Hazards 44. Failure to complete the license closure procedures on
23. Electrical transformers with exposed cables in the the platform.
streets. 45. Storage outside the permitted work area.
24. The presence of a falling or fallen lantern, or the 46. Delaying the issuance of required test results for
presence of exposed lighting wires and extensions. infrastructure projects.
47. any violation of the regulations and requirements for
V1.5. Health and Safety Compliance Documentation infrastructure project works that does not have a
25. Not maintaining records of regular safety inspections specific penalty.
26. Failure to update the Risk Register.
27. Not maintaining an updated log of worksite incidents, V2.2 Approved Suppliers
accidents, and near misses. 48. Carrying out infrastructure projects through an
28. Not maintaining records of emergency evacuation unqualified Contractor.
drills. 49. Failure to provide an accredited consulting office for
29. Not maintaining records of emergency vehicle access infrastructure projects.
plans to work site and its surrounding areas. 50. Failure to obtain Saudi Accreditation Center approval
within the specified regulatory period.
V1.6. Emergency Preparedness 51. Heavy Vehicles at Site that have not been certified by
30. Failure to equip the equipment with a fire the Heavy Equipment Regulatory Center.
extinguisher.
31. Not maintaining clear emergency exit paths free of
obstructions.
32. Blocking emergency exits in the vicinity of the work
site.
33. Absence of a first aid kit at the work site during
works.

V2.
Permit and Regulation Compliance Violations
Involves working without proper permits, violating permit
terms, and failing to renew permits. This includes
unauthorized street blocking, misuse of excavation
permits, trespassing, exceeding project boundaries, lack
of supervision, and improper placement of temporary
facilities.
V2.1. Permit Violation
34. Working on-site without a license.
35. Closing streets without a permit from traffic
authorities (Muroor).
36. Using an excavation permit in violation of its content
37. Using an emergency excavation permit for non-

39
 01
Home with solid fill

1.2 OVERARCHING APPROACH

Violation Categories

V3.
Infrastructure and Roads Quality Violations
Includes non-compliance with technical standards,
improper asphalt and road surface work, street damage,
damage to sidewalks and public property and inadequate
V1. Barriers and Safety inspections and documentation.
Compliance Issues
V3.1. Technical Standards Compliance
52. Using excavation materials not certified by the Saudi
Standards, Metrology, and Quality Organization (SASO).
53. Using non-compliant materials for temporary road
V2. Permit and markings.
Regulation Compliance 54. Asphalt layer sinking, unevenness, or flaking after work
Violations completion during the license guarantee period.
55. Failure to apply approved technical standards for
asphalt work on developed streets.
V3.2. Asphalting Violations
V3. Infrastructure and 56. Irregular edges of the cuts for asphalt layers and stone
Roads Issues base.
57. Using backfill materials that do not meet the approved
specifications according to the results of the accredited
laboratory.
58. Not using the spreader during asphalt work.
V4. Worksite 59. Not using (RC2) or (MC1) during re-asphalting
Management and 60. Adding asphalt over the sidewalk to modify the path.
Cleanliness Violations 61. Adding asphalt over manholes.
62. Leaving the worksite unpaved after removing
temporary barriers.
V3.3. Street and Services Damage
V5. Traffic and Parking 63. Failure to comply with the excavation location and/or
Control the dimensions and requirements specified in the
Service Routes Guide (updated road section).
64. Damaging asphalt and paved streets with equipment
and machinery.
65. Pumping water into flood traps or unauthorized places.
66. Cutting subsidiary extensions for services.
V6. Boards and 67. Cutting main service lines and ducts.
Information Violations
V3.4. Sidewalk and Public Property Damage
68. Damaging lighting poles or overhead line poles.
69. Failure to restore the sidewalk to its original condition.
70. Damaging distribution panels.
71. Damaging any public or private property by any means
V7. Environmental during infrastructure works.
Violations
V3.5. Inspections and Documentation
72. Not conducting required inspections and testing of
materials using SAAC-certified laboratories.
73. The certified consulting office's failure to submit
V8. Community and models and reports to the Center during work phases
Public Accessibility on the platform.
Violations 74. Failure to calibrate measurement devices used in
quality tests for infrastructure projects.
75. Failure of the service provider's representative,
Contractor, Consultant, or laboratory to visit the Center
after official notification within 3 working days.
40
 INTRODUCTION & USER GUIDANCE

76. The certified consulting office's failure to monitor and 89. Failure to comply with the approved measurements for
report on visual pollution elements during excavation the project information board.
phases. 90. Failure to include all required information on the project
information board according to the Center’s code.
V4.
V7.
Worksite Management and General Cleanliness
Violations Environmental Violations
Include lack of worksite cleanliness, and improper cement Includes all violations related to natural assets, wildlife and
mixing. resources, or their supporting infrastructure.

V4.1. Lack of Worksite Cleanliness V7.1. Trees and Environmental Damage

77. Failure to maintain general cleanliness at the work site 91. Removing grass and trees, damaging tree protection,
during work. tampering with public gardens, or damaging irrigation
78. Disposing of excavation waste outside the excavation networks.
perimeter during excavation work. V7.2. Inadequate Environmental Management
79. Failure to clean the worksite after the completion of
92. Failure to remove debris resulting from excavation work
work (general cleanliness).
after completing the work around the excavation site.
V4.2. Improper Cement Mixing 93. Allowing infrastructure works to emit excessive dust
80. Mixing cement on asphalt and street pavements that is visible to the human eye beyond site boundaries
without adequate protection to the pavement and is disruptive to residents or road users.
surfacing. 94. Unauthorized burning of waste materials on-site.
95. Flooding the road with any type of water resulting from
excavation work, causing disruption to the movement
V5. of beneficiaries and vehicles.
Traffic and Parking Control Violations
Includes failures in replacing traffic signs and paints after V8.
project completion, and inadequate traffic and parking Community and Public Accessibility Violations
control, such as not placing warning lights on traffic Include obstructing pedestrian accessibility (e.g., Lack of
diversions. crossings, blocked sidewalks) and obstructing access to
V5.1. Traffic Signs Violations residences and amenities.
81. Failure to place instructional signs or reflective warning V8.1. Obstructed Pedestrian Accessibility
signals at the work area.
96. Not placing pedestrian crossings every 100 meters or
82. Not replacing traffic signs and paints after project
less.
completion.
97. Obstructing pedestrians on sidewalks.
83. Tampering with road signs, reflectors, or traffic signs.
98. Entirely blocking access for residents to enter their
V5.2. Inadequate Traffic and Parking Control homes and/or failing to provide alternative routes.
99. Not maintaining clear access routes to local businesses
84. Not following the approved Traffic Management Plan.
during infrastructure works, supported by signage.
85. Blocking designated cycle lanes without proper
100. Not maintaining clear access routes to critical social
detours.
interface such as hospitals, schools, mosques, etc.
86. Blocking access to emergency lanes with parked
101. Blocking access to public amenities, such as bus stops,
machinery or vehicles.
benches or public restrooms, without alternatives.
V6.
Boards and Information Violations
Include inadequate information board (e.g., Missing logos,
names, regulatory data).
V6.1. Inadequate Information Board
87. Absence of a project information board.
88. Absence of a copy of the excavation permit at the work
site on the project board.

41
 01
Home with solid fill

1.2 OVERARCHING APPROACH

Action Areas and their Performance Indicators

P1.1. Safety Compliance

P1.1.
Safety Compliance Performance Indicators

P1.2. Legal Compliance Ensure adherence to safety standards to protect workers

and the public.
• PI1.1.1. Percentage of projects with zero lost-time
P1 P1.3. Quality Assurance
injuries
• PI1.1.2. Safety training completion rate
P1.4. Laboratory Assurance
• PI1.1.3. Number of corrective actions arising from
P1.5. Traffic and Parking safety audits per project
Control
• PI1.1.4. Percentage of major risks mitigated through risk
assessment per project
P2.1. Project Management
P1.2.
P2.2. Worksite Legal Compliance Performance Indicators
Management
Adhere to legal frameworks to ensure project accountability
P2.3. Digital Tools and and transparency.
P2 Technology
• PI1.2.1. Number of legal non-compliance incidents (e,g,
P2.4. Continuous Learning permit non-compliance)
and Improvement • PI1.2.2. Licensing Process Clarity Score

P2.5. System Resilience • PI1.2.3. Percentage of Legal Compliance Issues

Resolved
P3.1. Clear and Transparent • PI1.2.4. Number of Grievances Resolved
Communication
P3 • PI1.2.5. Average Time to Resolve Grievances
P3.2. Stakeholder
P1.3.
Engagement
Quality Assurance Performance Indicators
P4.1. Advanced
Technologies Implement strict quality control measures to ensure high
P4 standards of infrastructure.
P4.2. Data Capture and
Monitoring Methods • PI1.3.1. Percentage of projects passing quality audits
with no major issues
P5.1. Environmental
• PI1.3.2. Frequency of Inspections
Protection
• PI1.3.3. Number of complaints regarding infrastructure
P5.2. Sustainable and roads quality
Resources
P5 • PI1.3.4. Inspection Pass Rate
P5.3. Ecosystem
Integration P1.4.
Laboratory Assurance Performance Indicators
P5.4. Natural Disasters and
Risk Management Ensure accuracy and reliability of laboratory testing and
results.
P6.1. Public Accessibility • PI1.4.1. Number of Approved Laboratories
• PI1.4.2. Percentage of Laboratories Passing Audits
P6 P6.2. Community Benefits

P6.3. International
Standards and Fair Labor

42
 INTRODUCTION & USER GUIDANCE

P1.5. P2.4.
Traffic and Parking Control Performance Indicators Continuous Learning and Improvement Performance
Indicators
Manage traffic flow and parking to minimize disruptions
Emphasize infrastructure resilience through continuous
• PI1.5.1. Number of traffic control-related complaints
learning that inform system improvements.
per project
• PI2.4.1. Investment in Training, Learning and
• PI1.5.2. Percentage of project without traffic violations
Development
• PI1.5.3. Number of Coordination Meetings with Local
• PI2.4.2. Improvement in Performance Indicator
Traffic Authorities
Metrics
P2.1.
• PI2.4.3. Accuracy of Demand Forecasts
Project Management Performance Indicators
P2.5.
Incorporate robust project management methodologies
System Resilience Performance Indicators
for efficient execution.
Ensure continuous adaptation and improvement based on
• PI2.1.1. Project management training participation rate
new information and conditions.
• PI2.1.2. Percentage of planning decisions made based
• PI2.5.1. Percentage of Infrastructure Passing Stress
on critical services mapping
Tests
• PI2.1.3. Average project planning time based on time
to issue all required permits per project
• PI2.1.4. Resource utilization efficiency rate based on
resource management plans
P2.2.
Worksite Management Performance Indicators
Maintain organized and clean worksites.
• PI2.2.1. Number of site inspections conducted per
project
• PI2.2.2. Percentage of projects without worksite and
cleanliness violation
• PI2.2.3. Number of worksites-related complaints
• PI2.2.4. Percentage of project without Barriers and
Safety violations
• PI2.2.5. Number of violations regarding laydown areas
per project
P2.3.
Digital Tools and Technology Performance Indicators
Leverage digital tools and innovative technologies for
efficient management.
• PI2.3.1. Management Efficiency Improvement Rate
due to Work-site Monitoring System
• PI2.3.2. Work-site Monitoring System Utilization Rate

43
 01
Home with solid fill

1.2 OVERARCHING APPROACH

Action Areas and their Performance Indicators

P1.1. Safety Compliance

P3.1.
Clear and Transparent Communication Performance
Indicators
P1.2. Legal Compliance
Provide clear, accessible information to workers and the
public.
P1 P1.3. Quality Assurance
• PI3.1.1. Stakeholder satisfaction score on
communication and regulations clarity
P1.4. Laboratory Assurance
• PI3.1.2. Number of violations regarding information
signage
P1.5. Traffic and Parking
Control • PI3.1.3. Number of transparency-related complaints per
year (e.g. Complaints about being ill informed)
P2.1. Project Management • PI3.1.4. Public and private utilization rate of information
access points
P2.2. Worksite
Management • PI3.1.5. Frequency of real-time Stakeholder updates
P3.2.
P2.3. Digital Tools and
P2 Technology Stakeholder Engagement Performance Indicators

P2.4. Continuous Learning Foster collaboration and communication among all project
and Improvement Stakeholders and the public.
• PI3.2.1. Reach rate of communication channels
P2.5. System Resilience
• PI3.2.2. Number of public and private access points
established
P3.1. Clear and Transparent
Communication • PI3.2.3. Percentage of relevant Stakeholders involved in
P3 project planning and execution
P3.2. Stakeholder
Engagement • PI3.2.4. Stakeholders' engagement rate with updates
(e.g. Feedback, approval, rejection, ..etc)
P4.1. Advanced
Technologies • PI3.2.5. Average response time to Stakeholder concerns
P4 and feedback
P4.2. Data Capture and
Monitoring Methods • PI3.2.6. Stakeholder satisfaction with cases resolution
• PI3.2.7. Community participation rate (e.g. Public
P5.1. Environmental
Protection consultation)
• PI3.2.8. Community satisfaction score
P5.2. Sustainable
Resources • PI3.2.9. Small businesses and shops satisfaction score
P5
P5.3. Ecosystem P4.1.
Integration Advanced Technologies Performance Indicators
P5.4. Natural Disasters and Integrate advanced technologies into infrastructure
Risk Management planning, design and construction.
• PI4.1.1. Efficiency improvement from modern methods
P6.1. Public Accessibility
• PI4.1.2. Number of near miss events (e.g. Major issues
avoided due to early detection by technology)
P6 P6.2. Community Benefits
• PI4.1.3. Investment in research & development for
P6.3. International technological advancements and innovation
Standards and Fair Labor

44
 INTRODUCTION & USER GUIDANCE

P4.2. P5.4.
Data Capture and Monitoring Methods Performance Natural Disasters and Risk Management Performance
Indicators Indicators
Leverage Data Capture and Monitoring Methods for Integrate disaster risk management into infrastructure
efficient planning and management. planning and implementation.
• PI4.2.1. Percentage of data coverage of Riyadh • PI5.4.1. Number of infrastructure failure caused by
infrastructure natural disasters
• PI4.2.2. Data accuracy rate • PI5.4.2. Risk reduction from mitigation measures
• PI4.2.3. Data collection rate (number of project • PI5.4.3. Number of emergency excavations
contributing data input/total number of projects) conducted
• PI4.2.4. Decision-making improvement rate from data P6.1.
analytics Public Accessibility Performance Indicators
P5.1. Provide alternative transportation options and ensure
Environmental Protection Performance Indicators accessibility for all, fostering social inclusion.

Protect the environment and minimize the project's • PI6.1.1. Percentage reduction in traffic congestion due
carbon footprint. to alternative routes

• PI5.1.1. Number of environmental incidents reported • PI6.1.2. Number of violations relevant to public
accessibility
• PI5.1.2. Percentage reduction in pollution levels (e.g.
Project carbon footprint) P6.2.
Community Benefits Performance Indicators
• PI5.1.3. Percentage of waste diverted from landfill
Maximize the health and social benefits of infrastructure
• PI5.1.4. Number of violations regarding waste projects for local communities.
disposal practices
• P6.2.1. Service interruption rate
• PI5.1.5. Percentage of major environmental risks
mitigated through environmental monitoring and • P6.2.2. Beneficiary satisfaction score on services
reporting
• P6.2.3. Number of complaints about infrastructure
• PI5.1.6. Percentage of projects using pollution control works disruptions
measures
• P6.2.4. Response time to disruption complaints
P5.2.
• P6.2.5. Percentage of contracts awarded to local
Sustainable Resources Performance Indicators businesses
Use sustainable and local resources in infrastructure P6.3.
projects. International Standards and Fair Labor Performance
• PI5.2.1. Percentage of materials that are locally Indicators
sourced and sustainable Align with global standards and respect human rights in
PI5.2.2. Percentage of projects using lower-carbon infrastructure projects.
•
alternatives • P6.3.1. Gender diversity in workforce
• PI5.2.3. Reduction in fossil fuel usage • P6.3.2. Number of labour related violations or
complaints
P5.3. Ecosystem Integration Performance Indicators
Consider broader ecological impacts and benefits.
• PI5.3.1. Number of environmental violations
• PI5.3.2. Ecosystem data utilization rate

45
 01
Home with solid fill

1.2 OVERARCHING APPROACH

Stakeholder Interaction Model

The Overarching Approach describes how Stakeholders should work together throughout the project lifecycle. The
Stakeholder Interaction Model (below) represents all the elements of Stakeholder coordination that are necessary for
The Overarching Approach to achieve its goal of resilient & co-ordinated public realm infrastructure for the Riyadh
Region.
Policy-level Project-level
Implementation Mechanisms Implementation Mechanisms

Legislation & Regulation Financing & Investment Design & Implementation

Public
policy PLANNERS,
GOVERNMENT OWNERS
DESIGNERS

Planning Design
decisions schemes
Value
For money
Cash
Financing, flow
Policy Decision Return on
Funding and risk ENGINEERS,
assurance making financing
management
Policy CONTRACTORS
Retrofit

Support
Needs

demands

Engineering Construction

Regulation FINANCIAL
REGULATORS OPERATORS
PARTNERS

Standards, Uninterrupted
Information about interrupted services
guidelines and services
Feedback
professional services

PRIVATE SECTOR
PUBLIC
CONSULTANTS

Cross-sector Committees Owner/Operator Working Groups

Figure 1.2.2: The Stakeholder Interaction Model

Stakeholders are grouped into 3 categories:

1. Legislation & Regulation: Those responsible for setting legislation and regulating against it
2. Financing & Investment: At present, infrastructure project owners are typically Service Entities that are funded by
the Ministry of Finance (MOF)
3. Design & Implementation: Service Entities deliver some functions in-house and are supported by Design
Consultants and Contractors.

46
 INTRODUCTION & USER GUIDANCE

Infrastructure Project Lifecycle

The Manual is built around RIPC’s infrastructure project

lifecycle. It has eight stages (right). All Stakeholders should Stage 1
structure projects around this process. Strategic Definition
The early stages of the infrastructure project lifecycle
(Stages 1 – 2) present the most significant opportunity to
influence final outcomes and impacts.
Stage 2
As infrastructure projects move through design stages
(Stage 3 – 5), then construction stages (Stage 6 – 7), the Preparation and Briefing
potential for suitably mitigating risks and delivering the
best solutions decreases.
There are no specified ‘stage gates’ set out as part of the
infrastructure project lifecycle. Instead, each entity should Stage 3
define its own internal triggers and thresholds against Concept Design
which to measure stage completion.
Each Stakeholder shall consider and take ownership of that
which is under their charge during each stage of the
process. Guidance related to those responsibilities are set Stage 4
out within Chapter 3 of this document, but each Spatial Coordination
Stakeholder knows best their own operations and should
supplement the guidance set out herein with the outcomes
of their own analysis.

Stage 5
Technical Design

Stage 6
Construction

Stage 7
Handover

Stage 8
Operation and Maintenance

Figure 1.2.3: Infrastructure Project Lifecycle

Stages

47
 01
Home with solid fill

1.3 ROAD CATEGORIES

Road Categories shall be considered by the RIPC when determining the Project Category. The Road Categories
specified within The Manual shall align with those established in the Saudi Highway Code, SHC 301 – Highway Geometric
Design (1st Edition, 2023), as detailed below.

Whilst highways and streets are classified broadly into one of five highway categories, they are further classified into
rural and urban areas, by means of technical parameters (measurable) and subjective considerations (non-measurable).

Collectors
are only continuous
between arterials
Local streets
serve abutting
land only

Collector streets
connect local
streets to arterials
and serve
neighbourhood
travel

Freeways and
Expressways
serve longer distance trips Arterials
and have full or limited serve through traffic and
controlled access must be continuous

Expressways

Freeways

Arterials

Collectors

Local

Figure 1.3.1: Road Categories (SHC 301)

48
 INTRODUCTION & USER GUIDANCE

The table below has been adapted from SHC 301 and highlights key aspects of Road Categories that are considered
when determining the Project Category.

Aspects Freeways Expressway Arterials Collectors Locals

Land Access Full control of Limited control Land access Land access
access-no direct of access-no secondary primary
land access direct land consideration consideration
access
AADT Over 20,000 Over 20,000 5,000 - 30,000 1,000 - 12,000 100 - 1,000 (up
to 5,000 in
certain cases

Traffic Flow Free flow Free flow Uninterrupted Interrupted flow Interrupted flow
Characteristics flow except at
Intersections

Design Speed 80 - 100 km/h 70 - 90 km/h 50 - 80 km/h 30 - 50 km/h 30 - 40 km/h

Vehicle Type All types with > All types; heavy All types; up to All types; up to Predominantly
60 km/h; heavy trucks average 40 % trucks 30 % heavy passenger cars
trucks average 20 - 40 % trucks & light to
20 - 40 % medium trucks
with occasional
heavy trucks

Connects to Expressways Expressways Collectors Locals Arterials Arterials

Freeways Freeways Arterials Locals Collectors Locals
Arterials Expressways

Private and Not permitted Not permitted None or limited Permitted Permitted
Commercial
Approaches

Table 1.3.1: Road Categories (SHC 301)

49
 01
Home with solid fill

1.4 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

Quick Start Guide

TOPIC RIPC Service Entities Contractor Laboratory Consultant

CHAPTER 2 PROJECT LIFE CYCLE

2.1 PROJECT PLANNING

2.1.1 PERMITTING X X X X
2.1.2 WORK EXECUTION PLAN AND
X X X
RISK MANAGEMENT
2.1.3 TRAFFIC CONTROL X X X X
2.1.4 HEALTH & SAFETY
X X X X X
MANAGEMENT
2.1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL
X X X
MANAGEMENT
2.1.6 WASTE MANAGEMENT X X X
2..1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE &
X X X X X
CONTROL
2.1.8 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT X X X
2.1.9 COMMUNITY OUTREACH &
X X
ACCESSIBILITY
2.1.10 PROTECTING ASSETS &
X X
MINIMIZING DISRUPTION
2.2 SPATIAL PLANNING

2.2.1 SITE SAFETY X X X

2.2.2 BARRIERS AND WARNING
X X X
MEASURES
2.2.3 WORK ZONE MANAGEMENT X X X
2.2.4 ACCESS AND
X X X
COMMUNICATION ELEMENTS
2.3 PROJECT EXECUTION
2.3.1 SITE PREPARATION AND
X X X
MANAGEMENT
2.3.2 EXCAVATION TYPES AND
X X X
GUIDELINES
2.3.3 REINSTATEMENT WORKS X X X X

2.4 PROJECT INSPECTION & COMPLIANCE

2.4.1 INSPECTIONS AND
X X X X X
VIOLATIONS
2.4.2 APPEALS AND COMPLAINTS X X X

2.5 PROJECT CLOSURE

2.5.1 PROJECT CLOSURE X X X X X

2.6 GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

2.6.1 LEVERAGING TECHNOLOGY X X X X

2.6.2 MAXIMIZING DATA CAPTURE X X X X

Table 1.4.1: Responsibility Matrix

50
 INTRODUCTION & USER GUIDANCE

Summary of Stakeholder’s Roles and Responsibilities

Stakeholders shall: 4. Act in good faith in all interactions, even during disputes, and
resolve issues promptly.
1. Fulfil specific responsibilities outlined in The Manual.
5. Cooperate, collaborate, and engage constructively through
2. Provide RIPC with Plans, Standards, Processes, Procedures, open communication.
and GIS locations of infrastructure assets.
6. Maintain both formal and informal communications with
3. Protect other Stakeholders' assets when undertaking work. other Stakeholders.

PROJECT
RIPC Service Entities Contractor Laboratory Consultant
STAGE

Stage 1: • Request and

Strategic consolidate
Definition infrastructure project
• Collaborate with • Prepare Works
plans from Service
RIPC in the Execution Plans
Entities.
development (and (WEP), Traffic
Stage 2: • Analyze upcoming
consolidation) of Management Plans
Preparation & projects to develop a
the Integrated (TMP) and necessary
Briefing comprehensive
Infrastructure documentation (as
schedule, as per the
Coordination Plan per Chapter 2,
IIPM.
(IICP). Section 2.1.2).
Stage 3: • Circulate the
Concept consolidated IICP with
Design relevant authorities.

• Request permits via

the digital portal
• Coordinate with the
and pay excavation
• Coordinate new project General Directorate
fees.
Stage 4: plans with service of Traffic (if
• Make any
Spatial agencies. necessary) as well
• Approve excavation necessary
Coordination as any other party
permits. adjustments to
as per RIPC internal
WEPs and TMPs.
coordination cycle.
• Prepare HSE plans
and RAMS.

• Notify public in
Stage 5: advance of the
Technical works. • Supervise
Design • Refer works penalty • Prepare the work excavation and
objections to the area and commence reinstatement
• Ensure material
Grievance Committee. works. work, upload
samples and
• Adapt the digital portal • Engage required • Execute photos, videos,
tests are
to meet business Consultants, infrastructure works and control
completed and
needs. Contractors, and (utilities extension, reports for
coordinated with
• Conduct field visits, safety officers. backfilling, compliance.
the Contractor
Stage 6: monitor violations, and reinstatement, etc.). • Ensure
and Consultant.
Construction notify Contractors of • Comply with Traffic Contractor
required corrections. Management Plans, adherence to
restore sites, and RIPC standards
settle fines if and procedures.
applicable.

• Complete any
Stage 7: required remedial • Issue completion
• Submit site vacate
Handover • Approve completion work within the certificate to
requests.
and clearance Warranty Period. Service Entity • Submit records
• Notify when the
certificates. • Submit requests to (including sample to the Service
Contractor
• Monitor works during vacate the site post- testing results as Entity.
Stage 8: Completion
the Warranty Period. Warranty Period. per project
Operation & Certificate is issued.
• Testing Laboratories requirements).
Maintenance
Responsibilities.

Table 1.4.2: Stakeholder responsibilities across the Infrastructure Project Lifecycle

51
 01
Home with solid fill

1.4 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

Overview

The Manual is split into 4 Chapters, each has sections and

sub-sections.

Introductory
01
Chapter
Introductory Chapter: The purpose of Chapter 1 is to
INTRODUCTION &
introduce The Manual, including reference to the
USER GUIDANCE
Overarching Approach and the infrastructure project
lifecycle.

02
Chapter
Action

Action Chapter: Chapter 2 guides Stakeholders through

PROJECT LIFE
the infrastructure project lifecycle by highlighting
CYCLE
requirements within each of the relevant stages.

Supporting Chapters:

03
Chapter 3 articulates how the Code Manual will be GOVERNANCE
updated. It also offers useful information regarding & LEGAL
Supporting

regulatory compliance and deviation management as part FRAMEWORK

Chapters

of the Legal Framework.

Chapter 4 features useful templates, processes,
procedures and checklists that will ensure consistency of

04
quality and approach among Service Entities, their
Consultants and Contractors. APPENDIX

Figure 1.4.1: Chapter Types

52
 INTRODUCTION & USER GUIDANCE

General Rules on Interpreting The Manual

All Stakeholders must interpret this Manual as follows: Linguistic Hierarchy

To ensure conformance with the Overarching Approach,
1. Where The Manual specifies that the Stakeholders
legal compliance with laws and regulations, compliance
shall ‘review’ or ‘agree’ on requirements, the review
with standards, and avoidance of violations as set out in
and its outcome are to be recorded in writing (e.g.
“Licensing Compliance and Controls for Infrastructure
through formal approval and signatory or meeting
Projects in the Riyadh Region”, four tiers of linguistic
minutes).
classification have been used throughout this Manual and
2. A reference to any Law or Regulation includes all in describing its requirements. The four tiers are as
subsequent Laws and Regulations and includes follows:
relevant Laws and Regulations in amendment of, or
substitution for, the same. Shall: This is a mandatory instruction where
Compliance is essential, and failure to adhere to it
3. A reference to any Standard or other document
will lead to immediate halting of the work. For
includes reference to that document as amended,
example, “Excavation sites shall be inspected daily
supplemented or replaced from time to time.
for safety compliance to prevent any work
4. If The Manual conflicts with any legislative provision stoppages due to non-compliance”.
issued by higher legislative authority, the legislative
provision will prevail. Should: This is a mandatory instruction and best
5. This Manual replaces and supersedes any voluntary practice, failure to follow it could result in delays in
code of practice covering delivery of public realm the work. For example, “Workers should wear
infrastructure projects in the Riyadh Region. protective gear at all times to avoid potential work
stoppages due to safety violations”.
6. This Manual is not retrospective. It will have legal
force on the date stipulated when approved by RIPC. Consider: Such requirements align with the
It does not apply to projects launched before the purpose of The Manual and are good practice. The
approval date. Stakeholder would need justification for not
7. Where Stakeholders agree terms and conditions conforming to such requirements.
between themselves that vary from this Manual, they
must still comply with all legislative requirements. Advise: These requirements often represent best
practice intended to raise the quality and
8. This Manual does not indemnify any party from any consistency of approach through Service Entities,
liability that they may incur when carrying out works their Consultants, and Contractors.
in accordance with this Manual.

9. If there is conflict between the wording of any

provision of this Manual and any illustration, table or Shall
graphic within it, the provision as written takes
precedence over the illustration or graphic, unless the Should
contrary is explicitly stated.

Consider

Advise

Figure 1.4.2: Linguistic Hierarchy

53
 01
Home with solid fill

1.4 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

Structure of The Manual

Action Chapters feature code cards that sets out requirements in an easy-to-follow structure which denotes whether the
requirement is mandatory or not, based on the linguistic mechanism used.
The structure of the cards is outlined below, highlighting the main headings general and content.

Code Statement: The

overarching statement that
best describes the code.

Rationale: The reason why the 1

code statement is important.
2 3

Context: A quick review of the

current situation and how RIPC
will work with Stakeholders to
fix it.
4
Positive Impacts: How
implementation of the code
will impact different spheres of
our lives.

5
Key Requirements: Mandatory
or optional requirements based
on the linguistic mechanism.

Main Outcomes: A description

of the benefits that are
expected to be seen from
implementation of The Manual.

Key References: External 6

Local and International
references that help
Stakeholders in understanding
the requirements.
7

54
 INTRODUCTION & USER GUIDANCE

Infrastructure Project
Lifecycle Stages: What stages
10 of the project will primarily be
affected by these
Applicable Chapters,
requirements.
Forms and Templates:
References, forms, and
templates that help Guiding Principles: How this
Stakeholders in code statement aligns with the
11
understanding the Guiding Principles of the
requirements, within The Overarching Approach.
Manual.
12

9
Success Measurement
Examples: Suggested ways in
13 which Stakeholders can check
their success (non-exhaustive).

Linked Violations: What

violation categories should be
checked within the
Overarching Approach to
ensure conformance.

Key Stakeholders: Main

entities that are affected by
the chapter outcomes.

55
2.1 PROJECT PLANNING
2.2 SPATIAL PLANNING
2.3 PROJECT EXECUTION
2.4 PROJECT INCPECTION & COMPLIANCE
2.5 PROJECT CLOSURE
2.6 GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS
 02.
PROJECT LIFE CYCLE

• 2.1 PROJECT PLANNING

• 2.2 SPATIAL PLANNING
• 2.3 PROJECT EXECUTION
• 2.4 PROJECT INCPECTION & COMPLIANCE
• 2.5 PROJECT CLOSURE
• 2.6 GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS
 02

Chapter 2 guides all Stakeholders in the planning, execution,

and closure of infrastructure projects.

Albeit there are no ‘stages’ set by RIPC, when mapped against

the Infrastructure Lifecycle Process (first introduced in Chapter 1),
the sections of Chapter 2 align as follows:

• Planning: Stages 1 – 4

• Execution: Stages 5 – 6

• Closure: Stages 7 – 8

The Chapter begins by describing key system components that

ensure the smooth operation of various networks.

Stakeholders are reminded that the guidance set out herein is

considered comprehensive and linked to the Overarching
Approach. However, each Stakeholder entity knows best their own
operations and should supplement the guidance set out herein
with their own detailed processes and procedures that are project
and entity-specific.

58
PROJECT LIFE CYCLE

Stage 1
Strategic Definition

Stage 2
Preparation and Briefing

Stage 3
Concept Design

Stage 4
Spatial Coordination

Stage 5
Technical Design

Stage 6
Construction

Stage 7
Handover

Stage 8
Operation and Maintenance

59
2.1
PROJECT PLANNING
2.1.1 PERMITTING
2.1.2 WORK EXECUTION PLAN AND RISK MANAGEMENT
2.1.3 TRAFFIC CONTROL
2.1.4 HEALTH & SAFETY MANAGEMENT
2.1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
2.1.6 WASTE MANAGEMENT
2.1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE & CONTROL
2.1.8 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT
2.1.9 COMMUNITY OUTREACH & ACCESSIBILITY
2.1.10 PROTECTING ASSETS & MINIMIZING DISRUPTION
2.1
PROJECT PLANNING
2.1.1 PERMITTING
[Link] Permitting Requirements
[Link] Supplementary Material
 02
Home with solid fill

2.1.1 PERMITTING
[Link] Permitting Requirements
Code Statement: Implement a clear and robust permitting process, supported by documentation and driven by data, to ensure that all
planned works are approved in advance, with provisions for managing emergency and unplanned works efficiently.

A clear and robust permitting process is necessary to maintain Typically, permitting for public realm infrastructure works has
control over infrastructure projects, prevent unauthorized or traditionally lacked due process and sufficient data to make
unsafe work, and ensure that all projects are consistent with informed decisions. The ratio of emergency permits to normal
strategic objectives. Setting strict governance around permits, permits was also far from what would be expected from a
supported by documentation, will minimise errors, facilitate mature sector. Now, RIPC has established a robust, data-driven,
coordination between Stakeholders and ensure that projects are process supported by documentation that will enable
executed efficiently and effectively. evidenced-based decisions to be made regarding permit
approvals.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
REQUIREMENTS

• Provide RIPC with Infrastructure Project Plans within specified • Include in the permit application details such
timeframes and in compliance with RIPC Data and Information as project description, timing and scheduling,
Standard. scope of work, past and future earthworks, and
• Collaborate with RIPC in the development (& consolidation) of management proposals (traffic management,
the Integrated Infrastructure Coordination Plan (IICP), environmental considerations, work execution
resolving time and/or space clashes and working around plan, etc.).
moratoriums. • Submit data as requested by RIPC in agreed-
• Secure individual project Excavation Permits or Emergency upon timeframes and comply with RIPC Data
Excavation Permits, as needed, before starting work. Information Standard (refer to Integrated
• Not exceed permit validity for all Road Categories. Infrastructure Planning Methodology).
• Permit Extension/Modification: Must apply for an extension if • Provide data for three-year plans within the
the civil works exceed planned schedules, with fees doubling timeframes stated by RIPC.
for half the duration of the original permit. Request shall be • Identify any changes from the published IICP
granted at the discretion of RIPC. and submit change requests where necessary.
• Feature a QR Code of the latest valid permit at the site for • Work with RIPC’s Joint Operations Working
inspection purposes. If there is no permit on display, or if the Group (JWOG) in consideration of contractual,
permit displayed is out of date (even if the Service Entity has safety, and constructability matters relating to
secured a new permit) then the Contractor will face a penalty. on-site works.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Comprehensive and accurate data supporting the permitting

process.

KEY REFERENCES
• Control, Compliance and Licensing Controls for Infrastructure • RIPC Integrated Infrastructure Planning Methodology
Projects in Riyadh – RIPC • RIPC Data Information Standard

64
 PROJECT PLANNING

PRINCIPLE

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

P2. Effectively Managed &

Continuously Improved

P4. Technologically Advanced &

Data-driven

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

P2.1. • PI2.1.2. Percentage of planning

Project decisions made based on critical
Management services mapping.
• PI1.2.2. Licensing Process Clarity
Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates Score.
• PI2.1.4. Resource utilization efficiency
• Chapter [Link] Maximizing Data Capture rate based on resource management
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material plans.

Additional • Permit Approval Rate: Percentage of

Performance permits approved without need for
Indicators revisions.
PROJECT LIFECYCLE
• Permit Processing Time: Average time
taken to process and issue permits.
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4
Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial LINKED VIOLATION
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8 V2. Permit and Regulation Compliance

Technical Construction Handover Operation & Violations
Design Maintenance

Consider Advise
REQUIREMENTS

• Adhere to RIPC generated automated reminders for • Regularly audit data quality and document
permit deadlines and submit required documentation completeness to minimize the risk of permit delays,
to reduce delays and ensure compliance. rejections, and violations.
• Provide accurate works location details within the WEP
and permit application, specifying the exact location
and extent of works.
• Liaise with RIPC, Service Entities, Riyadh Municipality,
and Mega Projects (e.g., Green Riyadh, Sports
Boulevard) to coordinate collective works under a ‘dig
once’ approach to minimize repeated disruptions.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Improved coordination and information flow among

stakeholders.

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTOR • SERVICE ENTTIY
• RIPC • CONSULTANT

65
 02
Home with solid fill

2.1.1 PERMITTING
[Link] Supplementary Material

Permitting

Prepares a Traffic
Appoints an Management Plan
Advises the Service appropriately suitable for the type,
START Entity that its Notice qualified Contractor, location and duration
of Intent is received Consultant and of works + issues to
Testing Laboratory. relevant Traffic Office
for review

Receives the Works

Execution Plan &
Prepares a Works
circulates to all other
Execution Plan
relevant Service
Entities

Consolida
tes &
Yes Resolves issues with
relevant service
considers
entities
feedback

No
Prepares and
implements a Health
and Safety
Issues the Excavation
Management Plan,
Permit
Risk Assessments
and Method
Statements

Notifies road users,

business owners and
residents at least two
weeks in advance of
works

Joint site visit in Joint site visit in Joint site visit in

advance of works advance of works advance of works

Resolve any issues

from advance
notification and joint
site visit

Commence work on
END
site
Service Entity

RIPC

Contractor

Figure [Link].1: Permit Application Process

66
 PROJECT PLANNING

Permitting

Service Entity to Submit Permit Application in Advance of

Road Category
Proposed Start Date

Freeway, Expressway or Arterial 8 weeks

Collector 6 weeks

Local or Residential 4 weeks

Table [Link].1: Permitting Timescales

67
 02
Home with solid fill

2.1.1 PERMITTING
[Link] Supplementary Material

Permitting

Ascertaining an Emergency Permit

• In certain circumstances Emergency and Unplanned • The following steps will be followed to manage
work will need to be undertaken by Service Entities emergencies:
outside of the approved Infrastructure Project Plans. 1. Service Entities will be required to indicate which
criteria the emergency aligns with (reference table
• Emergencies typically refer to unexpected events that below).
require immediate action to protect public safety, 2. The permit will be approved subject to the relevant
health, and welfare. criteria that has been identified.
3. Upon completion of the emergency works, Service
• Service Entities should submit an Emergency Permit Entities are required to submit a completion report.
application within 24 hours of the event. This will be 4. RIPC will conduct inspections to validate if the
dealt with as a priority by RIPC. works require an emergency permit, with fines
issued for non-compliance.
• To expedite matters, Service Entities and RIPC should
agree specimen Traffic Management Plans and Work
Executions Plans in advance on an annual basis. These
shall cover each category of road. In addition, Service
Entities should have standing resources in place to
deal with typical types of emergencies that occur.

• Emergency Permits will be granted based on self-

assessment.

Impact Criteria Vulnerability Criteria

Safety Impact Time Sensitivity

Disruption to Services Lack of Alternatives

Damage to Infrastructure History Precedent

Environmental Impact

Financial/Economical Impact

Table [Link].2: Impact & Vulnerability Criteria for Emergency Permits

68
 PROJECT PLANNING

Permitting

WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR

RIPC
o Has the IICP been published?
o Has the Permit been issued?
o Has a joint site visit been carried out?
Service Entity
o Has an appropriately qualified Contractor,
Consultant, Testing Laboratory (and Service Entity
Contractor) been appointed?
o Has the Permit Fee been paid to RIPC?
o Has a joint site visit been carried out?
Contractor
o Has a suitable Traffic Management Plan been
prepared and submitted to the Traffic Office?
Have any issues been resolved?
o Has a Works Execution Plan been prepared and
submitted to RIPC? Have any issues been
resolved?
o Has a Health and Safety Management Plan, Risk
Assessments and Method Statements been
prepared?
o Have road users, business owners and local
residents been notified at least two weeks and
two days in advance of works?
o Has a joint site visit been carried out?
o Have any issues from notification and site visit
been addressed?
Traffic Office
o Has the Traffic Management Plan been reviewed
and approved within three working days?

69
2.1
PROJECT PLANNING
2.1.2 WORK EXECUTION PLAN AND RISK
MANAGEMENT
[Link] Work Execution Plan (WEP)
[Link] Risk Management by Road Type and Location
[Link] Site-Specific Risk Assessments
[Link] Key Risks and Hazards in Utility Works
[Link] Subsurface Utilities Risk Assessments
[Link] Critical Infrastructure Guidelines
[Link] Supplementary Material
 02
Home with solid fill

2.1.2 WORK EXECUTION PLAN AND RISK MANAGEMENT

[Link] Work Execution Plan (WEP)
Code Statement: Develop a Work Execution Plan that outlines safety, methodology, and compliance procedures for specific tasks.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
A comprehensive WEP ensures that all project elements are The Work Execution Plan (WEP) is a detailed document that
planned, risks are mitigated, and responsibilities are clearly outlines the methodology and procedures for completing
defined, aligning with safety and compliance standards. specific tasks onsite, ensuring work is performed safely and
efficiently. Depending on the project’s nature and scale, the
WEP can be a single document or a package of documents.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall
REQUIREMENTS

Prepare a Work Execution Plan (WEP) that includes the following elements :
• Project Information: Official name of the project, Detailed location of the work, Name of Client or principal
Contractor.
• Scope of Work: Detailed description of the tasks to be performed, clearly defined objectives and expected outcomes
of the work.
• Work Sequence: Step-by-step instructions on how the work will be carried out and estimated timeline for completion
of the project.
• Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment: Outline specific measures to control or mitigate risks, including (but not
limited to):
o List of required PPE for all workers.
o Placement and type of safety signage within the work area, on plant, and pedestrian barriers.
o Emergency procedures to be followed.
• Temporary Traffic Control Plan (TTCP): Detailed traffic management procedures specific to the work zone.
• Environmental Management: Take measures to protect the environment and manage incidents.
• Roles and Responsibilities: List of key personnel / Organization Chart with defined roles and responsibilities.
• Tools and Equipment: Detailed list of tools and equipment to be used, and procedures for inspection and
maintenance of tools.
• Communication Plan: Methods for internal team communication and stakeholder engagement, including public and
emergency services.
• Review and Approval: Process details for WEP review, including required signatures of preparers, reviewers, and
approvers. RIPC is solely responsible for monitoring and reviewing the WEP to facilitate stakeholder management
and will not approve this information from a site safety point of view. This is the responsibility of the Contractor.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Broad consideration for all elements of project delivery, ahead of the execution phase.

KEY REFERENCES
• SHC 305

72
 PROJECT PLANNING

PRINCIPLE

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

P1.1. • PI1.1.1. Percentage of projects with

Safety zero lost-time injuries
Compliance

1.2. • PI1.2.1. Number of legal non-

Legal compliance incidents
Compliance

Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates P1.3. • PI1.3.1. Percentage of projects

Quality passing quality audits with no major
• Chapter 2.1.4 Health Safety Management Assurance issues
• Chapter 2.1.5 Environmental Management P1.5. • PI1.5.1. Number of traffic control-
• Chapter 1.4 How to use this Manual Traffic and related complaints per project
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material Parking
Control

LINKED VIOLATION
PROJECT LIFECYCLE

V1. Barriers and Safety Compliance

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4
Violations
Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8 V2. Permit and Regulation Compliance

Technical Construction Handover Operation & Violations
Design Maintenance

Should Consider Advise

REQUIREMENTS

• Categorize work types and align WEP Adjust the WEP format based on • Ensure comprehensive coverage
details accordingly: project needs, opting for a single of all required elements in the
• Mobile Works: Continuously moving document or a suite of WEP, including specific utility work
work; vehicles should not remain in documents as suitable. requirements.
one location for more than 15
minutes.
• Medium – Short Term Works:
Require occupancy of part/all of
the roadway for a limited number
of hours, usually for work in the
daylight of a calendar day.
• Emergency Works: Unplanned work
requiring immediate action (e.g.,
burst pipes).
• Note: Examples of Medium-Short
Term Works include (but are not
limited to): maintenance work,
repair of safety barriers,
topographical/geotechnical
surveys, etc.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• High standards of safety, preventing accidents and ensuring smooth

works operations.

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTOR
• SERVICE ENTTIY

73
 02
Home with solid fill

2.1.2 WORK EXECUTION PLAN AND RISK MANAGEMENT

[Link] Risk Management by Road Type and Location
Code Statement: Evaluate and mitigate risks associated with different road types and locations in work zone planning.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Identifying and addressing risks specific to road categories Each road category has distinct characteristics influencing risk
ensures the protection of workers and road users, enhancing levels and requiring specific traffic control measures.
safety and compliance across diverse work sites. Understanding these risks ensures appropriate safety measures
for workers and the public.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall
REQUIREMENTS

• Account for relevant risks in planning documents (e.g. Traffic Management Plan, Work Execution Plan, Temporary
Traffic Control Plan) tailored to the road category.
• Implement required traffic control measures based on the risk level of each road category:
❑ High Risk - Freeways/Expressways
❑ High Risk - Major Arterials > 20,000 vpd
❑ Moderate Risk - Minor Arterials ≤ 20,000 vpd
❑ Moderate Risk – Collector
❑ Low Risk - Local Roads
❑ Low Risk - Dead-End Streets
• Refer to the table titled “Risk Levels Attributed to Road Categories” in the supplementary materials for further
guidance.
• Enhance control measures in areas with high pedestrian or vehicle activity, using variable message signs, temporary
signals, and enhanced signage where necessary.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Full appreciation of hazards associated with road type and minimised risks at the planning stage.

KEY REFERENCES
• SHC 301

74
 PROJECT PLANNING

PRINCIPLE

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

P5. Environmentally Sustainable

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

P1.1. • PI1.1.4. Percentage of major risks

Safety mitigated through risk assessment
Compliance per project

P1.5. • PI1.5.2. Percentage of project

Traffic and without traffic violations
Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates Parking
Control
• Chapter 1.3 Road Categories
P5.1. • PI5.1.1. Number of environmental
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material
Environmental incidents reported
Protection

LINKED VIOLATION
PROJECT LIFECYCLE

V1. Barriers and Safety Compliance

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4
Violations
Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8 V5. Traffic and Parking Control

Technical Construction Handover Operation & Violations
Design Maintenance

Should Consider Advise

REQUIREMENTS

• Ensure day-to-day compliance • Additional control measures based • Ensure ongoing assessment and
with approved plans. on specific site conditions, such as adjustment of traffic control
enhanced barriers or modified measures to maintain safety and
traffic patterns to suit local needs. compliance. Regular checks
should verify proper
implementation of all control
measures.

MAIN OUTCOMES

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTOR
• SERVICE ENTTIY

75
 02
Home with solid fill

2.1.2 WORK EXECUTION PLAN AND RISK MANAGEMENT

[Link] Site-Specific Risk Assessments
Code Statement: Identify and assess specific site-related risks to ensure tailored safety measures.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Customizing risk assessments to specific sites improves safety Additional risks beyond general road categories must be
and operational efficiency, reducing the likelihood of incidents considered for each Work Site, requiring customized risk
by addressing unique hazards proactively. assessments and traffic control strategies. Special
considerations are needed for zones with unique characteristics
such as schools, commercial areas, intersections, and tourist
sites, which have higher pedestrian traffic and specific
operational risks. Plans shall be tailored to specific local
conditions to ensure the safety of both workers and the public
at temporary Work Sites.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall
REQUIREMENTS

• Conduct site-specific risk assessments for each Work Site, considering specific factors such as street typology and
zone, traffic volume, speed, visibility, and vulnerable users.
• Ensure compliance with local standards (e.g. SHC 305), and confirm plans are developed by qualified personnel.
• Implement road closures and traffic diversions wherever possible; if not feasible, reduce speeds to 40 km/h or
below, significantly minimizes the impact of existing hazards for road users, pedestrians, and workers.
• Use proper safety buffers, barriers, and appropriate signage as per local regulations to mitigate risks at each specific
location.
Special Site Considerations:
• School Zones: Implement enhanced signage, crossing guards, and speed reductions during school hours. Barriers
must separate pedestrians from traffic.
• Commercial Zones: Clearly delineate pedestrian pathways, use pedestrian barriers, and provide temporary loading
zones.
• Intersections and Interchanges: Set up temporary traffic signals, flaggers, and clear detour routes. Use advanced
warning signs and markings for complex traffic patterns.
• Areas around major mosques: Install pedestrian crossings with guards or signals and establish clear signage.

Risks and site considerations featured herein are non-exhaustive. There are many situations which may result in
development of unique risks on each site. The planning of works by the Contractor shall be supplemented by site visits.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Full appreciation of hazards associated with the specific site, and minimised risks at the planning stage.

KEY REFERENCES
• SHC 305

76
 PROJECT PLANNING

PROJECT LIFECYCLE

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4

Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8

Technical Construction Handover Operation &
Design Maintenance

PRINCIPLE

P2. Effectively Managed &

Continuously Improved

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

P2.2. • PI2.2.1. Number of site inspections

Worksite conducted per project
Management • PI2.2.2. Percentage of projects
without worksite and cleanliness
violation

LINKED VIOLATION

V1. Barriers and Safety Compliance

Violations
Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates

• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material V4. Worksite Management and

Cleanliness Violations

Should Consider Advise

REQUIREMENTS

• The timing, duration, Work Zone • Adapt the timing, setup, and • Continuously monitor and adjust
set-up, and methodology of the methods of work based on traffic control measures based on
works should also be considered ongoing site conditions, real-time observations, ensuring
in the Contractor ’s risk environmental factors, and immediate responses to
assessment when preparing a feedback from real-time unexpected hazards or
TTCP. assessments. inefficiencies.
• Engage the public early with clear
communication about upcoming
changes in traffic control, using
public notices, signage, and direct
community engagement
techniques.
• Continuously supervise the site
and monitor the effectiveness of
traffic control measures and
adjust as necessary.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Safe and efficient works planning through continuous engagement.

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTOR
• SERVICE ENTTIY

77
 02
Home with solid fill

2.1.2 WORK EXECUTION PLAN AND RISK MANAGEMENT

[Link] Key Risks and Hazards in Utility Works
Code Statement: Address key hazards through proactive risk assessment and control measures.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Highlighting and mitigating key risks within the WEP ensures There are several key hazards and risks commonly associated
that all potential hazards are managed systematically, with implementing utility works within roads. A hazard is defined
safeguarding workers and the public from preventable incidents. as something that has the potential to harm. A risk is the
likelihood of a hazard causing harm.
Key hazards and risks associated with utility works within roads
include live traffic, subsurface utilities, overhead wires, moving
plant, trenches, slips, trips, falls, confined spaces, noise,
vibration, dust, and environmental damage. Mitigation measures
are essential for reducing these risks.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall
REQUIREMENTS

• Include all key risks in the Work Execution Plan (WEP). If risks are not adequately addressed, the WEP will be
considered insufficient.
• Identify and mitigate the following hazards:
❑ Live Traffic: Implement Temporary Traffic Control Plans (TTCP).
❑ Subsurface Utilities: Conduct Utility Location Enquiry with Asset Owners and RIPC, perform utility location surveys
before excavation, use Non-Destructive Digging (NDD) techniques within 0.3m of subsurface utilities, where
clashes may occur, or where impact arising from loss of service is high.
❑ Overhead Lines: Identify and mark overhead lines, establish safe working distances and provide training on
working near overhead lines.
❑ Moving Plant: Set up designated plant movement paths, install reversing alarms and cameras on vehicles, and
create exclusion zones behind all vehicles.
❑ Trenches: Install shoring or shielding systems, conduct regular inspections of trench stability, and provide proper
access control and barriers.
❑ Slips, Trips and Falls: Ensure proper site lighting, keep work areas clean, provide proper footwear
❑ Confined Spaces: Conduct risk assessments and implement confined space entry procedures, use gas detectors
and ventilation systems, provide training and establish emergency rescue plans.
❑ Noise and Vibration: Issue hearing protection for site-based staff and visitors, implement noise control measures.
❑ Dust: Use dust suppression methods, e.g., water sprays, and provide respiratory protection.
❑ Environmental Damage: Use erosion control measures and store hazardous materials correctly.
• Additional hazards on site will be addressed in the Contractor’s Work Execution Plan. The Contractor is responsible for
identifying and mitigating all risks. Suggested measures are not minimum requirements.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Full appreciation of hazards associated with specific utility types, and minimised risks at the planning stage.

KEY REFERENCES
• ASCE 38-22

78
 PROJECT PLANNING

PROJECT LIFECYCLE

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4

Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8

Technical Construction Handover Operation &
Design Maintenance

PRINCIPLE

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

P1.1. • PI1.1.3. Number of corrective

Safety actions arising from safety audits
Compliance per project
P1.4. • PI1.4.2. Percentage of Laboratories
Laboratory Passing Audits
Assurance

LINKED VIOLATION

V1. Barriers and Safety Compliance

Violations
Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates

• Chapter 2.1.1 Permitting V3. Infrastructure and Roads Quality

• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material Violations

Should Consider Advise

REQUIREMENTS

• WEP and Risk Assessments should be • Use advanced technologies • Review all risk mitigation
professionally prepared, well presented, and like ground-penetrating measures continuously to
compliant with safety guidelines. radar for more accurate ensure they meet the site-
• WEP should be prepared and coordinated utility detection before specific hazards identified in
with relevant stakeholders, with necessary excavation works. the WEP.
approvals in place. • Consider specific risks that
• Due to the uniqueness of each site, other could have an impact on
specific risks may be present and shall be nearby communities, e.g.
addressed by the Contractor in their WEP. gas leaks and risk of
• Conduct regular site inspections to verify risk contaminated water as a
control measures are in place and effective. result of flooding.
• Adjust mitigation measures based on site-
specific conditions and emerging risks
identified during ongoing operations.
• Incorporate non-destructive geophysical
methods to enhance utility detection
accuracy.
• Consult with relevant service entities to
ensure compliance with relevant backfilling
and compaction requirements

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Thorough risk identification and mitigation.

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTOR
• SERVICE ENTTIY

79
 02
Home with solid fill

2.1.2 WORK EXECUTION PLAN AND RISK MANAGEMENT

[Link] Subsurface Utilities Risk Assessments
Code Statement: Ensure safety and accuracy through comprehensive assessments of subsurface utilities.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Striking subsurface utilities can result in severe safety hazards, Subsurface utilities like water, sewer pipes, and electrical cables
leading to injuries, project delays, costly repairs, and service are critical yet concealed, posing significant safety risks during
interruptions. Therefore, employing Subsurface Utility excavation. The complexity and density of underground
Engineering (SUE) practices is crucial to accurately identify and networks, combined with often outdated or incomplete records,
map these utilities, mitigating risks and ensuring safer, more make accurate location and mapping challenging. Employing
efficient project execution, as well as ensuring compliance with Subsurface Utility Engineering (SUE) practices ensures accurate
technical standards and legal requirements. identification and risk mitigation.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
REQUIREMENTS

• Use Subsurface Utility Engineering (SUE) practices to • Incorporate non-destructive geophysical methods like
identify and map utilities, adhering to ASCE 38-22 ground-penetrating radar (GPR) and electromagnetic
standards. Refer to the table titled “Quality Levels for locators to enhance utility detection accuracy.
Utility Detection” in the supplementary materials for • Ensure the Work Zone is safe and that the utility data is
detailed guidance. accurate to avoid potential hazards.
❑ Conduct a Quality Level B (QL-B) survey for the • Inform Service Entitles responsible for any adjacent
proposed excavation area prior to commencing services about the excavation works that will be
any destructive excavation to locate subsurface executed next to their assets.
utilities.
❑ Conduct a Quality Level A (QL-A) survey to confirm
the location of utilities identified during the QL-B
survey that are within 0.5m of any proposed
excavation or where existing utilities may conflict
with new works.
❑ Utilize Non-Destructive Digging (NDD) techniques
when excavating near subsurface utilities, ensuring
compliance with buffer distances defined by the
Contractor’s Work Methodologies, Risk
Assessments, Utility Company guidelines, and
RIPC's minimum requirement that NDD techniques
must be used within 0.3m of all known utilities.
• ASCE 38-22. MAIN OUTCOMES

• Work Zone is safe

• Verifying that existing utility and services data is accurate enough to avoid potential hazards.

KEY REFERENCES
• ASCE 38-22 ‘Standard Guideline to Investigating and
Documenting Existing Utilities’

80
 PROJECT PLANNING

PROJECT LIFECYCLE

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4

Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8

Technical Construction Handover Operation &
Design Maintenance

PRINCIPLE

P4. Technologically Advanced & Data-

driven

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT
P1.3. • PI1.3.1. Percentage of projects
Quality passing quality audits with no major
Assurance issues
P4.2.
Data Capture &
• PI4.2.2. Data accuracy rate
Monitoring
Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates Methods

• Chapter [Link] Transition Zone LINKED VIOLATION

Management
V2. Permit and Regulation Compliance
• Chapter [Link] Safety Buffer Zone Violations
Requirements
• Chapter [Link] Lateral Buffer Zone
Specifications V3. Infrastructure and Roads Quality
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material Violations

Consider Advise
REQUIREMENTS

• Use direct exposure techniques, such as vacuum

excavation or hand digging, to physically expose
utilities when closer proximity is unavoidable.

MAIN OUTCOMES

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTOR

81
 02
Home with solid fill

2.1.2 WORK EXECUTION PLAN AND RISK MANAGEMENT

[Link] Critical Infrastructure Guidelines
Code Statement: Ensure proper coordination and execution when working adjacent to Critical Infrastructure.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Emphasizing the guidelines for operating around critical Critical infrastructure assets are vital for meeting the social and
infrastructure within the WEP helps ensure that these assets are business demands of both local and national economies. The
systematically managed. This protects both workers and the requirements are applicable for Infrastructure works adjacent to
public from avoidable incidents, while also preventing critical subsurface utilities and, in some cases, overhead
disruptions that could affect public, key stakeholders, and transmission lines too While these assets may have severe
businesses. consequences if they fail, the likelihood of such failures is not
always high. By pinpointing these critical assets, authorities and
organizations can focus and enhance their prevention of failure
and investigative efforts, maintenance strategies, and financial
planning in the most essential areas.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
REQUIREMENTS

• Conduct site specific assessments for each work site and • Engage the public early with clear communication
location and identify critical assets (assets linked to about upcoming changes in traffic control, using
airports, metro stations, hospitals, banks, VIPs etc.,) public notices, signage, and direct community
based on their classification by utility types. engagement techniques.
• Conduct a risk assessment before excavation to identify • Coordinate with other utility providers to prevent
hazards. Survey for subsurface utilities and use careful disruptions to essential services (e.g., water,
excavation and backfilling to avoid damaging telecoms, electricity), requiring detailed planning
infrastructure. and communication with multiple stakeholders.
• Collaborate with asset owners and service providers, • Include in the permit application details like project
ensuring due diligence for special work planning and description, timing and scheduling, scope of work,
implementation requirements to obtain necessary past and future earthworks, specific standards and
approvals. Develop special work, mitigation, and checklists, and management proposals (traffic
emergency plans to ensure network resilience. management, environmental considerations, work
• Monitor the site as per mitigation measures. Ensure execution plan, etc.)
emergency planning is feasible and display emergency • Develop emergency and immediate response plans
contact numbers. to efficiently handle capacity issues and outages
• For streets with "special engineering needs" (e.g., bridges, during work execution, ensuring compliance with
retaining walls, isolated structures, culverts, metro pre-defined and agreed-upon SLAs.
stations), seek necessary approvals from relevant • Create appropriate mitigation measures for working
authorities. in proximity to critical infrastructure assets.
MAIN OUTCOMES

Plans are in place for key stakeholders to manage disruptions from accidental loss or unplanned outages of critical assets.

KEY REFERENCES
• RIPC Critical Infrastructure Guidelines works
• Code of practice for the co-ordination of street and road • Safety at Street Works and Road Works – A Code of Practice

82
 PROJECT PLANNING

PRINCIPLE

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

P2. Effectively Managed &

Continuously Improved

Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates P4. Technologically Advanced &

Data-driven
• Chapter [Link] Work Execution Plan (WEP)
• Chapter 2.2.1 Site Safety SUCCESS MEASUREMENT
• Chapter [Link] Project Information Boards
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material
P2.1. • PI2.1.2. Percentage of planning
Project decisions made based on critical
Management services mapping.

PROJECT LIFECYCLE LINKED VIOLATION

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4

V2. Permit and Regulation Compliance
Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial Violations
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8 V3. Infrastructure and Roads Quality

Technical Construction Handover Operation & Violations
Design Maintenance

Consider Advise
REQUIREMENTS

• Using non-invasive excavation techniques such as • Stay clear of marked utility lines and follow safety
vacuum excavation to minimize the risk of damaging protocols strictly as detailed in code card 2.2.1.
underground utilities. • Use of non-disruptive detection equipment to locate
• Scheduling excavation work, where possible and underground utilities accurately before excavation.
permissible during relevant off-peak hours to reduce • Establish and ensure continuous communication
the impact on the city’s infrastructure. between contractors, utility companies, and relevant
• Consulting with experts in underground utilities to impacted stakeholders. Share progress reports, project
ensure safe excavation practices. stages, and long-term support needs with RIPC as
required.

MAIN OUTCOMES

Robust public relations strategy to ensure transparent and timely communication with relevant stakeholders

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTOR • PUBLIC
• SERVICE ENTITY • GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITIES
• CONSULTANT/LABORATORY

83
 02
Home with solid fill

2.1.2 WORK EXECUTION PLAN AND RISK MANAGEMENT

[Link] Supplementary Material

Work Execution Plan (WEP)

Summary of the key elements within the Work Execution Plan (WEP):

Item Details to be Included

• The official name of the project.

Project
• Detailed location where the work will be performed.
Information
• The name of the Client or principal Contractor overseeing the project.

• A detailed description of the work to be performed.

Scope of Work
• Clear objectives and expected outcomes of the work.

• Detailed step-by-step instructions on how the work will be carried out.

Work Sequence
• Estimated timeline for the completion of the project.

• Identification of potential hazards associated with the work.

• Assessment of the risks associated with each identified hazard.
• Specific measures to control or mitigate the identified risks.
Risk Assessment • Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) - list of required PPE for all workers.
• Details on the placement and type of safety signage to be used (this includes within the
work area, on plant, on pedestrian barriers, etc.).
• Procedures to be followed in case of an emergency.

Temporary Traffic
Control Plan • Discussed further in Section [Link].
(TTCP)

• Discussed in Section 2.1.5 of this Code Manual.

Environmental • Measures to protect the environment.
Management • Procedures for managing environmental incidents.
• May be included within Risk Assessment.

Roles and • List of key personnel involved in the project, along with their respective roles and
Responsibilities responsibilities.

• Detailed list of tools and equipment to be used to complete the work (and how they will be
stored within the Work Area). Provide evidence of any permits or agreements received from
Tools and
Riyadh Amanah for storage of any tools/equipment, machinery and material away from the
Equipment
Work Area.
• Procedures for the inspection and maintenance of tools and equipment.

• Methods for communicating between team members.

Communication
• Methods for communicating with stakeholders, including the public and emergency
Plan
services.

Review and • Details of the process for reviewing the WEP.

Approval • Signatures of the personnel responsible for preparing, reviewing, and approving the WEP.

Table [Link].1: Key Elements of Work Execution Plan

WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR

Contractor
o Has a Work Execution Plan been prepared?
o Does it cover all necessary topics?

84
 PROJECT PLANNING

Storage of Hazardous Material

Item Method to be Used

1 Ensure that a plan/diagram is available on site displaying the storage area.

Choose a flat, stable area that is easily accessible for delivery vehicles – avoiding placing materials in high-
2
traffic areas to prevent accidents.

3 Ensure there is adequate space for all materials to be stored without overcrowding.

4 Organize materials by type and size for easy access and identification.

5 Use tarps, covers, or other methods to protect materials from adverse weather conditions and heat.

6 Implement safety barriers and signage to keep unauthorized personnel away from storage areas.

7 Maintain a clear inventory system to track materials and prevent loss or over-ordering.

8 Regularly inspect stored materials for damage or deterioration and keep relevant inspection report record.

Store flammable materials in designated areas away from ignition sources, ensuring that fire extinguishers
9
and emergency exits are clearly marked and accessible.

10 Use appropriate certified equipment for moving heavy or bulky materials.

11 Train workers on safe handling practices to minimize injuries.

Keep records of materials received, stored, and used including Safety Data Sheets (SDS) which should be
12
available in hardcopy at first aid points.

Table [Link].2: Method for storage of hazardous material

85
 02
Home with solid fill

2.1.2 WORK EXECUTION PLAN AND RISK MANAGEMENT

[Link] Supplementary Material

Risk Management by Road Type and Location

Risk Levels Attributed to Road Categories:

Risk Road General Typical Temporary

General Risks
Level Category Characteristics Traffic Control Measures

High-speed traffic, Concrete barriers, advance

High-speed collisions,
multiple lanes, limited warning signs, reduced
Freeways and limited time for drivers to
High access points. speed zones, dedicated exit
Expressways react to changes, high
Separated and entry points for Work
traffic volume.
carriageways. Zones.

Lane closures with advance

Frequent intersections,
High traffic volume, warning, flagging
Major Arterial (> heavy commercial vehicle
High multiple lanes, higher operations, variable
20,000 vpd traffic, complex traffic
speed limits. message signs, temporary
patterns.
traffic signals.

Moderate traffic
volume, fewer lanes Moderate speed limits, Lane reductions, flaggers,
Minor Arterial
Moderate than major arterials, heavy vehicle traffic, pedestrian detours,
(≤ 20,000 vpd)
significant commuter multiple access points. portable barriers.
traffic.

Connect local streets to

Moderate speed limits, Temporary lane closures,
arterial roads, moderate
mixed traffic types pedestrian pathways,
Moderate Collector traffic volume,
(pedestrians, cyclists, signage, cones and
residential and
vehicles). barriers.
commercial access.

Low traffic volume, Pedestrian and cyclist Simple lane closures,

Low Local residential areas, low activity, frequent driveway signage, pedestrian
speed limits. access, parked vehicles. detours, minimal barriers.

Minimal traffic control

Very low traffic volume,
Dead-End Pedestrian activity, children needed, signage, cones.
Low primarily residential,
Streets playing, parked vehicles. Road Closure (resident
limited through traffic.
access only).

Table [Link].3: Risk Levels Attributed to Road Categories

WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR

Contractor
o Have risks associated with road categories been
taken into consideration?
o Have risks associated with special sites been
taken into consideration?

86
 PROJECT PLANNING

Site-Specific Risk Assessments

Special Site Typical Temporary Traffic

General Characteristics General Risks
Considerations Control Measures

High pedestrian activity,

High pedestrian volume,
(especially children), lower Enhanced signage, crossing
School Zones unpredictable pedestrian
speed limits during school guards, speed reduction.
movements.
hours.
Mixed-use traffic, high
Clear pedestrian pathways,
turnover of vehicles, potential
High pedestrian and vehicle pedestrian barriers, dedicated
Commercial for distracted pedestrians.
activity, loading zones, pedestrian detours, temporary
Zones High density of pedestrians,
frequent deliveries. loading zones, advanced warning
frequent crossings, complex
signs.
traffic patterns.

Temporary traffic signals,

Intersections High complexity, frequent Increased potential for
flaggers, clear detour routes,
and vehicle turning movements, collisions, confusion for
pedestrian crossings with
Interchanges pedestrian crossings. drivers, pedestrian conflicts.
dedicated signals.

Public transport Increased potential for Clear pedestrian pathways,

Busy locations with
(metro and bus collisions, especially during barriers, detours and temporary
pedestrian footfall.
stations) peak hours on major routes. loading zones.

High pedestrian volume, Informative signage in multiple

Unfamiliar drivers, high
frequent stopping of tour languages, designated tour bus
Tourist Areas pedestrian activity, sudden
buses, seasonal traffic stops, pedestrian guides.
stops.
variations.

Interaction between trucks Clear signage for large vehicle,

Commercial vehicle traffic,
and passenger vehicles, designated truck routes,
Industrial Areas industrial equipment, shift
potential hazardous material coordination with industrial
changes.
transport. operators.

Pedestrian crossings with signals

Risk of pedestrian accidents,
High pedestrian traffic during or guards. Clear signage and
particularly during peak
prayer times. Increased barriers to separate pedestrian
Mosque Areas prayer times. Traffic
traffic congestion before and and vehicle traffic. Parking
congestion. Potential for
after prayers. restrictions or designated
illegal parking.
parking areas.

High traffic volumes during

Local streets that become Early warning signs on
peak hours, potential for
alternative routes for connecting routes to discourage
Cut-through speeding especially during
avoiding congestion on main through traffic, temporary speed
traffic night works, increased noise,
roads or collector routes, bumps or rumble strips, reduced
and safety hazards for
typically during peak hours. speed limits.
residents and pedestrians.

Table [Link].4: Special Site Considerations

87
 02
Home with solid fill

2.1.2 WORK EXECUTION PLAN AND RISK MANAGEMENT

[Link] Supplementary Material

Key Risks and Hazards in Utility Works

Hazards and Possible Mitigants in Construction Sites:

Hazard Possible Mitigants

Live Traffic • Implement Temporary Traffic Control Plans (TTCP)
• Utility Location Enquiry with Asset Owners and RIPC
• Conduct utility location surveys before excavation
Sub Surface
• Use non-destructive digging techniques such as vacuum excavation when working close to
Utilities
utilities or to positively confirm utility location prior to works
• Locate works/trenches to prevent clashes
• Identify and mark the location of overhead lines
Overhead • Use safe work procedures when working near overhead lines
Wires • Provide workers with training on the dangers of overhead lines
• Ensure machinery operates at a safe distance from overhead lines
• Implement site lighting to improve visibility
• Use banksmen to assist with vehicle movements
• Install reversing alarms and cameras on vehicles
Moving Plant
• Create designated plant movement paths
• Install flashing beacons on all site vehicles
• Create an exclusion zone behind all vehicles/
• Install trench shoring or shielding systems
• Ensure proper sloping and benching of trench walls
• Conduct regular inspections of trench stability (in conjunction with weather conditions)
Trenches
• Provide worker training on trench safety
• Secure the site with barriers and signage around open trenches to prevent falls by the public
and road users.
• Ensure proper site lighting
Slips, Trips,
• Keep work areas clean and free of obstructions
and Falls
• Use non-slip surfaces and provide proper footwear
• Conduct confined space risk assessments
Confined • Implement confined space entry procedures, including permits
Space • Use gas detectors and ensure adequate ventilation
• Provide proper training and emergency rescue plans
• Workers to use hearing protection
Noise and
• Implement noise and vibration control measures such as dampening
Vibration
• Schedule noisy activities to minimise impact on public.
• Workers to use safety goggles/protective eyewear
• Provide respiratory protection for workers
Dust • Use dust suppression methods such as water sprays or enclosures to protect public and road
users
• Regularly clean work areas to reduce dust buildup
• Use a wet vacuum to prevent cement slurry from entering storm water drains
Environmental • Implement erosion and sediment control measures
Damage • Properly store and dispose of waste and hazardous materials
• Conduct site specific environmental impact assessments
Other specific hazards may be present on site which shall be addressed in the Contractor's Work Execution Plan.

Table [Link].5: Hazards and Possible Mitigants in Construction Sites

88
 PROJECT PLANNING

Key Risks and Hazards in Utility Works

Note: RIPC does not approve WEP or Risk Assessments. When a Risk Assessment is submitted with the Excavation
Permit application, it is viewed by RIPC to determine if the Contractor has addressed the common risks encountered on
Service Entity sites.

Further Information on Common Risks:

Overhead Wires Trenches

Contractors should consider the following for each work The Contractor should put in place systems to manage
site: risks associated with trenches. This could include:
1. Identify if there are any overhead wires on-site. 1. Edge barriers
2. Establish safe working distances based on risk.
2. Safe means of access including control of entry
3. Install warning signs where required.
3. De-watering
4. Restrict use of high-reach equipment where required.
5. Train workers on overhead wire safety, with relevant 4. Shoring
training records and proof of work authorization.
6. Ensure the location of overhead lines on site are
communicated to all workers.
7. Have plans and procedures in place for emergencies.
WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR
Moving Plant
Contractor
Working with moving plant and machinery on construction
sites poses significant safety risks. To minimize these risks,
o Have key hazards and risks been identified and
mitigated?
it is essential to implement effective control measures
that ensure the safety of both workers and the public.
o Have the common risks of subsurface utilities,
overhead wires, moving plant, and trenches been
Contractors should consider the following controls to mitigated?
manage this risk on site:
1. Establish clear zones for plant operation and RIPC
movement (part of TMP/TTCP).
2. Set up barriers and signage to keep unauthorized
o Has the Contractor mitigated key hazards and
risks in their WEP?
personnel out of plant areas (part of TMP/TTCP).
3. Equip machinery with high-visibility markings and
lights. Flashing beacons are recommended for all
moving plant.
4. Use audible reversing alarms on all mobile plant.
5. Designate secure parking areas for plant when not in
use.
6. Ensure all operators are properly trained and certified.
7. Assign spotters to guide plant operators and ensure
safe movements, especially in tight areas.

89
 02
Home with solid fill

2.1.2 WORK EXECUTION PLAN AND RISK MANAGEMENT

[Link] Supplementary Material

Subsurface Utilities Risk Assessments

Quality Levels for Utility Detection and Mapping (ASCE 38-22):

Quality Level Description and Method (ASCE 38-22)

Based on existing records and maps, offering the lowest accuracy. This level relies solely on the
QL-D collection of available utility records, maps, and other historical documentation without any physical
verification.

Combines existing records with surface feature verification, providing a moderate level of accuracy.
QL-C It integrates existing records with visual inspections of surface features such as manholes, valve
boxes, and utility markings.

Utilizes non-destructive geophysical methods to detect and map sub surface utilities. It employs
QL-B advanced geophysical techniques like ground-penetrating radar (GPR) and electromagnetic (EM)
locators to detect utilities.

Involves direct exposure of utilities through non-destructive methods like vacuum excavation or
QL-A
hand digging to physically expose and measure utilities.

Table [Link].6: Quality Levels for Utility Detection and Mapping

Advanced Survey Methods for Detecting Infrastructure Assets

Technique Description Benefits

Ground-penetrating Used for detecting underground assets and services, • Provides accurate information about the location and depth of
radar such as pipes and foundations. underground service assets.

Used to create accurate 3D models of infrastructure

Laser scanning • Assists in evaluating designs and necessary modifications.
assets.

Can be used to document the current condition of

3D Scanning • Useful in inspection and auditing processes.
infrastructure.

Can be used to assess the stability of soil and

Seismic survey • Helps in designing appropriate foundations.
foundations under facilities.

Used for surveying underground utilities, especially

X-Ray Surveys • Precise identification and mapping of services
those embedded within concrete structures.

Uses infrared cameras to detect and visualize heat

Thermography • Useful in identifying active utility lines that emit heat
patterns.

Table [Link].7: Survey Methods

90
 PROJECT PLANNING

Subsurface Utilities Risk Assessments

Associated Utilities Risks by Road Category: The following table visualizes the potential impact of network disruption
caused by infrastructure works, based on different road categories.
Risk Range

Infrastructure Assets \ Road Expressways

Arterials Collectors Locals
Categories (Freeways)

Disruption in Tertiary
Disruption in Supply from Disruption in Looped
TSE x networks supplying
STP Network
assets

Disruption in house
Disruption in Discharge Disruption in Discharge
Sewage x connection to local
into the STP into lifting stations
network
Water
Disruption in house
Disruption in Supply on Disruption in Supply on a Disruption in Looped
Potable connection to local
a city level neighborhood level Network
network

Flood risk damaging

Disruption in Interstate Disruption in City
Storm Disruption in City Traffic residential and
Traffic Traffic
commercial assets

Extra Disruption in Supply to

x x X
High Voltage Bulk Supply Points

Tight corridors and

High Disruption in Supply to Disruption in Supply to
proximity to other X
Voltage Primary Substation Primary Substation
utilities
Energy Disruption in Looped Disruption in Looped Tight corridors and
Medium
x Network and supply of Network and supply of proximity to other
Voltage
Distribution Substation Distribution Substation utilities

Disruption in Road Disruption in Road Disruption in house

Low
x Lighting and Asset Lighting and Asset connection to local
Voltage
Connection Connection network

Disruption in
Disruption in connection Disruption in
ICT x connection to Data
to PoP connection to assets
Centers
Telecom
Disruption in Disruption in
Disruption in surveillance
Security x surveillance of surveillance of
of main roads
secondary roads neighborhood roads
Table [Link].8: Risk Heatmap Against Potential Network Disruptions

In summary: Telecom (ICT, Security): Disruptions can affect

communication and security systems, critical on all types
Water (Potable, Sewage, TSE): Disruptions can lead to
of roads but with varying impact and severity.
significant public health and safety concerns, especially
on major road networks. Some instances are left blank as not all utilities sub-types
feature in every locality (e.g., Extra High Voltage 380kV
Energy (HV, MV, LV): Disruptions in High Voltage (HV)
cables do not typically exist within residential streets and
lines are extremely hazardous and can cause widespread
would therefore not be found in a ‘Local’ road).
outages. Lower Voltage (LV) disruptions are less severe,
but still impactful. Note: The above table is non-exhaustive. It should be
used by relevant Stakeholders to inform their project-
specific risk management activities throughout the
project lifecycle.

91
2.1
PROJECT PLANNING
2.1.3 TRAFFIC CONTROL
[Link] Traffic Management Planning (TMP)
[Link] Temporary Traffic Control Planning
[Link] Work Zone and Area Management
[Link] Traffic Signage Requirements
[Link] Traffic Control Device Selection and Placement: Cones,
Barricades, Barriers
[Link] Temporary Alignments
[Link] Supplementary Material
 02

2.1.3 TRAFFIC CONTROL

[Link] Traffic Management Plan (TMP)
Code Statement: Develop Traffic Management Plans to manage traffic flow and ensure safety during construction.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Effective temporary traffic management generally ensures safe A Traffic Management Plan (TMP) summarizes the planned
navigation around work zones, mitigates operational impacts, staging strategy, traffic analysis results, expected impacts, and
and complies with traffic management regulations, safeguarding proposed mitigation measures. The TMP outlines the methods
both workers and road users. to manage traffic flow during construction activities, ensuring
safety for both workers and road users.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
REQUIREMENTS

• Prepare a Traffic Management Plan (TMP) by a qualified • TMP should include the following additional details:
individual. The TMP shall include the following details: ❑ Consideration of stakeholders’ needs during the
❑ A Temporary Traffic Control Plan (TTCP) that must clearly decision-making process.
show existing site details and proposed Temporary Traffic ❑ Public information and outreach strategies.
Control (TTC) devices and their placement. ❑ List of holidays, local events, or seasonal
▪ Existing permanent traffic control devices around the site restrictions that may impact construction
must be clearly shown, particularly elements such as staging.
signing and striping, that are not applicable during ❑ Mitigation strategies, including demand
construction. management strategies, accelerated
▪ TTCP must be prepared and implemented according to construction strategies, and traffic operations
RTMG Version 1 guidelines, including necessary diversions. strategies such as optimizing signal timing.
▪ Proposed dates, times of occupancy, and extent of TTC ❑ Incident management strategies.
setup. • Permit Conditions:
▪ Impact on traffic flow including road closures, lane ❑ On-site representative must contact RIPC
closures, and speed reductions. before and after road/lane closures or
▪ Temporary pedestrian accessible route plan when work adjustments.
sites occupy sidewalks, ensuring continuity of pedestrian ❑ A copy of the TMP and Excavation Permit must
movement. be available on site at all times.
• Ensure the TMP is available on-site at all times. ❑ RIPC must be informed of any changes to the
• TMPs and traffic control devices implemented on site shall on-site contact or TMP.
comply with relevant guidelines and standards set forth in RTMG ❑ RIPC may request postponement of activities
Version 1. in cases of unforeseen, severe traffic impacts or
emergencies.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• A clear understanding of traffic flows and the impact that the work will have on road users.

KEY REFERENCES
• RTMG Version 1

94
 PROJECT PLANNING

PROJECT LIFECYCLE

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4

Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8

Technical Construction Handover Operation &
Design Maintenance

PRINCIPLE

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

P1.5. • PI1.5.1. Number of traffic control-

Traffic and related complaints per project
Parking • PI1.5.3. Number of coordination
Control meetings with local traffic
authorities

LINKED VIOLATION

V5. Traffic and Parking Control

Violations
Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates

• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material V6. Boards and Information Violations

• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material

Consider Advise
REQUIREMENTS

• Adjust TMP details in real-time based on traffic conditions, • Keep RIPC informed of any changes or accidents due to
with provisions for emergency changes if required by the TMP.
RIPC.
• Details for Approval:
❑ On-site contact
❑ Individual who prepared the plan
❑ Type of works
❑ Proposed location of works (work zone)
❑ Proposed extent of TTC setup
❑ Proposed dates and times of occupancy
❑ Details of proposed impact on traffic flow (e.g., road
closure, lane closure, speed reduction, counterflow,
etc.)
• Note: RIPC does NOT approve TMPs. When a TMP is
submitted with the Excavation Permit application, it is
viewed by RIPC and the Traffic Office of the Amanah as a
document containing information about the impacts on
traffic flow only and is not evaluated from the viewpoint of
risk assessment.
• The Contractor shall be responsible for risk management
on their site. However, RIPC shall reject plans that are
unprofessionally prepared or poorly presented or have
clear breaches from TTC guidelines.

MAIN OUTCOMES

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTOR • RIPC
• RIYADH AMANAH

95
 02
Home with solid fill

2.1.3 TRAFFIC CONTROL

[Link] Temporary Traffic Control Planning
Code Statement: Implement temporary traffic control measures to protect workers and road users.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Proper design and implementation of Temporary Traffic Control Temporary Traffic Control (TTC) measures guide road users
(TTC) measures provide continuity of movement contributing to through or around construction activities, protecting workers
safe and effective mobility of road users through or around and road users. A properly designed and implemented
work zones while protecting the traveling public, construction Temporary Traffic Control Plan (TTCP) provides enhanced
workers and equipment, and responders to any traffic incidents. safety, efficient traffic flow, and access to essential areas. TTCPs
detail movement paths for road users and delineate the traffic
area and work area with the use of a variety of traffic control
devices. The Temporary Traffic Control Plan (TTCP) must be
prepared by a qualified individual using the relevant standards
for the characteristics of the roadway.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall
REQUIREMENTS

• Design and implement Temporary Traffic Control (TTC) measures according to the guidelines in RTMG Version 1.
• Ensure TTC plans guide road users efficiently through the work zone, protect road users and workers by managing
risks related to live traffic, pedestrian access, and vehicle interaction.
• A TTCP shall ensure safe and efficient traffic management by adhering to the following TTC objectives:
❑ Clear Communication: Provide advance warnings about Work Zones and traffic pattern changes. Clearly delineate
travel paths and separation of the work zone.
❑ Consistent Implementation: Manage road user expectation and experience by consistent application of design
guidelines and implementation.
❑ Infrastructure Protection: Manage vehicle movement to ensure efficient operation and access to essential
services.
❑ Worker Safety: Protect workers from risks posed by road users.
❑ Road User Safety: Safeguard all road users including drivers, cyclists, and pedestrians from construction hazards.
❑ Efficient Traffic Flow: Minimize delays and congestion.
❑ Access Maintenance: Maintain access to residential and business areas, minimize disruptions as much as possible.
❑ Regulatory Compliance: Ensure traffic control measures meet local and national standards.
❑ Environmental Impact: Reduce emissions and noise pollution from traffic delays.
• A TTCP shall detail work control zone layout including Advance Warning Zone, Transition Zone, Buffer Zone, Work
Area, and Termination Zone.
• A TTCP shall specify Traffic Control Devices and Pedestrian Access Provisions.
• A TTCP shall be prepared by a qualified individual and includes details and qualifications of the preparer.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Implementation of TTC measures that minimise disruption to the public whilst ensuring site safety and work
efficiency.
KEY REFERENCES
• RTMG Version 1 • Traffic Control at Work Sites Technical Manual, 2022, version 6.1,
• SHC 305 and 602 Transport for NSW

96
 PROJECT PLANNING

PROJECT LIFECYCLE

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4

Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8

Technical Construction Handover Operation &
Design Maintenance

PRINCIPLE

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

P1.1. • PI1.1.4. Percentage of major risks

Safety mitigated through risk assessment
Compliance per project
P1.5. • PI1.5.2. Percentage of projects
Traffic and without traffic violations
Parking Control

LINKED VIOLATION

V1. Barriers and Safety Compliance

Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates Violations

• Chapter 2.1.2 Work Execution Plan and Risk

Management V5. Traffic and Parking Control
Violations
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material

Should Consider Advise

REQUIREMENTS

• Follow the Risk Control Hierarchy • Use appropriate physical barriers • Regularly inspect TTC setups to
for TMP setups: Eliminate, for the roadway characteristics ensure they meet relevant
Substitute, Isolate, Engineer, that enhance worker and road user standards and safety objectives.
Training & Admin, and PPE (refer safety. These may include Adjust setups as required based
to "Risk Control Hierarchy” in concrete barrier, plastic barrier, on real-time conditions.
Section [Link]). Truck Mounted Attenuators
• Address the following risks in the (TMAs), or lighting that alerts
TMP if applicable (this is related to drivers to the work zone.
hazards and risks addressed earlier
in this section):
❑ Proximity to live traffic
❑ Interaction with pedestrian
and active travel routes
❑ Speed and volume of traffic
❑ Type of traffic
❑ Noise levels
❑ Heavy weather and other
delays to project timelines

MAIN OUTCOMES

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTOR

97
 02
Home with solid fill

2.1.3 TRAFFIC CONTROL

[Link] Work Zone and Area Management
Code Statement: Design and manage work zones to ensure clear separation between live traffic and work areas.

Clearly defined work zones protect workers by separating them The Work Control Zone includes the Work Area and the
from traffic, enhancing operational safety and efficiency, and surrounding area where temporary traffic control devices are
ensuring that the project complies with safety regulations. deployed to manage and redirect the flow of traffic and
pedestrians away from the Work Zone. This zone ensures that
the works area is separated from live traffic, thereby ensuring
the safety of both workers and the traveling public.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
REQUIREMENTS

Work Control Zone • Ensure all workers are situated within the
• Ensure that the Work Control Zone complies with RTMG Version 1 Work Area at all times (except those that
guidelines regarding temporary traffic control. are managing traffic).
• Contractor must set up and maintain Work Control Zone, including • Ensure all materials, equipment, and
the: consumables are neatly arranged and
❑ Work Area, Advance Warning Area, Transition Zone, Safety inaccessible to the public.
Buffer Zone, Lateral Buffer Zone, Termination Area (end of Work • Several factors need to be considered by
Zone). the Contractor when determining the
Work Area parameters of a required Work Area:
• The Contractor must set up and maintain a suitable Work Area within ❑ Nature of the works
the Work Control Zone designated for excavation, maintenance, or ❑ Space requirements (including plant
utility works activities, ensuring efficiency and safety. and equipment space)
• The Work Area should be designed based on specific work needs ❑ Laydown areas
(e.g., trenching, paving, utility installations, etc.) with adequate space ❑ Zone of Influence
and safety measures, as detailed in the figure titled “Elements of a ❑ Safety considerations
Work Control Zone” in the Supplementary Material. ❑ Logistical needs
• Obtain permission from Riyadh Amanah for laydown area, material • Material and plant stored within the Work
stockpiling, and waste storage & coordinate with RIPC accordingly. Area should be clearly labelled with
Provide details of permits and agreements with the Amanah in the Contractor/Service Entity logos for ease
WEP. of identification.
• Allocate Laydown Areas for the storage of material and supplies
within the Work Area (and as per Supplementary Material).
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Work Zones and Areas that are measured, clearly demarcated, and effectively managed.

KEY REFERENCES
• RTMG Version 1

98
 PROJECT PLANNING

PRINCIPLE

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

P2. Effectively Managed &

Continuously Improved

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates P1.1. • PI1.3.1. Percentage of projects

Safety passing quality audits with no major
Compliance issues
• 2.1.2 Work Execution Plan and Risk
Management
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material 1.2. • PI2.2.3. Number of worksite-related
Legal complaints
Compliance

LINKED VIOLATION
PROJECT LIFECYCLE

V1. Barriers and Safety Compliance

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4
Violations
Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8 V8. Community and Public

Technical Construction Handover Operation & Accessibility Violations
Design Maintenance

Consider Advise
REQUIREMENTS

• Designate entry/exit points for construction vehicles. • Continuously monitor and maintain the Work Control
• Ensure proper emergency access to the Work Area and Zone and Work Area to ensure they remain properly
plan for entry and exit points that minimize disruption installed and effective.
to traffic flow.
• Avoid obstruction of traffic or pedestrian pathways.
• Determine the amount of space needed for machinery
and vehicles within the Work Control Zone.
• Material and plant may be temporarily stored adjacent
to the proposed Work Area whilst the site (Work
Control Zone) is being set up, or site equipment/plant
is being relocated. Close coordination with RIPC is
required in this instance.

MAIN OUTCOMES

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTOR • RIYADH AMANAH
• RIPC

99
 02
Home with solid fill

2.1.3 TRAFFIC CONTROL

[Link] Traffic Signage and Temporary Pavement Marking Requirements
Code Statement: Ensure proper placement and visibility of traffic signs to guide road users maintain safely around work zones.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Appropriately placed advance warning signs and pavement Properly designed and placed traffic signs and pavement
markings alert road users to an upcoming work zone. Clear and markings are essential for alerting road users to changes in
consistent use of warning signs and pavement markings existing travel patterns and guiding road users around
improve road user awareness and standardize road user construction zones, ensuring their safety and compliance with
expectation through work zones, reducing confusion and TTC setups.
accidents.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall
REQUIREMENTS

• Ensure all temporary traffic control signs meet RTMG Version 1:

General Placement:
❑ Signs must be positioned for maximum visibility and effectiveness, with placement adapted to the roadway characteristics.
❑ Signs must be positioned to allow motorists adequate time to respond to the changes in road conditions.
❑ Use standard signs on single lane roadways under 70 km/h.
❑ Use dramatic signs on multi-lane roadways between 50 km/h and 70 km/h, and all roadways over 70 km/h.
❑ Advance warning signs must have yellow background with a black border and black legend and wording.
Within Work Areas:
❑ If there are shoulder and lane closures, it is often necessary and/or desirable to erect signs on portable supports placed on the
permanent roadway itself (protected with an adequate VRS if not passively safe).
❑ It is permissible to mount appropriate signs on barricades/barriers.
❑ Signs mounted on barricades or temporary supports may be mounted at lower heights, but the bottom of the sign shall be no
less than 1.5m above the pavement elevation. However, mounting heights of 2m or more are desirable.
Advance Notice Distance:
❑ Minimum advance notice distances and sign sizes are specified based on design speed. Higher speed facilities require
increased sign spacing for earlier warning of the work control zone.
❑ Freeways and Expressways have increased sign spacing due to higher operating speeds and number of road users.

• Ensure all temporary pavement markings meet RTMG Version 1:

❑ Install temporary pavement markings of the same pattern and color as required for permanent pavement markings. The
absence of permanent pavement markings does not relieve the requirement for temporary pavement markings.
• Place Portable Changeble Message Signs (PCMS) prior to the last alternative route access so road users can consider avoiding the
project site if they choose.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Traffic signage that is clear and conforming, improving safety and reducing uncertainty for road users.

KEY REFERENCES
• RTMG Version 1
• SHC 305 and 602

100
 PROJECT PLANNING

PROJECT LIFECYCLE

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4

Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8

Technical Construction Handover Operation &
Design Maintenance

PRINCIPLE

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

P1.1. • PI1.1.1. Percentage of projects with

Safety zero lost-time injuries
Compliance
P1.5. • PI1.5.2. Percentage of projects
Traffic and without traffic violations
Parking Control
Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates
LINKED VIOLATION
• Chapter 2.2.2 Barriers and Warning
Measures V5. Traffic and Parking Control
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material Violations

Should Consider Advise

REQUIREMENTS

• During traffic management operations, invalid • For maximum mobility on certain • Inspect the positioning and
permanent signs in a work control zone should be types of work area operations, a visibility of all signs regularly to
temporarily removed to avoid driver confusion. This large sign may be effectively ensure compliance and optimal
can be done by removing, covering, or rotating the mounted on a vehicle stationed guidance for road users. Adjust
signs 90 degrees. Using adhesive tape in an X in advance of the work or moving sign installations as required
pattern is not suitable for covering signs. along with it. based on real-time conditions.
• Evaluate the combined effect of all signs and • This may be the working vehicle • Regularly inspect the condition
devices to ensure they communicate the required itself or a vehicle provided and visibility of temporary
actions clearly and consistently to drivers. expressly for this purpose pavement markings for the
• Mounting signs on fixed supports typically involves (Shadow Vehicle). duration of the project.
a single post, but those over 1m² require two posts. • Materials for temporary
Portable supports are ideal for temporary pavement markings may differ
conditions, and all installations must breakaway or from permanent ones to facilitate
yield upon impact to minimize hazards to motorists. their removal after project
• Remove all permanent pavement markings in completion.
conflict with temporary pavement markings. • Simulated pavement markings,
Applying black paint or tape over permanent installations using temporary
pavement markings is not considered an reflective pavement parkers, are
appropriate means of removal. acceptable for installations of 14
• Refresh temporary pavement markings as needed days or less.
to maintain visibility, especially on projects longer • Delineating lane lines for single
than 12 months in duration. lane configurations with cones or
tubular markers is acceptable for
installations of 3 days or less.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Conservation of ways for different types of road users, limiting uncertainty

and minimising risk.
KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTOR

101
 02
Home with solid fill

2.1.3 TRAFFIC CONTROL

[Link] Traffic Control Device Selection and Placement: Cones,
Barricades, Barriers, Barrier End Protection
Code Statement: Use traffic control devices such as cones, barricades, and barriers to enhance safety around work zones.
RATIONALE CONTEXT
Effective use of traffic control devices provides clear guidance Traffic control devices, including delineation devices, temporary
around work areas, keeps traffic orderly, and minimizes the risk pavement markings, signs, and signals are used to guide and
of accidents, supporting safe and compliant project execution. separate traffic from construction zones - enhancing overall
safety. Delineation of Temporary Channelizing Device (TCD)
refers to any object or material used to guide and channelize
vehicles and pedestrians, such as cones, drums, barricades, and
barriers, indicating the alignment of the roadway or path.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall

REQUIREMENTS

• Deploy traffic control devices according to RTMG Version 1, ensuring proper use of cones, tubular markers, vertical panels, and
barricades:
❑ Traffic Cones and Tubular Markers: Deploy cones and markers with a minimum height of 450mm, made of impact-resistant
material with a square base wide enough to prevent overturning from passing vehicles’ air rush. They must be reflectorized,
predominantly red, and kept clean for visibility. Use weighted bases for stability without damaging vehicles if struck. Tubular
markers must be attached to the roadway and inspected frequently to prevent overturning. Refer to Section [Link] for
additional requirements.
❑ Drums: Use plastic drums of a minimum height of 800mm and a minimum diameter of 500mm. Drums are not permitted to be
weighted with rocks, concrete, asphalt, sand, or any other substance to the extent they become hazardous to motorists if
struck. Drums are not an appropriate method of barrier end protection. Refer to Section [Link] for additional information.
❑ Vertical Panels: Use vertical panels with reflectorized red stripes on a yellow background, measuring at least 300mm in width
and 900mm in height. These panels are used for traffic separation and delineation.
❑ Traffic Separators: Traffic separators are used to divide lanes and can support vertical panels for better delineation.
❑ Barricades: Barricades, whether fixed or portable, should be made from wood, light metal, or plastic, with one or more
horizontal members. The entire red and white area must be reflectorized with a smooth, sealed outer surface, maintaining the
same color day and night. Barricades must yield upon impact to minimize harm to vehicles and occupants.
❑ Barricade Rails: Barricade rails should be flat, with supporting members designed to hold the rails in the required position. The
supports must withstand normal storms and the wind from passing vehicles.
❑ Concrete Barriers: Temporary concrete barriers are designed to redirect impacting vehicles. Install concrete barriers to protect
road users from roadside hazards when the result of impacting the roadside hazard will be greater than the result of impacting
the temporary concrete barrier. Provide temporary concrete barrier that has been successfully crash tested according to
Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware (US MASH, 2016), NCHRP 350 (NCHRP, 1993), or SASO EN 12767.
❑ Barrier End Protection: Protect road users from all vertical exposed barrier ends. Sloped ends are allowed on roadway 50
km/h and under. Speeds over 50 km/h shall have successfully crash tested crash cushions (impact attenuation) for the given
design speed. After a crash involving the crash cushion, barrier end protection shall be restored as soon as practical.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Traffic Control Devices that are prescribed based on applicable local standards.

KEY REFERENCES
• RTMG Version 1.
• SHC 305 and 602

102
 PROJECT PLANNING

PROJECT LIFECYCLE

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4

Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8

Technical Construction Handover Operation &
Design Maintenance

PRINCIPLE

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

P1.1. • PI1.1.1. Percentage of projects with

Safety zero lost-time injuries
Compliance
P1.3. • PI1.3.4. Inspection pass rate
Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates Quality
Assurance
• Chapter 2.1.3 Traffic Control
• Chapter 2.2.1 Site Safety LINKED VIOLATION
• Chapter 2.2.2 Barriers and Warning
Measures V1. Barriers and Safety Compliance
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material Violations

Should Consider Advise

REQUIREMENTS

• Keep devices in new or like new condition. • Deploy additional traffic separators • Regularly check all traffic control
Clean and regularly check for position, to delineate lanes or separate devices for correct positioning and
visibility, and cleanliness. traffic as needed, especially in cleanliness, ensuring devices
• Replace worn or damaged devices as high-speed zones. remain functional and visible at all
needed. • Adjust longitudinal dimensions of times.
• Barricade supports should be non- control setups slightly to suit field • Inspect and adjust traffic control
reflectorized and either white or unpainted conditions without compromising devices daily to confirm they
galvanized iron/aluminium. safety. remain positioned correctly and
• For barricade rails, both the reflectorized rails • Traffic cones can be stacked on effectively guide traffic through the
and supporting structure should be top of each other for added weight, work area.
constructed to ensure minimal damage to if required.
vehicles and harm to occupants if hit. • Warning or delineation lights may
be placed on drums.
• Vertical panels can include warning
lights at night.

MAIN OUTCOMES

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTOR
• RIPC

103
 02
Home with solid fill

2.1.3 TRAFFIC CONTROL

[Link] Temporary Alignments
Code Statement: Design and set out suitable temporary alignments to safely redirect traffic around infrastructure works.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Effective temporary alignments, including merging lanes and Properly designed and spaced lane merges and shifts, in
land shifts, mitigate operational impacts and ensures safe conjunction with advance warning signs, are used to guide
navigation around work control zones. traffic around work control zones, provide efficient traffic flow
and enhance overall safety for road users and workers.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall
REQUIREMENTS

• Deploy lane merging and lane shifts according to RTMG Version 1:

❑ Design temporary alignments according to the permanent (pre-construction) posted speed limit.
❑ Lane merges are used to reduce the number of travel lanes by 1 at a time. If multiple lane reductions are needed
to accommodate the work control zone, provide the required settling zone between subsequent tapers.
❑ Lane merges and shifts are separate movements and do not occur over the same distance. Implement lane
merges and shifts in sequence.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Redirect traffic safely and effectively around work control zones.

KEY REFERENCES
• RTMG Version 1.
• SHC 305 and 602

104
 PROJECT PLANNING

PROJECT LIFECYCLE

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4

Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8

Technical Construction Handover Operation &
Design Maintenance

PRINCIPLE

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

P1.1. • PI1.1.1. Percentage of projects with

Safety zero lost-time injuries
Compliance
P1.3. • PI1.3.4. Inspection pass rate
Quality
Assurance

Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates LINKED VIOLATION

• Chapter 2.1.3 Traffic Control V1. Barriers and Safety Compliance

• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material Violations

Should Consider Advise

REQUIREMENTS

• The number of receiving lanes should be • Perform work on one side of the • Regularly check all traffic
equal to or greater than the number of roadway at a time in control devices for temporary
feeding lanes. Reduce the number of constrained areas. alignments for correct
feeding lanes as required. positioning and cleanliness,
ensuring devices always remain
functional and visible at all
times.

MAIN OUTCOMES

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTOR
• RIPC

105
 02
Home with solid fill

2.1.3 TRAFFIC CONTROL

[Link] Supplementary Material

Traffic Management Plan (TMP)

The following table outlines the contents to be included in a Traffic Management Plan (TMP).

Document Document Format Drawing Degree of

Required data
Name Description type Scale importance

Binding for all

• Name of the project, Contractor , owner, start
A table featuring key AutoCAD types of
Scheme and end date of the works, name of the N/A
project information Scheme business except
Title Municipality, neighborhood and street
emergencies

• Clear aerial photo

Site plan showing the • Work site and traffic directions for each AutoCAD Binding for all
location of the works stage of the implementation plan and a Scheme with types of
1:10000
General and the diverted diagram of the diversion coordinates business except
Site Plan traffic • The start and end date of the works and the WSG84 emergency
number of stages of the diversion

• Detail illustrating the work area, locations

of Temporary Traffic Control devices,
details for implementing diversions,
widths of road paths and necessary
Binding for all
setbacks AutoCAD 1:1000
types of works
• Locations of cross-sections chart with
Horizontal except
Detail of the general • Type of traffic control devices (type of coordinates
Projection emergency
site plan barriers) WSG84
Chart
• Existing traffic control devices and their
treatment (covering - removal)
• Details of any cancelled traffic
• movements
• Entry/exit points - accessibility for adjacent
activities

Binding for all

• Horizontal offset dimensions types of works
Typical
Cross section • Dimensions of pedestrian paths AutoCAD for excavations
Cross 1:10000
details • Dimensions of vehicle paths Chart deeper than
Sections
• Type of traffic control devices 0.3m (except for
Chart
emergencies)

Not binding for

Details of all • Dimensions & colors
AutoCAD short- and
Temporary Traffic • Reinforcement N/A
Details Chart medium-term
Control devices • Source (producing factories)
works

• Site furnishing plan

• Site emergency & evacuation plan
• Start and end date of works Not binding for
• Loading and unloading plans short- and
Plan details Document N/A
Action Plan • Routine inspection and control plan medium-term
Report • Potential stakeholders and works
communication plan
• Risk analysis & mitigation plans

A table containing a Binding for all

description of the items • Number of traffic signs types of works
Document N/A
Table of used in the diversion • Number of concrete barriers except
Quantities and their quantities emergency

Table [Link].1: Traffic Management Plan Content

106
 PROJECT PLANNING

Traffic Management Plan (TMP)

WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR

TMP – Contractor
o Does TMP meet minimum requirements and
address all relevant issues and standards?
o Has the TMP been prepared by a suitably
qualified person?
o Is the TMP displayed on site?
o Are RIPC kept informed of any changes?
TMP – RIPC
o Rejected any TMPs that are not suitable?

107
 02
Home with solid fill

2.1.3 TRAFFIC CONTROL

[Link] Supplementary Material

Temporary Traffic Control Planning

Remove the risk of live Use of around TTM methods (detours)

Eliminate traffic or eliminating activities through design

Replacing people with Replacing workers on foot with

Substitute devices to perform the work devices, such as tractor mowing or use
required of PTCDs

Separating workers from traffic

Using past TTM methods including
Isolate with a form of barrier or
approved safety barriers
protection

Provide a physical
Use of TMA’s, lighting or temporary
Engineer change to protect
portable rumble strips
workers

That rely on the road

Training Use of through TTM methods including
user following
& Admin directions
cones, bollards and delineation

Increasing worker High visibility clothing with retro

PPE visibility with PPE reflective banding

Figure [Link].1: Risk Control Hierarchy (Traffic Control at Work Sites Technical Manual, Transport for NSW)

108
 PROJECT PLANNING

Temporary Traffic Control Planning

Temporary Traffic Control Plan

Contents What is in the plan?

This includes:

• Safety of workers
• Safety of road users
• Efficient traffic flow, including appropriate speed limits
How objectives
• Clear communications
will be achieved
• Compliance with Regulations
• Minimise environmental impact
• Protection of access to critical infrastructure
• Managing the movement of vehicles
• Maintain residential and business access where possible
This includes layouts covering the entire Work Control Zone, showing appropriate signs, traffic
control devices, hoardings, temporary markings, raised reflective markings, plastic delineators,
lighting, beacons, flashing warning panels, signals, safety barriers etc that will be used in the:

• Advance Warning Zone

Work Control
• Transition Zone
Zone details
• Buffer Zone (longitudinal and lateral)
• Work Area, including laydown and welfare facilities
• Termination Zone
• Details of Pedestrian and micro mobility access, including kerb ramps and footway boards
• Internal traffic control plan, if required, for major or long-term projects

Preparation by a
suitably qualified Details of the person who prepared the plan and their appropriate qualifications.
person

Table [Link].2: Temporary Traffic Control Plan

WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR

Temporary Traffic Control Planning – Contractor
o Have the key objectives for TTC been considered?
o Are SHC guidelines being followed?

109
 02
Home with solid fill

2.1.3 TRAFFIC CONTROL

[Link] Supplementary Material

Work Control Zone and Area Management

Several factors need to be considered by the Contractor 4. Logistical Needs
when determining the parameters of a required Work
Area: Identify and plan for entry and exit points for construction
vehicles and deliveries. These should be located to
1. Nature of the Works minimize disruption to traffic flow and ensure the safety
of workers. Ensure that emergency vehicles can access
The specific tasks to be performed, for example; the work area if needed.
trenching, paving, or utility installations. Each type of work
has different requirements for space and safety measures.
Consideration should also be given to the staging of the
works. WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR
Work Control Zone– Contractor
2. Space Requirements
o Is it properly designed, installed and maintained?
a) Plant and Equipment: Determine the amount of space Work Area – Contractor
needed for machinery and vehicles. This includes
space for moving and operating equipment such as
excavators, bulldozers, and cranes.

b) Set Down of Materials (Laydown Areas): Allocate

areas for the storage of materials and supplies.
Ensure that materials are stored in a way that is
accessible to workers and does not obstruct traffic or
pedestrian pathways. Laydown areas should be
indicated in site plans and are considered work areas
and material lay down shall not occur in Advanced
Warning Zone, Transition Zone, or Buffer Zones.
Should there not be a suitable location and/or
enough space for a laydown area, the Contractor
should collaborate with Riyadh Amanah to assign land
as a laydown area away from the work site.

c) Zone of Influence: Consider the area influenced by

the specific work being done. For example, a 3 meter
deep trench would affect a larger surrounding area
due to potential ground instability and safety risks
(This is discussed further in Project Execution). This
influenced zone should be included in the work area
to ensure comprehensive safety measures.

3. Safety Considerations

Ensure that the work area is clearly separated from live

traffic and pedestrian paths to prevent accidents. Ensure
that the Work Control Zone complies with SHC 305
guidelines regarding temporary traffic control.

Note: A minimum clearances of workers to traffic is

required (lateral buffer zone).

110
 PROJECT PLANNING

Work Control Zone and Area Management

Termination zone
Downstream Taper lets traffic resume
normal operations
Buffer Zone (longitudinal

Traffic Space allows

traffic to pass
through the activity
area

Activity Area is
where work takes
Buffer Zone (lateral) place
provides protection
Buffer Zone
for traffic and
(longitudinal) provides
workers
protection for traffic and
workers

Transition Zone
moves traffic out
of its normal path

Shoulder Taper

Advance warning
Zone tells traffic
Legend what to expect
ahead
Direction of travel
Channelizing device
Work area
Sign

Figure [Link].2: Elements of a Work Control Zone

111
 02
Home with solid fill

2.1.3 TRAFFIC CONTROL

[Link] Supplementary Material

Temporary Traffic Control Plan Template

Figure [Link].3: Temporary Traffic Control Plan Template

and Components

112
 PROJECT PLANNING

Temporary Traffic Control Plan Template

Symbol Definition

A Logo and name of the ministry and municipality.

Scope of work/identification of stakeholders/Contractor /notes to be considered during implementation,

including Governing design standards (such as: the minimum distance between warning categories
B according to table (No...) included in the guide (....) / Procedures to be followed (such as: the necessity of
installing warning lights/....) Exceptions (such as: it is permissible The supervising engineer may allow the
Contractor to....).

Basic information (project name/project number/Contractor /Consultant/owning entity/start and end

C
date Business/Name (Municipality/District/Street)

D The name of the traffic approval specialist and the traffic stamp approving the plan.

E Basic information of the template (north arrow/scale/symbols/legend/etc.

F Suspension data (total/partial closure) (Closing time: throughout the day/from one hour.. to the hour..)

G1,2,3 Legend to show items (number and description of traffic control means).

H Names and positions of auditors and reviewers in the municipality and initial approval stamp.

I General location of the infrastructure work zone.

J The relationship of the infrastructure work zone to the surrounding area.

K Proposed plan for temporary traffic diversion.

Table [Link].3: Temporary Traffic Control Plan Components

113
 02
Home with solid fill

2.1.3 TRAFFIC CONTROL

[Link] Supplementary Material

Traffic Signage Requirements

Permanent Pre-
Construction Standard Sign Size “W” Required Min. Clear
Dramatic Sign Size (mm)
Speed Limit (mm) Visibility* (m)
(km/h)

40 600 900 (W) x 1,200 (H) 60

60 750 1,200 (W) x 1,600 (H) 60

80 Use Dramatic 1,200 (W) x 1,600 (H) 75

100 Use Dramatic 1,800 (W) x 2,400 (H) 100

2,250 (W) x 3,000 (H)

>100 Use Dramatic 120

Table [Link].4: Sign Size Criteria

*Slender obstructions such as traffic signal posts and lamp columns may be ignored.

W W W W

Figure [Link].4: Standard Signs

Figure [Link].5: Dramatic Signs

Note: See Section 3 of SHC 305 and Section 2 of SHC 602 for additional traffic sign requirements.

114
 PROJECT PLANNING

Traffic Control Device Selection and Placement: Cones, Barricades, Barriers

Figure [Link].6: Methods of Mounting Signs other than on Posts for shorter term works (SHC 602)

Note: Red flags are added for extra emphasis. They are not required but are good practice for emergency sites.

WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR

Traffic Control – Contractor
Figure [Link].7: Vehicle Mounted Flashing
Arrow Board/Panel (SHC 602) o Are all temporary traffic control signs as per
RTMG Version 1 and SHC 305?
o Are existing signs covered or removed?
o Are signs mounted correctly?

115
 02
Home with solid fill

2.1.3 TRAFFIC CONTROL

[Link] Supplementary Material

Temporary Signs Installation

Figure [Link].8: Ground Mounted Temporary Installations

116
 PROJECT PLANNING

Temporary Signs Installation

Figure [Link].9: Portable Sign Support Figure [Link].10: Temporary Sign Support

117
 02
Home with solid fill

2.1.3 TRAFFIC CONTROL

[Link] Supplementary Material

Common Warning Signs

Figure [Link].11: Standard Signs Examples

118
 PROJECT PLANNING

Common Warning Signs

Figure [Link].12: Dramatic Signs Examples

Note:
1. See Section 3 of SHC 602 for additional sign requirements.
2. Use standard signs on single lane roadways under 70km/h.
3. Use dramatic signs on multi-lane roadways between 50 and 70km/h, and all roadways over 70km/h.
4. See Table D-1 in SHC 602 for additional work zone signs.

119
 02
Home with solid fill

2.1.3 TRAFFIC CONTROL

[Link] Supplementary Material

Traffic Control Device Selection and Placement: Cones, Barricades, Barriers

300 mm

900mm

Figure [Link].13: Vertical Panel (SHC 602)

200mm 200mm
250 mm

100mm
1,000
mm

Max. 150mm

Figure [Link].14: Types of Barricades (SHC 602)

120
 PROJECT PLANNING

Traffic Control Device Selection and Placement: Cones, Barricades, Barriers

1,000mm
750mm
450mm

Figure [Link].15: Traffic Cones and Tabular Markers (SHC 602)

Note: Cones should have a yellow reflectorized band at least 150mm wide, placed no more than 75mm from
the top. 450mm height cones are used to delineate bicycle lanes. 750mm height cones and tubular markers
are used on all roadways except Freeways. 1,000mm height cones and tubular markers are used on
freeways and urban streets in the vicinity of railways and tramways.

500mm
800mm

Figure [Link].16: Plastic Drum (SHC 602)

Note: Markings on each drum must consist of two horizontal reflecting yellow and two red bands which
completely encircle the drum. Each band shall be between 100 and 200mm. A maximum non-reflectorized
band of 50mm is permitted between the yellow and red stripes.

WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR

Traffic Control Devices – Contractor
o Are all traffic control devices, including signs,
signals, speed bumps, markings, and delineation
devices to the standards in SHC 305?
o Are traffic control devices kept clean and regularly
checked for position and cleanliness?

121
2.1
PROJECT PLANNING
2.1.4 HEALTH & SAFETY MANAGEMENT
[Link] Health & Safety Management Requirements
[Link] Supplementary Material
 02
Home with solid fill

2.1.4 HEALTH & SAFETY MANAGEMENT

[Link] Health & Safety Management Requirements
Code Statement: Implement comprehensive health and safety protocols across all project stages to prevent injuries, protect public
safety, and ensure compliance with legal standards.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Ensuring the health and safety of workers and the public The onus for keeping people safe has typically been on
is an integral part of successful infrastructure project Service Entities, their Contractors and Consultants.
delivery. By systematically identifying and managing risks Added weight from Government Entities such as RIPC,
related to Health and Safety, projects can reduce and National Council of Occupational Safety & Health
accidents and promote a safe work environment. (NCoSH), will help to inculcate a culture of Health and
Safety on every project.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
KEY REQUIREMENTS

• Prevent personal injuries and ill-health across all project • Conduct Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment
stages. (HIRA) for all projects at the start and continually
• Ensure H&S measures are risk-based and project- update the Risk Register throughout the project
tailored. lifecycle.
• Implement a hierarchy of controls: elimination, • Select Laydown Areas that minimize security risks and
substitution, engineering controls, administrative implement effective equipment storage protocols.
controls, and Personal Protective Equipment (PPE). • Use alternatives to slate-type Road Plates and
• Conduct regular safety inspections to ensure implement suitable traffic control measures as to the
compliance with safety standards. Traffic Management Plan.
• Conduct risk assessments for any open excavation to • Ensure Road Plates are secured to prevent movement.
determine if works pose a risk to individuals, whether • Use adequate barriers based on guidance in this
authorised or not, entering the site, and proposed Manual.
mitigation measures. • Conduct excavations based on guidance in this Manual
• Risk assessment must consider stockpiling of materials and ensure time allowance for dewatering.
near the excavation and vehicle traffic within the • Plan diversions and heavy vehicle routes to minimize
trench's zone of influence. disruptions to the public.
• Road plates must be fit for purpose depending on the • Plates can be fixed with bolts or steel pins. Fixings
arrangement of the excavation and road speed. Plates should be at all corners of the plate as a minimum.
must resist displacement induced by traffic loading.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Safe working environments for workers and the public, • Comprehensive risk assessments informing effective
minimizing health risks. mitigation measures.
• Reduction in accidents and occupational illnesses.

KEY REFERENCES
• National Policy for Occupational Safety and Health • National Road Safety Center (NRSC) Training Program for Road
• ISO 45001:2018 Engineers
• Employer Compliance Guide to Occupational Safety and Health Policies
• Guidelines for the Prevention of the Effects of Work in Hot Places
• Occupational Safety and Health Inspection Mechanism
• The Ministerial Decision Regarding the Ban of Work Under the Sun

124
 PROJECT PLANNING

PROJECT LIFECYCLE

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4

Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8

Technical Construction Handover Operation &
Design Maintenance

PRINCIPLE

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

P1.1. • PI1.1.1. Percentage of projects with

Safety zero lost-time injuries.
Compliance • PI1.1.4. Percentage of major risks
mitigated through risk assessment
per project.

LINKED VIOLATION
Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material V1. Barriers and Safety Compliance
Issues

Consider Advise
KEY REQUIREMENTS

• Appointing a full time H&S Officer, with relevant • Centralising site-related H&S documentation into one
qualifications and certifications, to be based at site unified location that is accessible to all.
empowered to manage all activities that keep • Appointment of Safety Champions, first aiders and
workers, road users, and residents safe. formulation of Safety Committees featuring representation
• Toolbox talks delivered regularly by site-based from Service Entity, Contractor, and Consultant.
staff to highlight prevailing and commonly • Establish an Occupational Health and Safety Management
occurring H&S-related issues. System (OHSMS) aligned with ISO 45001:2018.
• Effective means of communication shall be • Road plates can be surface mounted or recessed
established for the reporting of H&S concerns at depending on the type and duration of the work (&
site. excavation).
• Consider the use of road plates with non-slip • Road plates to have lifting points attached to ensure these
coating to prevent skidding and improve safety in can be both placed and removed without risk to operatives.
wet conditions.
• Road plates must be fit for purpose depending on
the arrangement of the excavation and road
speed. Plates must resist displacement induced by
traffic loading.
• Appoint a site safety specialist in accordance with
requirements set out by the relevant Service Entity.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Improved worker safety and compliance with • Early identification and mitigation of potential risks.
national OHS standard. • Adaptation of risk management strategies as projects
progress.

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTOR
• CONSULTANT

125
 02
Home with solid fill

2.1.4 HEALTH & SAFETY MANAGEMENT

[Link] Supplementary Material

Preparation Guidance for HSE Plans

The Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) Plan shall be developed during the planning phase of a project and is to be
reviewed at regular intervals throughout the project lifecycle to ensure that it is maintained and remains fit for purpose.

This document outlines the general requirements and elements of the HSE Plan. It serves to provide guidance to
Contractors to prepare a HSE plan.

Elements of the HSE Plan

The essential components of a HSE Plan are:

1. Project description. 6. Workplace HSE inspections.
2. Project HSE structure and system. 7. HSE consultation & communication.
3. Risk Assessment and Risk Register. 8. Emergency Procedures.
4. Project induction and HSE training. 9. Incident recording and investigation.
5. Safe work practices and procedures. 10. HSE performance monitoring.

Project Description

A brief description of the scope of work associated with • List of project areas requiring special consideration
the project should be documented. from a HSE perspective, for example:
The description should be sufficiently detailed to provide o Public Access.
those unfamiliar with the project an overview of the type o Traffic Management.
of work being carried out and by whom, including o Work restrictions (work times, confined spaces,
subcontractors, Consultants, etc. etc.).
Key elements include a: o Exposure to hazards (noise, dust, elevated heights,
• Summary of major activities and types of work to be etc.).
performed.
• List of tasks or specialist procedures that may require
detailed HSE work procedures and training.

Project HSE Structure and System

The HSE Plan should be established around existing HSE The following information should be included:
management systems (ISO 45001, 14001, etc.) and • Company HSE policy, to be displayed at worksites.
associated procedures and controls. Reference should be
• An outline of the project HSE organisation and
made to existing procedures and documentation in the
structure. i.e. names and/or positions of those with
HSE Plan.
specific HSE responsibilities.
The Contractor should outline the management structure,
• A summary of HSE roles and responsibilities of
responsibilities, standards and control systems applicable
contractor staff involved in the project.
to the project to ensure HSE requirements are adequately
addressed.

126
 PROJECT PLANNING

Risk Assessment & Risk Register

The Risk Assessment is an integral component of the HSE • Assess likelihood of hazard occurrence.
Plan and must include:
• Assign Risk Level (i.e., Hazard Impact x Likelihood of
• Hazard identification associated with project tasks, for Occurrence).
example:
• Assign appropriate risk control measure.
o Pedestrian vehicle interfaces.
• Consider emergency scenarios.
o Excavations.
• Establish a review process to take place at each stage
o Heights. of the project lifecycle.
o Heavy Vehicles.
o Noise.

Worksite Induction & Safety Training

Contractors are to ensure that workers have the required The following information should be provided:
skills and competencies to perform the work. This requires
• An outline of project induction process for workers and
that an effective training regime be established for
visitors to the site.
workers, ensuring that they have appropriately skilled
employees. • Attendance Register of personnel who have
satisfactorily completed the induction.
• Details of employee HSE training which has (or will) be
provided relevant to project requirements.

Safe Work Practices and Procedures

Based on the Risk Assessment and determined mitigation • A list and copies of project-specific safe work
controls, relevant safe work practices and procedures procedures.
should be developed to mitigate risk. Where possible,
• Detail site operations that will be subject to permit-to-
existing HSE company procedures should be used.
work systems.
However, project-specific safe work procedures may need
to be developed dependent on project-specific Risk • Provide details of employees and/or subcontractors
Assessment. issued with copies of safe work procedures and
instructions.
The following information should be provided:
• Safe work procedures and instructions should be
• A list and copies of safe work procedures relevant to
recorded on Safe Work Procedure/Instruction
the project.
Register.

Worksite HSE Inspections

HSE inspections help ensure that HSE protocols are being • Frequency of inspections.
adhered to and help identify new hazards. The HSE Plan
• Roles, responsibilities, and contact details as it relates
should outline the method and frequency of worksite
to HSE.
inspections, including (but not limited to) the following:
• Mechanism for identifying and reporting issues, and
• Checklists.
actioning findings.

127
 02
Home with solid fill

2.1.4 HEALTH & SAFETY MANAGEMENT

[Link] Supplementary Material

HSE Consultation & Communication

Consultation with employees and the public, stakeholder

etc. provides an important mechanism whereby HSE
issues can be dealt with in a manner that promotes
ownership and prompt resolution.

Emergency Procedures

Hazards may be identified that warrant development into • Register of qualified First Aiders and their contact
an emergency planning scenario (e.g. emergency return to details.
service, emergency system shut down, flood, fire,
• Process showing necessary actions in case of an
excavation collapse, etc). Such scenarios should be
emergency.
identified and developed, then addressed through
emergency protocols that are published and practiced.
Examples of key points are:
• Register of emergency equipment (i.e. first aid
equipment, fire extinguishers, etc.) and a diagram
indicating the locations.

Incident Reporting and Investigation

All incidents associated with the project involving personal • Details of how incidents shall be notified to the Service
injury, medical treatment, or property damage should be Entity.
recorded and investigated. The HSE Plan should include:
• Details of how incident statistics are to be compiled
• Details of incident reporting and investigation and shared.
procedures.

HSE Performance Monitoring

Metrics for monitoring HSE performance shall include: • Number of near misses (i.e., those that were observed
and reported before an accident occurred).
• Number of accidents (i.e., those that resulted in
corrective actions such as medical care or • Number of man-hours without an accident.
environmental clean-up).

128
 PROJECT PLANNING

Guide to Risk Matrix and Risk Tolerance Levels

The Risk Register that is linked to the HSE Plan should

follow a 5x5 Risk Assessment Matrix (as shown on the
right), featuring risk dimensions, impact (from least [A] to
most [E]) and likelihood (from Rare to Almost certain) that
will be adopted to assess risks. It will also define the risk
matrix categories (red, amber, yellow, green) that will be
used to prioritize risk management interventions.

Within each risk category, a scoring mechanism will be

adopted to enable prioritization within each category.

Note: the numbers are assigned for prioritization

purposes only. They are not derived from any numerical
calculation.

Table [Link].1: Risk Matrix

A Risk Management Plan that sits alongside the Risk Register will define how priorities will be established based on
defined risk categories. As illustrated in the example below, it will define the level of risk management intervention that
will be required for risks in different priority categories.

Level of Risk Exposure

Red Amber Yellow Green
Priority 1 Priority 2 Priority 3 Priority 4
Risks that
Risks that exceed Risks that lie on the Risks that are below
significantly exceed
Risk Tolerance the risk tolerance risk tolerability the risk tolerability
the risk tolerance
threshold threshold threshold
threshold

Require urgent and Require proactive Require active Do not require

Risk Response
immediate attention management monitoring active management

Table [Link].2: Levels of Risk Exposure

129
 02
Home with solid fill

2.1.4 HEALTH & SAFETY MANAGEMENT

[Link] Supplementary Material

Heavy Vehicle and Plant Checklist

Vehicle/Plant License No. or Identification:

Wed

Wed
Mon

Mon
Sun

Sun

Sun
Thu

Thu
Tue

Tue
Sat

Sat
Checks Points Remarks

Fri

Fri
1 Operator competent?

2 Front & rear lights working?

3 Front and back indicators working?

4 Reverse lights / alarm working?

5 Windscreen undamaged?

Windscreen wipers working

6
sufficiently?

7 Horn in working order?

Tyres undamaged and inflated.

8
Correctly?

9 Fire extinguisher in cabin?

Any visible damage on the body of

10
the Vehicle?

11 Is the cabin clean?

12 Are the windows clean?

The view for the driver/operator

13
unobstructed?

14 Is the vehicle serviced regularly?

Oil, water & brake fluid filled to Max

15
levels?

16 Engine clean?

Any signs of fluid, oil, water, fuel

17
leaks?

18 License current?

18 Excessive noise?

19 Condition of exhaust emissions?

20 Last time emissions levels checked?

Dates:

Inspector Initials:

Table [Link].3: Heavy Vehicle and Plant Checklist

130
PROJECT PLANNING

131
2.1
PROJECT PLANNING
2.1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
[Link] Environmental Management
[Link] Supplementary Material
 02

[Link] ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

Code Statement: Implement sustainable practices, especially those that improve air quality, protect flora and fauna, and
minimise noise, such that the impact of infrastructure projects on people and planet is mitigated.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Protecting the environment whilst delivering Through use of heavy vehicles, equipment and resources,
infrastructure projects is the responsibility of all infrastructure projects have significant environmental
Stakeholders. By minimizing use of resources, preventing footprints. With RIPC’s focus on environmental
pollution, and implementing effective dust control protection alongside entities such as the NCEC and
MWAN, consumption of resources and implementation of
measures, projects can mitigate their negative environmental protection measures will help to ensure
environmental impact. compliance with environmental regulations and to
support a culture that prioritises protection of the planet.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
KEY REQUIREMENTS

• Minimize land use through carefully planned Work • Conduct Environmental and Social Impact
Zones. Assessments (ESIA) as per NCEC guidance.
• Implement erosion control measures such as applying • Establish protocols for air, water, and soil pollution
tarpaulin and re-planting. control.
• Comply with environmental regulations from NCEC. • Retrofit Heavy Vehicles with noise suppressors.
• Prepare an Environmental Management Plan, • Regularly clean the construction site to minimize dust
supported by processes and procedures. accumulation and spread.
• Ensure that all Heavy Vehicles and associated plant are • Conduct noise assessments to ensure construction
certified by the Equipment Regulatory Center under activities, plant, and machinery do not exceed
SASO. allowable noise levels F(e.g. 50dB during daytime and
• Implement dust control measures, such as using water 40dB at night-time in residential areas). Particular
sprays, plastic sheeting, or temporary walls to separate attention should be given to these maximum noise
the Work Site from other areas. levels in residential areas.
• Ensure all lighting is RoHS compliant and that electrical • Adhere to noise limits during daytime (07:00 to 20:00)
and electronic products used in lighting installations do and night-time hours (20:00 to 07:00).
not contain Lead, Mercury, Hexavalent Chromium, • Note that in residential areas, the permissible working
Cadmium, polybrominated biphenyls (PBDE), hours are (07:00 to 18:00) and weekends (07:00 to
polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBB) above the legal 13:00). No works are allowed outside these hours for
threshold. residential areas, except in exceptional cases, which
require written approval from RIPC.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Reduced environmental impact and preservation of • Compliance with environmental regulations and
natural resources. minimization of adverse environmental impacts.
• Post-construction restoration. • Reduced dust emissions and better air quality.
KEY REFERENCES
• The Environment Law, enacted by Royal Decree No. M/165 on 19/11/1441H (2020) • SHC 701
• Executive Regulations for Noise issued by the Ministry of Environment, Water, and • ISO 14001:2015
Agriculture

134
 PROJECT PLANNING

PROJECT LIFECYCLE

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4

Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8

Technical Construction Handover Operation &
Design Maintenance

PRINCIPLE

P5. Environmentally Sustainable

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

P5.1. • PI5.1.1. Number of environmental

Environmental incidents reported.
Protection • PI5.1.2. Percentage reduction in
pollution levels (e.g., project
Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates carbon footprint).
• PI5.1.6. Percentage of projects
• Chapter 2.2.1 Site Safety using pollution control measures.
• Chapter 2.2.2 Barriers & Warning Measures LINKED VIOLATION
• Chapter 2.3.2 Excavation Types &
Guidelines V7. Environmental Violations
• Chapter 2.4.1 Inspections and Violations
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material

Consider Advise
KEY REQUIREMENTS

• Ensure that areas affected by erosion are monitored • Establish an Environmental Management System (EMS)
and stabilized after construction to prevent long-term aligned with ISO 14001:2015.
environmental. • Remove inefficient and under-performing Heavy
• Plan high-noise activities during daylight hours to Vehicles and equipment from the site.
minimize disturbance to the surrounding community.
Refer to Section [Link] Noise Management for
requirements relating to noise levels.
• Fit equipment with noise suppression devices.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Minimized impact on works and on the public (i.e.

residents and road users).

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• MEWA • CONSULTANT
• CONTRACTOR • NCEC

135
 02
Home with solid fill

[Link] SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL

Environnemental Management Plan Template

The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) shall be developed during the planning phase of a project and is to be
reviewed at regular intervals throughout the project lifecycle to ensure that it is maintained and remains fit for purpose.
The general requirements and elements of the EMP have been outlined below. It serves to provide guidance to
Contractors to prepare an EMP.
Elements

The minimum elements that make up an EMP include:

1. Project description. 6. Workplace Environmental inspections.
2. Project HSE structure and system. 7. Environmental consultation & communication.
3. Aspects and Impacts assessment and Risk Register. 8. Emergency Procedures.
4. Project induction and HSE training. 9. Incident recording and investigation.
5. Environmental work practices and procedures. 10. HSE performance monitoring.

Project Description

A brief description of the scope of work associated with o Erosion and Dust Control - implementing erosion,
the project should be documented. dust and sediment control measures to protect soil
The description should be sufficiently detailed to provide and water quality during construction. Considering
persons unfamiliar with the project an overview of the the use of techniques such as utilizing plastic
type of work being carried out and by whom, including sheeting/tarps to separate the construction zone
subcontractors, Consultants, etc. from other spaces, suppression water sprays and
re-vegetation to stabilize disturbed areas.
The scope of work should include as a minimum
requirement the following details: o Noise - ensure effective work planning – high noise
activities should be planned during daylight hours.
o Summary of activities and types of work to be
Ensure vehicles and other plant have the required
performed, that may have an adverse impact on
noise suppressors/silencers as per Section [Link].
the environment.
o Waste Management – ensure a suitable waste
o Environmental and Social Impact Assessment
management plan is established for the site.
(ESIA), when deemed necessary.
o Environmental Protection Measures - implement
o List of tasks that may impact on the environment
measures to protect local wildlife and vegetation.
Provide high-level considerations for the following:
o Post-construction Restoration – ensure planning
o Minimizing Land Use – minimization of the for the restoration of disturbed areas after project
footprint on land, making use of existing completion, including habitat restoration and
infrastructure where possible. landscaping.
o Pollution Prevention - establishing site o The above considerations shall be included the
protocols/procedures to minimize air, water, and Environment Aspects and Impacts Assessment.
soil pollution during construction.

Project EMP and System

The project’s EMP should be established in alignment to The following information should be included:
the ISO 45001:2018 requirements. Respective legal • Company HSE policy is to be displayed.
requirements and international best practices should form
• An outline of the project HSE organisation and
the basis of the EMP.
structure. i.e. names and / or positions of those with
The Contractor should outline the management structure, specific environmental responsibilities.
responsibilities, standards and control systems applicable
• Summary of HSE roles and responsibilities of
to the project to ensure Environmental requirements are
Contractor staff involved in the project, particularly for
adequately addressed.
environment management.

136
 PROJECT PLANNING

Aspects and Impacts Assessments & Risk Register

The identification and assessment of environmental • Establish appropriate impact control measures.
Aspects and Impacts is an integral part of the EMP and • Establish a review process which should include at
should include: each project lifecycle stage.
• Identification of possible environment aspects that • Include considerations for public interface.
may have a consequence on the environment
• Consider credible emergency scenarios, such as
associated with the project’s tasks and activities.
accidental fires, spillages / leaks of chemicals, fuels,
• Assess / analyse the level of impact / risk. oils, planning for all types of spills, minor, large and
• (ISO 14001 defines an aspect as an “element of an major, etc.
organization's activities or products or services that • Results of the Risk Assessment are to be recorded in
interacts or can interact with the environment” and an an Environment Risk Register.
impact as a “change to the environment, whether
adverse or beneficial, wholly or partially resulting from
an organization's environmental aspects.”)

Project Induction and HSE Training

Contractors are to ensure that workers have the required The following information should be provided:
environment knowledge, skills and competencies to • An outline of project environmental issues, aspects and
perform the work required. This requires that an effective impacts in the induction process for workers and
training regime be established for workers, ensuring that visitors to the site.
they have appropriately skilled employees.
• Details of employee HSE training which has or will be
provided relevant to the Project requirements.

Environmentally Sound Practices and Procedures

Based on the Aspects and Impacts Assessment and • A list and copies of project specific environmental
determined mitigation controls, relevant environmental procedures and/or work instructions.
practices and procedures should be developed to • Detail site operations that will be subject to permit to
mitigate high-risk activities / tasks. Where possible, work systems.
existing HSE company procedures should be used.
• Provide details of subcontractors issued with copies of
However, Project specific procedures may need to be
environmental procedures and instructions.
developed on the basis of particular Project aspects and
impacts. • Environmental procedures and instructions should be
recorded on Safe Work Procedure/Instruction
The following information should be provided:
Register.
• A list and copies of company environmental
procedures or instructions relevant to the project.

Workplace Environmental Inspections

HSE inspections play an important in ensuring HSE o Frequency of inspections.

protocols are being adhered to and also identifies new o Team members.
aspects and impacts. The EMP should outline the
o Actioning of inspection findings – Close out
procedures and methods by which project workplaces will
reports.
be environmentally inspected on a regular basis.
o Details of impact reporting procedures for the
The following information should be provided for:
project.
• Details of how workplace environment inspections will
o Details of specific activities or areas targeted for
be undertaken during the project, considering:
inspection i.e. plant, hazardous materials, waste
o Environment checklists to be used. control, pollution, etc.

137
 02
Home with solid fill

[Link] SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL

Environmental Consultation

Consultation with employees and the public, stakeholders,

etc. provides an important mechanism whereby HSE,
particularly environmental issues, can be dealt with in a
manner that promotes ownership and prompts resolution.

Emergency Procedures

There is the potential for a range of emergency situations • Dust controls.

to occur both on-site and off-site in relation to • Noise controls.
infrastructure works. These situations need to be identified
• Local Authorities should be notified of potential
and specific emergency protocols including response
emergencies that occur on site.
plans developed and made known.
• Regular drills in dealing with emergency situations are
The following should be considered:
held and recorded in a log.
• Process for hazardous materials movement, storage
• Ensure visitors are inducted before entering the site
and usage.
and informed on possible emergency situations and
• Hazardous materials spillage and clean-up their required action.
requirements.

Incident Recording and Investigation

All environmental incidents are to reported, recorded and The following details should be included in an incident
investigated, when deemed necessary. investigation process:
• Incident reporting and investigation process
requirements.
• The notification/reporting of incidents.
• Considerations for conducting the investigation.

Environment Performance Monitoring

The monitoring of environment performance shall include • KPIS and objectives.

at a minimum: • Dust and noise.
• Incidents and accidents. • Waste management.
• Near Misses.

138
 PROJECT PLANNING

Health, Safety, and Environmental Management Plan Template

The Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) Plan shall be developed during the planning phase of a project and is to be
reviewed at regular intervals throughout the project lifecycle to ensure that it is maintained and remains fit for purpose.
The general requirements and elements of the HSE Plan are outlined below. It serves to provide guidance to Contractors
in the preparation of a HSE plan.

Elements

The minimum elements that make up an HSE Plan include:

1. Project description. 6. Workplace HSE inspections.
2. Project HSE structure and system. 7. HSE consultation & communication.
3. Risk assessment and Risk Register. 8. Emergency Procedures.
4. Project induction and HSE training. 9. Incident recording and investigation.
5. Safe work practices and procedures. 10. HSE performance monitoring.

Project Description
A brief description of the scope of work associated with detailed HSE work procedures and training.
the project should be documented. The description should • List areas of project requiring special consideration
be sufficiently detailed to provide persons unfamiliar with from a HSE perspective, for example:
the project an overview of the type of work being carried
• Presence of public.
out and by whom, including subcontractors, Consultants
etc. • Traffic management.
The scope of work should include as a minimum • Work restrictions (work times, confined
requirement the following details: spaces).
• Summary of major activities and types of work to be • Exposure to hazards (noise, dust, elevated
performed. heights).
• List of tasks or specialist procedures that may require

Project HSE Structure and System

The projector’s HSE Plan should be established around The following information should be included:
existing HSE management systems (ISO 45001, 14001 • Company HSE policy, to be displayed at worksites.
etc.) and associated procedures and controls. Reference
• An outline of the project HSE organisation and
should be made to existing procedures and
structure. i.e. names and/or positions of those with
documentation in the HSE Plan.
specific HSE responsibilities.
The Contractor should outline the management structure,
• Summary of HSE roles and responsibilities of
responsibilities, standards and control systems applicable
Contractor staff involved in the project.
to the project to ensure HSE requirements are adequately
addressed.

Risk Assessment & Risk Register

The Risk Assessment is an integral part of the HSE Plan • Determine the level of risk.
and must include: • Establish appropriate risk control measure.
• Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment (HIRA) • Establish a review process which should include at
associated with project tasks and activities. each project lifecycle stage.
• Include considerations for public and motorists' • Results to be in a Risk Register.
interface and traffic management.
• Position and/or name of senior individual who will
• Consider credible emergency scenarios. liaise with the Client and RIPC on HSE matters.

139
 02
Home with solid fill

[Link] SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL

Project Induction and Safety Training

Contractors are to ensure that workers have the required The following information should be provided:
skills and competencies to perform the work required. • An outline of project induction process for workers and
This requires that an effective training regime be visitors to the site
established for workers, ensuring that they have
• Attendance Register of personnel who have
appropriately skilled employees.
satisfactorily completed the project induction.
• Details of employee HSE training which has or will be
provided relevant to the project requirements.

Safe Work Practices and Procedures

Based on the Risk Assessment and determined mitigation • Provide a list and copies of project specific safe work
controls, relevant safe work practices and procedures procedures or instructions.
should be developed to mitigate high-risk activities/tasks. • Detail site operations that will be subject to permit to
Where possible, existing HSE company procedures should work systems.
be used. However, project specific safe work procedures
• Provide details of employees and / or subcontractors
may need to be developed on the basis of particular
issued with copies of safe work procedures and
project hazards.
instructions.
The following information should be provided:
• Safe work procedures and instructions should be
• Provide a list and copies of company safe work recorded on Safe Work Procedure/Instruction
procedures or instructions relevant to the project. Register.

Workplace HSE Inspections

HSE inspections play an important in ensuring HSE • Frequency of inspections.

protocols are being adhered to and also identifies new • Team members.
hazards and risks. The HSE Plan should outline the
• Actioning of inspection findings.
procedures and methods by which project workplaces will
be inspected on a regular basis. • Details of hazard reporting procedures for the project,
including hazard report forms.
The following information should be provided for:
• Details of specific activities or areas targeted for
• Details of how workplace HSE inspections will be
inspection i.e. plant, hazardous materials, electrical
undertaken during the project, considering:
safety.
• Checklists to be used.

Health and Safety Consultation

Consultation with employees and the public, stakeholder,

etc. provides an important mechanism whereby HSE
issues can be dealt with in a manner that promotes
ownership and prompt resolution.

Emergency Procedures

There is the potential for a range of emergency situations • Overall emergency plan and structure for the project.
to occur both on-site and off-site in relation to • Register of emergency equipment and locations i.e.
infrastructure project works. These situations need to be first aid equipment, fire extinguishers.
identified and specific emergency protocols including
• Register of current qualified First Aiders.
response plans developed and made known.
• Arrangements/co-ordination with worksite visitors in
The following information should be documented:
the event of an emergency.

140
 PROJECT PLANNING

Incident Recording and Investigation

All incidents associated with the project involving personal and procedures.
injury, medical treatment or property damage should be • Details of how incidents shall be notified to the Client .
recorded and investigated.
• Details of how incident statistics are to be compiled
The following should be documented: and distributed.
• Details of incident reporting and investigation system

HSE performance monitoring

The monitoring of occupational health and safety includes • KPIS and objectives.
at a minimum: • Dust and noise.
• HSE Incidents and accidents. • Waste management.
• HSE Near Misses.

141
2.1
PROJECT PLANNING
2.1.6 WASTE MANAGEMENT
[Link] Waste Management
[Link] Supplementary Material
 02
Home with solid fill

[Link] WASTE MANAGEMENT

Code Statement: Implement the Waste Hierarchy on projects. Use a Waste Management Plan (WMP) to govern all waste-
related activities (i.e. handling, segregation, and disposal of waste) to minimize the visual distortion caused by waste,
associated cleanliness issues, and environmental impacts.
RATIONALE CONTEXT
Effective waste management is crucial for minimizing Excavated materials represent the highest volume of
environmental impact and ensuring compliance with waste associated with Infrastructure Projects. RIPC
regulations. By planning for waste generation, storage, prioritises effective waste management and supports
and disposal, project Stakeholders can manage waste MWAN in delivering its mandate as the National Center
responsibly and sustainably. for Waste Management.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
KEY REQUIREMENTS

• Establish a Waste Management Plan (WMP) that • Use designated waste containers that are clearly
identifies the types and quantities of waste expected, labelled and appropriate for the type of waste (e.g.,
methods for on-site storage, and disposal practices. hazardous waste, recyclables).
• Segregate waste at the source to facilitate recycling • Establish waste storage areas and regularly monitor
and legal disposal. and maintain them to prevent leaks, spills, and
• Comply with Waste Management regulations from contamination.
MWAN. • Regularly update the WMP to reflect changes in
project activities and waste generation.
• Focus on recycling resources and reusing products to
reduce waste.
• Conserve natural resources and materials to promote
sustainability.
• Ensure financial sustainability and adhere to proper
disposal methods to support a circular economy.
• Remove or reduce risk of contamination to water
courses and sources.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Proper handling, storage, and disposal of waste to minimize

environmental impact and ensure regulatory compliance.

KEY REFERENCES
• The Implementing Regulations of the Waste Management Law • SHC 701
issued by Ministerial Resolution No.332291/1/1443 dated • The Waste Management Law Violation Classification Table
18/10/1443 (19 May 2019)

144
 PROJECT PLANNING

PROJECT LIFECYCLE

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4

Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8

Technical Construction Handover Operation &
Design Maintenance

PRINCIPLE

P5. Environmentally Sustainable

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

P5.1. • PI5.1.3. Percentage of waste

Environmental diverted from landfill.
Protection • PI5.1.4. Number of violations
regarding waste disposal practices.
Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates LINKED VIOLATION

• Chapter 2.4.1 Inspections and Violations V7. Environmental Violations

• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material

Consider Advise
KEY REQUIREMENTS

• Implement training programs for workers to ensure • Identifying Waste Off-takers as part of implementing a
waste handling and disposal practices are followed. circular economy associated with waste.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Effective waste segregation and disposal that supports

environmental protection and sustainability goals.

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• MEWA • CONSULTANT
• CONTRACTOR

145
 02
Home with solid fill

[Link] SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL

Waste Management Plan Template
Elements
The minimum elements that make up a Waste Management Plan (WMP) include:

1. Project description.
2. Project HSE structure and system.
3. Waste Register.
4. Project induction and HSE training.
5. Planning.
6. Inspections.
7. Waste Consultation.
8. HSE performance monitoring.
Project Description
A brief description of the scope of work associated with the project should be documented. The description should be
sufficiently detailed to provide persons unfamiliar with the project an overview of the type of work being carried out and by
whom, including subcontractors, Consultants etc.

The scope of work should include as a minimum requirement the following details: Waste Management – ensure a waste
management plan is established for the project which is to include:

• Identifying the types of wastes.

• Quantifying of wastes.
• Methods of storage; and
• Methods of disposal, including recycle, re-use considerations etc.
Project WMP Structure and System
The project’s WMP should be established in alignment to the ISO 45001:2018 requirements. Respective legal requirements
and international best practices should form the basis of the WMP.
The Contractor should outline the management structure, responsibilities, standards and control systems applicable to the
project to ensure Waste Management requirements are adequately addressed. The following information should be
included:
• Company Waste Management policy, included in the HS policy.
• An outline of the project HSE organisation and structure. i.e. names and / or positions of those with specific HSE
responsibilities.
• Summary of HSE roles and responsibilities of Contractor staff involved in the project, particularly for Waste
Management.
Waste Register
The Waste Register is an integral part of the WMP Plan and must include:
• Types.
• Quantities.
• Storage.
• Hazard Rating.
• Control Measures.
• Responsible Persons for each type of waste.
Project Induction and HSE Training
Contractors are to ensure that workers have the required skills and competencies to perform the work required. This
requires that an effective training regime be established for workers, ensuring that they have appropriately skilled
employees.
The following information should be provided:
• An outline of waste control measures must be included in the induction process for workers and visitors to the site.
• An outline of the project HSE organisation and structure. i.e. names and/or positions of those with specific wate
management responsibilities.
• Summary of WM roles and responsibilities of Contractor staff involved in the project.

146
 PROJECT PLANNING

Waste Risk Assessment Planning

The potential waste generated by the project is evaluated with a primary focus on its environmental impact. Also, waste
spills, particularly for hazardous materials, are to be factored into the RA. All waste recorded on the water register should
be considered. Based on the results of the Waste RA, controls are to be established to eliminate, or when this is not
possible, mitigate the effects of waste release on site.

The waste management planning should include the considerations of legal requirements and international best practices.
Sound waste management planning considerations shall include:

• How to deal with specific wastes in a safe and responsible manner.

• Waste segregation.
• Maximum amounts that can be stored on site.
• Determination of waste disposal contractors including approved waste sites.
• Documentation required to prove safe disposal, especially for hazardous wastes.
• Possible reactions when certain waste mix / mingle due to spillage(s).
• Safe work instructions on the handling of hazardous wastes.
• Ensuring that Material Data Sheets (MDS) are available for type of types of waste on the site.
• MDS prescribe considerations for:
o Health and safety effects of exposure.
o First aid treatment to be applied.
o Spills clean-up protocols..
o Ensure that copies of MDS are kept in the first aid room, to assist first aiders to administer suitable first aid when
required.

The following information should be maintained on site:

• Specific instructions for waste handling.
• Waste inventory.
• Waste Management Risk Register if separate from the HSE one.
• Detail site operations that will be subject to permit to work systems.
Workplace Waste Management Inspections
HSE inspections play an important in ensuring respective, particularly WM protocols are being adhered to. The WMP should
outline the procedures and methods by which project workplaces will be inspected on a regular basis.
The following information should be provided for:
• Details of how workplace HSE inspections will be undertaken during the project, including:
o Waste Management Checklists to be used.
o Frequency of inspections.
o Team members.
o Actioning of inspection findings – Close out reports.
o Waste disposal Manifests.
Waste Consultation
Consultation with employees and the public, stakeholder etc. provides an important mechanism whereby HSE, including
waste management, issues can be dealt with in a manner that promotes ownership and prompt resolution.
Monitoring and Document Control
Considerations for the monitoring of WM should include:

• Incidents and accidents.

• Near Misses.
• Waste disposal manifests.
• KPIS and objectives.

147
2.1
PROJECT PLANNING
2.1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE & CONTROL
[Link] Quality Assurance & Control
[Link] Supplementary Material
 02
Home with solid fill

[Link] QUALITY ASSURANCE & CONTROL

Code Statement: Ensure compliance and quality control through rigorous checks and balances, regular inspections, and
built-in acceptance criteria underpinned by accurate documented evidence. Implement performance clauses and testing
thresholds that guarantee completed infrastructure work is free from defects and limits claims and disputes.
RATIONALE CONTEXT
Public realm infrastructure projects require excellent design, This Code Manual empowers everyone involved with delivery of
brilliant implementation, and smooth handover to help public realm infrastructure works in the Riyadh Region with a
ensure that installed systems and services are fit-for- duty of care to the residents of Riyadh. Through its monitoring
purpose. Meticulous record keeping, documenting, and and enforcement capability, RIPC will collaborate with Service
reporting is, therefore, essential. Such documentation Entities, Consultants, and Contractors to ensure that no
ensures standards compliance, transparency, and clarity on shortcuts are made, and that everyone strives for delivery
accountability. It includes a Quality Control Plan, supported excellence. RIPC supports the work of SASO and its subsidiaries
such as the Saudi Accreditation Center (SAAC) to govern and
by processes and procedures, inspection reports with
certify laboratories – a key component of the drive toward
acceptance criteria, and test reports with clear thresholds. quality-assured, resilient infrastructure for the Riyadh Region.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
KEY REQUIREMENTS

• Develop and implement a comprehensive Quality • Conduct regular inspections and testing of materials as
Control Plan that is tailored to the project and used to well as testing of ancillaries and tools from 3rd party.
guide all parties through quality assurance at each • Use materials that are SASO-certified.
project stage. • Establish processes for managing non-conformance
• Establish clear work acceptance criteria based on that are escalatory in nature and aimed at addressing
RIPC, Service Entity and local requirements. and rectifying issues promptly.
• Implement a rigorous acceptance process before • Use digital dashboards such as Excel or PowerBI, for
handover to ensure that the work meets all progress tracking, highlighting risks and opportunities.
specifications and that any defects are addressed • Maintain thorough documentation of all project-related
promptly. activities, including inspection reports supported by
• Set testing thresholds use laboratories that are SAAC- ample photographic evidence.
certified. • Establish an organized filing system for easy reference
• Provide warranties for materials and workmanship for a and audit purposes.
duration after handover that is mutually agreed with • Service Entities, Contractors, and Consultants:
Stakeholders, dependent on the project. implement a ‘self-check’ inspection regime that
includes regular progress reports and risk
management updates to be shared with all
Stakeholders.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• High-quality infrastructure projects that meet all • Verified quality of work before project handover and
regulatory and Client expectations. protection against defects.
• Reduced grievances, claims, and disputes.
KEY REFERENCES
• Saudi Accreditation Center
• ISO 9001:2015
• SHC 401
• SHC 403

150
 PROJECT PLANNING

PRINCIPLE

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

P2. Effectively Managed &

Continuously Improved

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

1.2. • PI1.2.3. Percentage of legal

Legal compliance issues resolved.
Compliance

P1.3. • PI1.3.1. Percentage of projects

Quality passing quality audits with no major
Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates Assurance issues.
• PI1.3.2. Frequency of inspections.
• Chapter 2.4.1 Inspections and Violations • PI1.3.3. Number of complaints
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material regarding infrastructure and roads
quality.
• PI1.3.4. Inspection pass rate.

PROJECT LIFECYCLE LINKED VIOLATION

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4

V3. Infrastructure and Roads Issues
Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8 V4. Worksite Management and

Technical Construction Handover Operation & Cleanliness Violations
Design Maintenance

Consider Advise
KEY REQUIREMENTS

• Align with ISO 9001:2015 requirements for Quality • Link quality control measures explicitly to each project
Management. lifecycle stage.
• Update the Quality Control Plan and associated • Incorporate detailed review stages before final.
documentation to reflect any changes in project inspections to catch and address potential issues early.
conditions, standards, or regulatory requirements. • Follow a structured process for documenting findings
• Ensure that all documentation is readily available in and reporting critical safety issues immediately.
digital format for audits and inspections. • Establish periods for site personnel to rectify issues
before penalties are applied to maintain project
continuity.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Comprehensive records that ensure accountability and • A gated approach to project delivery, backed by
transparency throughout the project lifecycle. evidence of quality assurance.

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTOR • SERVICE ENTTIY
• CONSULTANT

151
 02
Home with solid fill

[Link] SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL

Quality Control Plan Template
Quality Control Plan
The Quality Control Plan (QCP) shall be developed during the planning phase of a project and is to be reviewed at regular intervals
throughout the project lifecycle to ensure that it is maintained and remains fit for purpose.
It is important to maintain sound quality control standards in infrastructure projects and to ensure that these are constantly applied and
monitored. Each project has its own unique characteristics, strategic importance and various complexities. Therefore, quality control
requirements shall be considered by the respective project team during each project lifecycle stage. This document outlines the
requirements and elements of the QCP. It serves to provide guidance to Contractor s to prepare a QCP.
Elements
The minimum elements that make up an QCP include:
1. Project description
2. Project Quality Assurance (QA) structure and system
3. Risk Management
4. Project induction and QMS training
5. QA practices and procedures
6. Workplace QA / QM inspections
7. Penalties & violations
8. QC / QM consultation & communication
9. Work Acceptance Criteria
10. Guaranties and Warranties
11. QA / QM performance monitoring.
Project Description
A brief description of the scope of work associated with the project should be documented. The description should be sufficiently
detailed to provide persons unfamiliar with the project, it must also include an overview of the type of work being carried out and by
whom, including subcontractors, Consultants etc. The scope of work should include as a minimum requirement the following details:
• Summary of all major project milestones.
• Summary of major activities work to be performed.
• List of tasks or specialist procedures that may be required, including considerations for Quality Assurance processes / procedures
and training.
• List areas of project requiring special consideration from a QA / QC perspective, including:
• Quality control and monitoring;
• Specifications and standards;
• Material inspections and quality testing; and
• Laboratories.
Project QA Structure and System
The QCP should be established around existing QA management systems requirements of the ISO 9001:2015 Standard. Respective
references should be made as and when required.
The Contractor should outline the management structure, responsibilities, standards and control systems applicable to the project to
ensure QA requirements are adequately addressed. The following information should be included:
• Quality Control Procedures / processes, considering:
• Detailed procedures / processes for inspection, testing, and verification of materials, workmanship, and installations;
• Definition of acceptance criteria and tolerances; and
• Process for handling non-conformances and corrective actions.
• Supplier & Subcontractor Management:
• Process for evaluating and selecting qualified suppliers subcontractors and laboratories;
• Monitoring and control of their performance; and
• Ensuring compliance with project quality requirements.
• Documentation & Record Keeping, considering system for maintaining accurate and complete project records, including:
• Inspection and test reports;
• Non-conformance reports and corrective action logs;
• As-built drawings and specifications; and
• Project close-out documentation.
• Quality Assurance Activities, considering:
• Internal and external audits to ensure compliance with the PQP and QMS.
• Process for management review of quality performance;
• Continuous improvement initiatives.
• Personnel Qualifications & Training:
• Identification of key personnel and their qualifications;
• Plan for training and certification of personnel involved in quality-related activities; and
• Competency assessment and ongoing development.

152
 PROJECT PLANNING

Risk Management

Risk Management is an integral part of the QC Plan. Respective actions and activities which are to be conducted on the site, which may
have a high risk of impacting on quality must be identified and assessed. Quality risk assessments shall include for:
• Identification and assessment of potential risks to project quality.
• Development of mitigation and contingency plans.
• Regular review and updating of risk registers.
• Continuously identifying potential risks that could impact project progress, or quality considerations.
• Developing and implementing controls / strategies to mitigate identified risks.
• Consider for contingency planning when required.
• Customer / Client Complaints.
• Risk results to be captured in a Risk Register.

Project Induction and QMS Training

Contractors are to ensure that workers have the required skills and competencies to perform the work required. This requires that an
effective training regime be established for workers, which must include:
• Ensuring personnel attain, or have the required qualifications
• Identification of key personnel and their qualifications;
• Plan for training and certification of personnel involved in quality-related activities; and
• Competency assessment and ongoing development.

Quality Control Processes / Procedures

Based on Risk management according to the project specification and determined mitigation controls, relevant QA practices and
procedures should be developed to mitigate high-risk activities / tasks. Where possible, existing QM company procedures should be
used. However, project specific QM procedures will need to be developed on the basis of particular project hazards.

The following information should be provided:

• A list and copies of company QA / QM procedures or instructions relevant to the project.
• A list and copies of project specific QA / QM procedures or instructions.
• Detail site operations that will be subject to stringent QC protocols.
Workplace QC / QA Inspections
1. QA / QM Consultation
Ensure that a communication protocol is established to keep stakeholders informed about acceptance processes, guarantees, and
warranty provisions.
2. Work Acceptance Criteria
Establish clear acceptance criteria based on project specifications, standards, and regulatory requirements.
Work acceptance and guarantees are important components of infrastructure projects. It is important that a systematic approach for
inspections and documentation throughout the project lifecycle is established to verify compliance with acceptance criteria.

3. Guaranties and Warranties

The Contractor is to provide performance guarantees that stipulate the infrastructure will meet specified performance levels for a defined
period.
Also, it is recommended to establish a defects liability period during which the Contractor is responsible for repairing or rectifying any
defects that arise after project completion.
Clearly define the duration of warranties for materials and workmanship, which typically ranges from one to several years, depending on
the type of infrastructure.

4. QA / QM performance monitoring
Arrange for, and conduct, regular inspections of the construction site to monitor progress, compliance with designs, and adherence to
safety protocols. Perform periodic quality audits to assess the effectiveness of quality control processes and identify areas for
improvement

153
2.1
PROJECT PLANNING
2.1.8 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT
[Link] Emergency Management
[Link] Supplementary Material
 02
Home with solid fill

[Link] EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT

Code Statement: Protect lives, property, systems, and the environment by ensuring that all parties involved in the delivery
of public realm infrastructure projects are prepared and practiced for every conceivable emergency scenario.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Emergency Management doesn’t prevent a crisis from Response to emergencies will no longer be reactive in nature. In
occurring, but it ensures that all parties are prepared when it fact, Stakeholders will now collaborate to proactively identify,
does. Emergency scenarios may include fires, natural disasters, plan and prepare for emergency scenarios. The Emergency
or road traffic accidents. By preparing for various emergency Management Committee may involve representatives from MOI,
scenarios, Stakeholders can protect lives, property, systems, MEWA, the Traffic Office, the Service Entity, Consultants, and
and the environment, minimize damage and ensure a swift, an Contractors. All working together, to ensure the optimum
organized response and full recovery to normal operating response during a crisis.
conditions. Fulfilling this component of The Manual involves
developing and implementing comprehensive Emergency
Management Plans based on scenarios derived through risk
analysis and supported by processes and procedures.
POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
KEY REQUIREMENTS

• Highlight site access/egress points for workers and • Collaborate with local entities (e.g. civil, defence, etc.)
vehicles. to establish Emergency Management Plans, then tailor
• Prepare, disseminate and practice evacuation those to each project, as applicable.
procedures among Site Personnel. • Conduct Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment
• Accommodate individuals with disabilities. (HIRA) this through the lens of Emergency
• Ensure that all Emergency Management Plans comply Management (i.e. hazards pertaining to fire and life
with national standards and regulations. safety, utilities system failure, flood, natural disaster,
etc.).
• Implement mitigation measures associated with HIRA
and develop Emergency Plans to proactively mitigate
residual risks.
• Equip the site with suitable Fire Safety Equipment,
promote awareness and training among Site
Personnel.
• Conduct regular drills to familiarize workers and site
visitors with evacuation procedures.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Enhanced emergency preparedness and efficient • Minimized fire risks and improved emergency response
evacuation processes. capabilities.

KEY REFERENCES
• MOI • EXPRO NMA&FM, Volume 14
• ISO 22320:2018

156
 PROJECT PLANNING

PRINCIPLE

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

P2. Effectively Managed &

Continuously Improved

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

P1.1. • PI1.1.2. Safety training completion

Safety rate.
Compliance • PI1.1.3. Number of corrective
actions arising from safety audits
per project.
• PI1.1.4. Percentage of major risks
Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates mitigated through risk assessment
per project.
• Chapter 2.1.1 Permitting
1.2. • PI1.2.3. Percentage of Legal
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material
Legal Compliance Issues Resolved.
Compliance

LINKED VIOLATION
PROJECT LIFECYCLE

V3. Infrastructure and Roads Issues

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4
Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8 V4. Worksite Management and

Technical Construction Handover Operation & Cleanliness Violations
Design Maintenance

Consider Advise
KEY REQUIREMENTS

• Incorporate the use of fire-resistant materials and • Establish an Emergency Management Committee
construction techniques. involving key Stakeholders, dependent on the nature of
• Coordinate with local emergency services to ensure a the project.
unified response in case of an emergency.
• Ensure clear and accessible emergency exits and
routes, with well-marked assembly areas.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Efficient and safe evacuation of all individuals during an

emergency.

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• MOI • CONSULTANT
• CONTRACTOR • SERVICE ENTTIY

157
 02
Home with solid fill

[Link] SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL

Emergency Management Plan Template
Emergency Response Plan
The Emergency Response Plan (ERP) shall be developed during the planning phase of a project and is to be reviewed at regular intervals
throughout the project lifecycle to ensure that it is maintained and remains fit for purpose.
This document outlines the general requirements and elements of the ERP. It serves to provide guidance to Contractor s to prepare an
ERP.
Elements
The minimum elements that make up an ERP include:
1. Project credible emergency scenarios
2. ERP Roles & Responsibilities
3. Raising the alarm
4. Determine the severity of the emergency – can the emergency be handled by ERT?
5. Emergency services
6. Call to evacuate
7. Muster point(s)
8. Roll call
9. Minimize losses
10. All clear
Project Credible Emergency Scenarios
List all possible emergency scenarios which the project could face. These should be fed from the Risk Assessment Process.
Emergencies should include, for example:
• Fire
• Excavation collapse
• Fall from height
• Medical
ERP Roles & Responsibilities
The Emergency Response Team (ERT) should be established, and each member’s roles and responsibility must be cleared defined. Team
members should include:
• ERT Lead
• Evacuation warden(s)
• ERT members
• First aider(s) / nurse etc.
Raising the Alarm
Consider the easiest, most effective way to raise the alarm in case an emergency arises.
Determine the Severity of the Emergency

The ERT Lead is to evaluate the respective emergency and determine whether the local ERT can deal with the situation, or whether
external support is required (emergency services etc.)..
Emergency Services
When the emergency cannot be handled solely by the site ERT, then emergency services must be contacted to help normalize the
situation.
It is important to have a prepared list of emergency services contact details, which should include:
• Nearest hospital
• Ambulance
• Fire brigade
• Police etc.
Evacuation
Once it has been determined that additional emergency support is required, a general evacuation should be called. An evacuation diagram
should be prepared indicating exit routes and must points.
Muster Point(s)
Muster / emergency gathering point(s) must be identified. Means and routes of egress should be clearly marked on the evacuation
diagram. Evacuation wardens should be designated for each area on the site.
Roll Call
Once the evacuation has taken place, a roll call should be held to ensure that all personnel and visitors have been accounted for.

158
 PROJECT PLANNING

Minimize Losses

Once it has been ascertained that all personnel are safe, the site / project manager together with the ERT lead could establish a team to
enter the site to secure certain equipment / areas in order to minimize losses etc.

All Clear
Once the emergency situation has been effectively dealt with. The ERT Lead should inform the site manager that the “All Clear” can be
sound and that all may return to the site and continue with normal activities.

159
2.1
PROJECT PLANNING
2.1.9 COMMUNITY OUTREACH & ACCESSIBILITY
[Link] Community Outreach & Accessibility
[Link] Supplementary Material
 02
Home with solid fill

[Link] COMMUNITY OUTREACH & ACCESSIBILITY

Code Statement: Engage communities to gather feedback, set expectations, and address concerns. Plan work with road
users and residents in mind; ensure their safety and minimize disruption. Ensure pedestrian and micro-mobility pathways
are accessible, enhancing inclusivity and community access.
RATIONALE CONTEXT
Public realm infrastructure works should serve, not hinder, the Public realm infrastructure projects have been known for the
public. Ensuring accessibility for pedestrians and micro-mobility nuisance and visual disruption that they cause; impacting
users is vital for creating inclusive infrastructure. Consideration resident access and traffic flow. Through implementation of this
for the public begins during early stages of the project lifecycle. Manual, RIPC will ensure that residents are actively engaged in
the projects that impact their daily activities and that visitors are
Resident Notices, and Traffic Management Plans are intended to aware of the beneficial outcomes that these projects will bring.
build trust, ensure safety, and minimize disruption during Service Entities and RIPC will collaborate to garner public
infrastructure projects. New platforms and supporting support; engaging with local communities and other
mechanisms will be established to gather valuable feedback, Stakeholders to ensure all parties are kept informed, their
address concerns, and proactively and support continuous expectations are suitably set, and that their concerns are
improvement. addressed.
POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
KEY REQUIREMENTS

• Develop a Traffic Management Plan to ensure safe and • Ensure pathways are accessible and clearly signed for
smooth movement of vehicles, pedestrians, and micro- pedestrians, wheelchair users, and micro-mobility
mobility users around the construction site. devices – nobody should ever have to walk into
• Plan Heavy Vehicle Routes carefully to avoid disruption oncoming traffic.
and protect the road surface. • Design safe crossings and intersections with clear
• Establish communication protocols to keep wayfinding signage and adequate lighting.
Stakeholders and the public informed regarding • Schedule regular updates and meetings with
project progress, risks, and potential impacts Stakeholders, especially during critical phases of the
throughout the project lifecycle. project.
• Engage with the community regularly during the
project to address concerns and gather feedback.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Minimized traffic congestion and enhanced safety for • Strong relationships with stakeholders and a well-
both pedestrians and motorists. informed community that supports the project.

KEY REFERENCES
• KSA Building Codes: Design Specifications for Persons with • King Salman Centre for Disability Research, Destinations and
Disabilities Places of Accommodation
• King Salman Centre for Disability Research, Marine • Authority for the Care of People with Disabilities, A Simplified
Transportation Guidelines, 2012 Guide to Comprehensive Standards for Facilities
• King Salman Centre for Disability Research, Built Environment • Rights for Persons with Disabilities ([Link])
Guidelines, 2010

162
 PROJECT PLANNING

Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

• Chapter 2.2.4 Access and Communication P1.5. • PI1.5.1. Number of traffic control-
Management Traffic and related complaints per project.
• Chapter 2.6.1 Leveraging Technology Parking
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material Control
• [Link] Pedestrian Walkways and Paths P3.1. • PI3.1.1. Stakeholder satisfaction
Management Clear and score on communication and
• [Link] Project Information Boards (PIBs) Transparent regulations clarity.
Communication

PROJECT LIFECYCLE P3.2. • PI3.2.1. Reach rate of

Stakeholder communication channels.
Engagement
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4
Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination P6.1. • PI6.1.1. Percentage reduction in
Public traffic congestion due to alternative
Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8 Accessibility routes.
Technical Construction Handover Operation & • PI6.1.2. Number of violations
Design Maintenance relevant to public accessibility.

PRINCIPLE LINKED VIOLATION

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled V5. Traffic and Parking Control

P3. Clearly Communicated & Actively V6. Boards and Information Violations
Engaged

P6. Community-Centric & Accessible V8. Community and Public

Accessibility Violations

Consider Advise
KEY REQUIREMENTS

• Provide clear signage for drivers and real-time updates • Integrate pathways with public transportation and
to guide drivers and pedestrians. provide amenities like rest areas and charging stations
• Establish a schedule for regular meetings with the for micro-mobility devices.
community to provide updates and gather feedback, • Conduct surveys and engage stakeholders to identify
especially during key phases of the project. and address accessibility challenges.
• Actively incorporate feedback from stakeholders into
project planning and execution to improve outcomes
and foster positive relationships.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Inclusive infrastructure that promotes safety and • Safe and accessible infrastructure that accommodates
accessibility for all users. all users, promoting inclusivity.

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• RIPC • CONSULTANT
• CONTRACTOR • SERVICE ENTTIY

163
 02
Home with solid fill

[Link] SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL

Traffic Management Plan Template

Document Document Drawing Degree of

Required data Format type
Name Description Scale importance

A table Name of the project, Contractor , Binding for all

featuring key owner, start and end date of the works, AutoCAD Not types of business
Title scheme
project name of the Municipality, Scheme applicable except
information neighbourhood and street emergencies

Site plan Structural plan of the Municipality /

showing the Municipality - clear aerial photo - work
Autocad Binding for all
location of site and traffic directions for each
General Site Scheme with types of business
the works stage of the implementation plan and a 1:10000
Plan coordinates except
and the diagram of the diversion - the start and
WSG84 emergency
diverted end date of the works and the number
traffic of stages of the diversion

Detail of the work area, locations of

temporary traffic control devices,
details for implementing diversions,
widths of road paths and necessary
AutoCAD chart Binding for all
Horizontal Detail of the setbacks - locations of cross-sections -
with types of works
Projection general site type of traffic control devices (type of 1:1000
coordinates except
Chart plan barriers) - existing traffic control
WSG84 emergency
devices and their treatment (covering -
removal) - details of any cancelled
traffic movements - entry/exit points -
accessibility for adjacent activities

Binding for all

Horizontal offset dimensions - types of works for
Typical Cross
Cross section Dimensions of pedestrian paths - excavations
Sections AutoCAD Chart 1:10000
details Dimensions of vehicle paths - Type of deeper than 30cm
Chart
traffic control devices except for
emergencies

Details of all
Not binding for
temporary Dimensions - Reinforcement - Source Not
Details AutoCAD Chart short and medium
traffic control (producing factories) - Colors applicable
term works
devices

Site furnishing plan - Site evacuation

plan - Emergency plan - Start and end
date of works - Loading and unloading Not binding for
Action Plan Word Not
Plan details plans - Routine inspection and control short and medium
Report applicable
plan - Potential stakeholders and term works
communication plan - Risk analysis -
Mitigation plans

A table
containing a
description Binding for all
Table of of the items Number of traffic signs - Number of Not types of works
Excel
quantities used in the concrete barriers applicable except
diversion and emergency
their
quantities

Table [Link].1: Traffic Management Plan Template

164
 PROJECT PLANNING

Temporary Traffic Control Plan (TTCP) Template

Plan

Contents • Insert required contents here.

• A detailed description of the work to be performed.

Scope of Work
• Clear objectives and expected outcomes of the work.

• Detailed step-by-step instructions on how the work will be carried out.

Work Sequence
• Estimated timeline for the completion of the project.

• Identification of potential hazards associated with the work.

• Assessment of the risks associated with each identified hazard.
• Specific measures to control or mitigate the identified risks.
• Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) - list of required PPE for all workers and
Risk Assessment
visitors.
• Details on the placement and type of safety signage to be used (this includes
within the work area, on plant, on pedestrian barriers, etc.).
• Procedures to be followed in case of an emergency.

Temporary Traffic Control

• As outlined in requirements for TTCP.
Plan (TTCP)

Emergency Response Plan • As outlined in requirements for ERP.

Health, Safety & Environment

• As outlined in requirements for HSEP.
Plan (HSEP)

Quality Control Plan (QCP) • As outlined in requirements for QCP.

Waste Management Plan (WMP) • As outlined in requirements for WMP.

• List of key personnel involved in the project, along with their organization chart,
Roles and Responsibilities
respective roles and responsibilities.

• Detailed list of tools and equipment to be used to complete the work.

Tools and Equipment
• Procedures for the inspection and maintenance of tools and equipment.

• Methods for communicating between team members.

Communication Plan • Methods for communicating with stakeholders, including the public and
emergency services.

Checklists • Marked up checklists as an Appendix or in main Plan, as appropriate.

Table [Link].2: Temporary Traffic Control Plan (TTCP) Template

165
 02
Home with solid fill

[Link] SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL

Works Notification Letter Template

A template is provided below for a Works Notification Letter, to be issued 2 weeks in advance of any
infrastructure works. Reference should be made to the requirements set out in this Manual to inform the
planning of works.

[Organization Logo]

Date: [Insert Date]

Dear Residents of [Neighborhood Name/Street Name],

We hope this message finds you well. We are writing to inform you about upcoming
infrastructure works in your area.

Description of Works: The planned works will take place in the [Neighborhood
Name/Street Name/Location Description] area. These works are essential for [briefly
describe the purpose, e.g., upgrading the water supply system, road maintenance, etc. and
attach works general arrangement drawing].

Dates of Works: The works are scheduled to commence on [Start Date] and are expected
to be completed by [End Date].

Important Request: To ensure the safety and efficiency of the works, we kindly request all
residents to keep the area clear of any vehicles during this period. This will help our team to
carry out the necessary tasks without any hindrance.

We apologize for any inconvenience this may cause and thank you in advance for your
cooperation. Should you have any questions or require further information, please do not
hesitate to contact us at [Contact Information].

Thank you for your understanding and support.

Sincerely,

[Name]
[Position]
[Contact Information]
[Organization]

166
PROJECT PLANNING

167
2.1
PROJECT PLANNING
2.1.10 PROTECTING ASSETS & MINIMIZING
DISRUPTION
[Link] Protecting Assets & Minimizing Disruption
 02
Home with solid fill

[Link] PROTECTING ASSETS & MINIMIZING

DISRUPTION
Code Statement: Coordinate with utility providers to identify and protect existing infrastructure assets and prevent
service disruptions during construction activities. Plan and coordinate construction activities around those assets to
minimize disruption to the community.
RATIONALE CONTEXT
Minimizing disruption and visual distortion during infrastructure Damage to existing utilities and disruption to people’s lives are
projects is important for maintaining public support. By hallmarks of infrastructure projects. No longer. RIPC will lead the
collaborating to identify buried services, then carefully plan and charge in ensuring effective planning and communication to
coordinate activities, Stakeholders can reduce the negative minimize damage and disruption, and garner public goodwill.
impact on local communities, maintain service levels, and
protect existing infrastructure.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
KEY REQUIREMENTS

• Conduct desktop and site pre-construction surveys to • Include an Emergency Plan in the event of accidental
identify and map existing utilities using Geographic damage to existing buried services, along with
Information Systems (GIS). supplementary processes and procedures (e.g.
• Collaborate with Stakeholders to establish and Emergency Return to Service Procedure)
implement a Protection Plan for Existing Infrastructure, • Clearly identify utility routes, including those
articulating the measures that will be taken during discovered through surveys.
construction to preserve existing utility routes. • After construction activities are completed, and before
• Avoid breaking into whatever paths that homeowners handover, conduct thorough inspections to ensure that
choose to install outside of their properties. In the all utilities remain undamaged and fully operational.
case that breaking such pathways cannot be avoided, • Conduct Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment
then the Contractor should re-instate the path as it was (HIRA) through the lens of disruption (i.e. loss of
before. service, resident property damage, etc.).
• In the event that the materials cannot be preserved,
the homeowner should be requested to sign a waiver
relieving the Contractor of the obligation to reinstate
with the same materials.
• Developers and homeowners: for new builds, establish
a cavity such that utilities can be connected to the
property without damaging paths around the property.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Protection of existing utility networks with no or • Protection of existing utilities with minimal service
minimal service disruptions. interruptions and no damage during construction.

KEY REFERENCES

170
 PROJECT PLANNING

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

1.2. • PI1.2.1. Number of legal non-

Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates
Legal compliance incidents (e.g., permit
Compliance non-compliance).
• Chapter 2.3.1 Site Preparation and
Management
P6.1. • PI6.1.2. Number of violations
Public relevant to public accessibility.
Accessibility
PROJECT LIFECYCLE
P6.2. • PI6.2.1. Service interruption rate.
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4 Community
Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial Benefits
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination
LINKED VIOLATION
Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8
Technical Construction Handover Operation &
Design Maintenance V1. Barriers and Safety Compliance
Issues

PRINCIPLE V2. Permit and Regulation Compliance

Violations

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled V3. Infrastructure and Roads Issues

P3. Clearly Communicated & Actively V4. Worksite Management and

Engaged Cleanliness Violations

P4. Technologically Advanced & Data- V5. Traffic and Parking Control
driven

P6. Community-Centric & Accessible V6. Boards and Information Violations

Consider Advise
KEY REQUIREMENTS

• Schedule construction during off-peak hours and avoid • Employ hoarding around the project site for long-term
major holidays or events. and/or special projects.
• Establish project-level coordination meetings between
RIPC, Service Entities, Consultants, and Contractors,
particularly during stages 4 to 8.
• Where necessary, coordinate with Service Entities to
relocate utilities avoid service interruptions and
minimize impacts.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Smooth project execution with minimal disruption to the • Reduced visual distortion from breaking into walkways
community and existing services. • Improved project timelines through use of existing
cavities

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTOR
• SERVICE ENTTIY

171
2.2
SPATIAL PLANNING
2.2.1 SITE SAFETY
2.2.2 BARRIERS AND WARNING MEASURES
2.2.3 WORK ZONE MANAGEMENT
2.2.4 ACCESS AND COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS
2.2
SPATIAL PLANNING
2.2.1 SITE SAFETY
[Link] Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
[Link] Noise Management
[Link] Lighting – General
[Link] Lighting - Handheld and Portable Floodlights
[Link] Lighting – Pole Mounted Floodlights
[Link] Supplementary Material
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.1 SITE SAFETY

[Link] Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
Code Statement: Ensure site safety through proper use of PPE.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Implementing robust safety protocols, including the use of Site safety involves ensuring that all workers are equipped with
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) reduces injury risks and appropriate PPE according to regulatory standards.
ensures compliance with regulatory standards, fostering a safe
and productive worksite.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall
REQUIREMENTS

• Ensure all site-based staff and visitors wear appropriate PPE, conforming to standards set by “Safety at Street Works
and Road Works: A Code of Practice 2013”, within the site area (i.e., both inside and outside of the works area).
Required PPE includes:
❑ High visibility jackets/vests.
❑ High visibility trousers.
❑ Hard hats.
❑ Safety boots.
❑ Any other special required PPE based on the nature of work and best practice safety procedures
• The following PPE should be available at all times and utilised when necessary (depending on site activity and RAMS):
❑ Eye protection/safety goggles.
❑ Ear defenders.
❑ Safety gloves.
• PPE shall be fastened and maintained in a clean and useable condition.
• Contractors delivering projects in the Riyadh Region shall conform to a standard work uniform.
• All PPE should be in compliance with SASO safety standards for the KSA region.
• High visibility vests and trousers should consist of a minimum of two reflective strips.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Prevent and reduce risk of injuries and accidents

• Consistent and professional appearance
• Enhanced safety
• Increased compliance
• Reduces man-hour downtime, increasing productivity

KEY REFERENCES
• Safety at Street Works and Road Works: A Code of Practice 2013
• SASO ‘Technical Regulation for Personal Protective Equipment and Clothing’

176
 SPATIAL PLANNING

PROJECT LIFECYCLE

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4

Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8

Technical Construction Handover Operation &
Design Maintenance

PRINCIPLE

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

P1.1. • PI1.1.2. Safety training completion

Safety rate
Compliance • PI1.1.1. Percentage of projects with
zero lost-time injuries

P1.5. • PI1.5.2. Percentage of projects

Traffic and without traffic violations
Parking
Control

Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates LINKED VIOLATION

• Chapter 2.1.4 Health & Safety Management V1. Barriers and Safety Compliance
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material Violations

Should Consider Advise

REQUIREMENTS

• Ensure all site personnel are informed about appropriate PPE usage, with regular checks on the condition and correct
use of all PPE items.
• PPE shown in Supplementary Material is suggested basic minimum requirements for use on work sites. The actual PPE
requirements for a project should be determined through Risk Assessment.
• For long-term projects, all site-based staff should have their name and designated role displayed for ease of
identification.
• Prohibit the use of personal headphones to ensure worker safety.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Improved worker confidence

• Positive safety culture
• Enhanced labor morale

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTOR

177
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.1 SITE SAFETY

[Link] Noise Management
Code Statement: Ensure site safety through proper noise management.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Implementing robust safety protocols, including site noise Site safety involves the management of noise according to
management, ensures compliance with regulatory standards, regulatory standards. Noise is measured in Decibel A (dBA), a
fostering a safe and productive worksite. measurement unit of noise intensity as perceived by the human
ear, using an audio filter (Filter-A), and the average noise level
over time (LAeq, T). Residential areas, categorized by density
(low, medium, high), have specific noise limits that must be
adhered to during daytime and nighttime hours. Construction
work; including drilling, building, demolishing, and repairing
activities, must comply with these noise limits to ensure site
safety and minimize disruption.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
KEY REQUIREMENTS

• Ensure noise levels comply with the Executive • If noise limits are exceeded, approval and a temporary
Regulations for Noise issued by the Ministry of noise permit from the Ministry of Environment, Water,
Environment, Water, and Agriculture, using Sound Level and Agriculture is required.
Meters in vicinity of the work area. • Comply with conditions and requirements specified in
• Adhere to noise limits during daytime (07:00 to 20:00) the relevant noise permits.
and night-time hours (20:00 to 07:00). • Contractors must monitor noise levels during the work.
• Note that in residential areas, the permissible working
hours are (07:00 to 18:00) and weekends (07:00 to
13:00). No works are allowed outside these hours for
residential areas, except in exceptional cases, which
require written approval from RIPC.
• Refer to table “Permissible Noise Limits” for detailed
guidelines.
• For short construction activities durations, adjustments
can be made to temporarily increase the permissible
noise limits:
o Up to 2.5hrs: 10 dB increase.
o From 2.5 to 8hrs: 5dB increase.
o Over 8hrs: 0dB increase.
• Monitor noise levels regularly and adjust work methods
to minimize noise exposure.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Minimized disturbances to nearby residents and businesses, enhancing their quality of life.
• Protect workers and the public from potential hearing damage and stress-related health issues.
KEY REFERENCES
• Executive Regulations for Noise issued by the Ministry of Environment, Water, and Agriculture (MEWA)
• SHC 701

178
 SPATIAL PLANNING

PROJECT LIFECYCLE

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4

Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Area Daytime Night-time Definition and Briefing Design Coordination
LAeq, T(dB) LAeq, T(dB)
Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8
Technical Construction Handover Operation &
Design Maintenance
Low-density residential 50 40
areas, tourist attractions,
parks, surroundings of PRINCIPLE
hospitals, schools, elder
care Centers, and nurseries.
P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

Medium-density residential 55 45
areas SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

High-density residential and 60 50

mixed-use areas P1.1. • PI1.1.2. Safety training completion
Safety rate
Roadsides (main roadsides 70 65 Compliance • PI1.1.1. Percentage of projects with
and highways) zero lost-time injuries

Industrial Zones 70 65 P1.5. • PI1.5.2. Percentage of projects

Traffic and without traffic violations
Table [Link].1: Permissible Noise Limits Parking
(Executive Regulation For Noise, MEWA) Control

Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates LINKED VIOLATION

• Chapter 2.1.4 Health & Safety Management V1. Barriers and Safety Compliance
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material Violations

Consider Advise
KEY REQUIREMENTS

• Use noise control measures, such • Regularly monitor noise levels using approved methods, according to the
as dampening techniques, and Executive Regulation for Noise under the Environmental Law.
adjust work schedules to reduce ❑ Measurement Conditions: Conduct measurements under specific
noise during sensitive times. conditions, including time of day, weather, and location.
o Time of Day: Take measurements at different times to capture noise
variations.
Note: Residential Area Densities as o Weather Conditions: Avoid extreme weather; ensure accuracy by
Per MEWA Executive Regulations: measuring under appropriate conditions.
• Low-density: 4 to 8 units per o Location: Choose representative locations that reflect typical noise
10,000 m² or 1,000 to 3,999 levels.
persons per km². o Measurement Duration: Measure over sufficient periods, typically
• Medium-density: 9 to 14 units per several minutes, for accurate representation.
10,000 m² or 4,000 to 6,999 o Calibration: Calibrate sound level meters before and after
persons per km². measurements.
• High-density: 15 to 20 units per ❑ Equipment Standards: Use calibrated sound level meters meeting
10,000 m² or 7,000 to 9,999 international standards.
persons per km². ❑ Data Recording: Record detailed information, including date, time,
location, weather, and noise levels.
• Switch off machinery when not in operation.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Adjusting work methods and schedules to manage noise levels ensures smoother project execution without
interruptions due to noise complaints or regulatory breaches.
KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTOR

179
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.1 SITE SAFETY

[Link] Lighting – General
Code Statement: Ensure site safety through adequate and compliant lighting.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Implementing robust safety protocols, including the use of site Site safety involves ensuring that the site is properly lit,
lighting, reduces risk of injuries and ensures compliance with according to regulatory standards. The specifications for Work
regulatory standards, fostering a safe and productive worksite. Area lighting vary based on the type of task and the size of the
area. Using luminaires such as flood lights, portable light towers,
and balloon lighting can significantly reduce risks for road
workers in low-light conditions, particularly during excavations.
Additionally, placing warning lights such as beacons and arrow
boards around the work control zone helps direct road users
away from the site.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
KEY REQUIREMENTS

• All site lighting installations must comply with relevant • Lighting Levels:
standards and be rated for outdoor use with a ❑ The required lighting levels are influenced by
minimum IP65 ingress protection rating. various factors, including the level of detail needed,
• All electrical cabling must be safely managed to the age of the workers, and the speed and
prevent hazards such as trips, slips, and electrocution. accuracy required. These specifications are
Cabling must not cross access roads or pathways, and outlined in the CIBSE Code for Lighting.
loose cabling must be minimized. ❑ Lighting should meet the “Recommended
• Lighting materials must adhere to SASO RoHS Illuminance Levels” table requirements for various
regulations and Saudi Arabia’s Waste Management activities (see Supplementary Material), with higher
Law as per Section [Link]. levels for high-risk or detailed tasks.
• Minimum technical conditions detailed in the • Luminaires should be tested for performance
supplementary materials to be fulfilled. characteristics, including power consumption, luminous
• Design lighting to avoid glare impacting residences or output, spectrum, color, and efficiency.
businesses. • Luminaires must comply with safety and photometric
• Ensure night-time lighting does not interfere with data standards, including EN 60598-1, EN 60598-2-5,
contraflow or other traffic-related lighting systems. and EN 62471:2009 for photobiological safety.
• A comprehensive warranty of at least 3 years should
be provided for lighting, covering the entire luminaire,
LED module, and driver.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Reduced risk of injuries and accidents by providing

adequate site lighting.

KEY REFERENCES
• CIBSE Code for Lighting (2022) • SASO RoHS regulations
• EN 60598-1, EN 60598-2-5, and EN 62471:2009

180
 SPATIAL PLANNING

PROJECT LIFECYCLE

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4

Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8

Technical Construction Handover Operation &
Design Maintenance

PRINCIPLE

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

P1.1. • PI1.1.2. Safety training completion

Safety rate
Compliance • PI1.1.1. Percentage of projects with
zero lost-time injuries

Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates P1.5. • PI1.5.2. Percentage of projects

Traffic and without traffic violations
Parking
• Chapter 2.1.4 Health & Safety Management Control
• Chapter 2.1.5 Environmental Management
• Chapter 2.1.6 Waste Management LINKED VIOLATION
• Chapter 2.2.2 Barriers and Warning
Measures V1. Barriers and Safety Compliance
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material Violations

Consider Advise
KEY REQUIREMENTS

• Provide additional illumination for precision activities to • Conform to all technical specifications in the
enhance safety and accuracy. supplementary materials.
• Choose lighting equipment rated for temperatures • Manufacturers are advised to provide data sheets,
expected in the operational environment to ensure diagrams, and test reports to verify compliance with
reliability. requirements:
• Consider the type of floodlights to be used on work
sites - the characteristics of which depend on their
intensity and mounting height.
• The different types whose characteristics are indicated
in the following sections are:
❑ Handheld and portable floodlights.
❑ Floodlights on supports up to 6m high.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Elevate site safety and efficiency of works execution.

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTOR

181
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.1 SITE SAFETY

[Link] Lighting - Handheld and Portable Floodlights
Code Statement: Ensure site safety and efficiency through the proper use of handheld and portable floodlights.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Implementing the use of handheld and portable floodlights Site lighting should be in place when works are carried out to
enhances visibility and safety on construction sites, ensuring ensure that all areas are adequately illuminated using portable
that work can be carried out efficiently and safely. floodlights. These floodlights are designed to be placed on
stable surfaces and directed as needed to provide optimal
lighting conditions, reducing the risk of accidents and improving
overall work efficiency.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
KEY REQUIREMENTS

• Handheld and portable floodlights shall be suitable for • Floodlights should be used at least at two points at an
outdoor use. angle of 60° to the illuminated point.
• The beam of light may be directed in a vertical • Chassis made of die-cast aluminium finished in a color
direction. to be defined, with synthetic material protection
• Supports of the headlamp bracket should be in (polyurethane, PVC or polychloroprene) in the parts
contact with the ground. most exposed to knocks.
• Floodlights should be fitted with a handle for easy • The projector chassis is supported by a structure that
handling and movability. allows it to be placed separately from the floor and
• Handheld and portable floodlights should comply with oriented towards the area to be illuminated. It should
CE & SASO safety standards. be equipped with an ergonomic grip.
• In terms of light source, floodlights shall be of LED • A glass impact protection grille may be required to
type, with a color temperature of 3,000K. protect the glass from damage on site.
• Floodlights should have a minimum protection rating
of IP65.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Reduced risk of injuries and accidents by providing

adequate site lighting.

KEY REFERENCES
• CE marking - EU requirements
• SASO safety standards

182
 SPATIAL PLANNING

PROJECT LIFECYCLE

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4

Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8

Technical Construction Handover Operation &
Design Maintenance

PRINCIPLE

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

Figure [Link].1: LED Flood Light SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

(handheld and portable)
P1.1. • PI1.1.1. Percentage of projects with
Safety zero lost-time injuries
Compliance
Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates

• Chapter 2.1.4 Health & Safety Management LINKED VIOLATION

• Chapter 2.2.2 Barriers and Warning
Measures V1. Barriers and Safety Compliance
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material Violations

Consider Advise
KEY REQUIREMENTS

• Handheld and portable floodlights may be battery • Ensure portable floodlights are securely positioned and
operated. regularly checked to maintain optimal visibility and
• Operating temperature between -20°C to +50°C. safety during infrastructure works.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Elevate site safety and efficiency of works execution.

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTOR

183
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.1 SITE SAFETY

[Link] Lighting – Pole Mounted Floodlights
Code Statement: Ensure site safety and efficiency through the proper use of floodlights mounted on poles.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Implementing the use of floodlights on 6m poles enhances Construction site lighting ensures all areas are well-lit with
visibility and safety on construction sites, ensuring that work can floodlights mounted on poles. These floodlights are strategically
be carried out efficiently and safely in outdoor environments. placed to provide optimal lighting, reducing risk of accidents
and enhancing work efficiency.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
KEY REQUIREMENTS

• To avoid hard shadows and ensure thorough • These type of floodlights shall be used for the
illuminance of the works, at least two floodlights (or illumination of small areas and vertical planes of larger
groups of floodlights) shall be placed at two points at dimensions than the portable equipment.
an angle of 60° to the illuminated point. • Chassis:
• Floodlights shall be suitable for outdoor operation. ❑ Chassis made of die-cast aluminium.
• Light Source: ❑ Support that allows its free orientation both
❑ LED type light source. vertically and on its axis. The support can be
❑ Color temperature of 3,000K. anchored on a mobile or fixed structure and in
❑ Luminous flux between 15,000lm and 30,000lm. vertical, horizontal and inclined planes.
• Floodlights should comply with CE & SASO safety ❑ Driver incorporated inside the chassis.
standards. ❑ Tempered safety glass.
❑ Impact protection grille may be required.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Reduced risk of injuries and accidents by providing

adequate site lighting.

KEY REFERENCES
• CE marking - EU requirements
• SASO safety standards

184
 SPATIAL PLANNING

PROJECT LIFECYCLE

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4

Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8

Technical Construction Handover Operation &
Design Maintenance

PRINCIPLE

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT
Figure [Link].1: Typical Figure [Link].2: Typical
portable floodlight pole mounted floodlights
P1.1. • PI1.1.2. Safety training completion
Safety rate
Compliance • PI1.1.1. Percentage of projects with
zero lost-time injuries

P1.5. • PI1.5.2. Percentage of projects

Traffic and without traffic violations
Parking
Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates Control

• Chapter 2.1.4 Health & Safety Management LINKED VIOLATION

• Chapter 2.2.2 Barriers and Warning
Measures V1. Barriers and Safety Compliance
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material Violations

Consider Advise
KEY REQUIREMENTS

• In order to avoid the emission of light into the sky in • These floodlights may be fixed or on mobile structures
sensitive locations or areas of protection, the use of at a height. The mobile structures may be electrically
asymmetric beam floodlights is recommended. This powered from diesel generators, mains electricity or
precaution should always be considered when trespass lithium batteries and use several floodlights.
light can be created in residential spaces.
• Other Technical Characteristics:
❑ Minimum protection rate IP65.
❑ Operating temperature: -20°C to +50°C.
❑ Power consumption: 120 - 250W max.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Elevate site safety and efficiency of works execution.

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTOR

185
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.1 SITE SAFETY

[Link] Supplementary Material

PPE

Figure [Link].1: Standard Issue PPE

WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR

PPE – Contractor
o Is specified PPE in line with standards and risk
assessment?
o Are all site personnel and visitors wearing PPE
with the contractor's name/logo printed?
o Is PPE fastened and maintained in a clean and
useable condition?

186
 SPATIAL PLANNING

Noise Management

WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR

Contractor
o Does the Work Method Statement identify all
noise-generating activities?
o Have noise control measures been implemented
for each identified activity?
o Are noise levels regularly monitored to ensure
compliance with permissible limits?
o Is ear protection (e.g., earplugs or earmuffs)
available to all site personnel?
o Are all noise-generating activities conducted in
accordance with the Executive Regulations for
Noise?
o Are approvals or permits in place for any
activities that exceed permissible noise limits?
o Have all site personnel been informed about
noise hazards and control measures?
o Are regular noise assessments conducted to
review the effectiveness of noise controls?

General Site Lighting Levels

Activity Typical location / types of work Eav (Avg. Emin (Min.

illuminance Lux) illuminance lux)

Movement of people, machines and Lorry park, corridors, circulation routes 20 5

vehicles
Movement of people, machines and Construction site clearance, excavation 50 20
vehicles in hazardous areas; rough work and soil work, loading bays…
not requiring any perception of detail

Work requiring limited perception of Civil works, concrete works… 100 50

detail (*)

Work requiring perception of detail (*) Sheet metal works, electrical works,… 200 100

Lighting levels in the table provide recommended illuminance for safety purposes.
(*) Average and minimum values requested in the horizontal and vertical planes.

Table [Link].1: Recommended Illuminance Levels

187
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.1 SITE SAFETY

[Link] Supplementary Material

General Site Lighting - Quality Assurance Control

General Technical Conditions

Manufacturer to comply with and provide Data Sheets,
Mechanical Specifications:
plans, diagrams, test results for compliance and other
relevant documents for all the following aspects: • Wind Resistance: Withstands 150km/h.
• Compartments: Separate optical and control gear,
Housing: both IP66.
• Material: Pressure die-cast aluminium housing LM6 • Impact Resistance: ≥ IK 08, per IEC 62262, verified by
(EN-AC-44100). a third party.
• Documentation and Certification: Aluminium alloy • Exterior Paint: ISO 9227-NSS, class S or higher after
certificate from the foundry. 2500 hours (ASTM D3359-78/ISO 4628-2/ISO 4628-
• Design: Separate compartments for optical and 4).
control gear components. • Tilt Adjustment: -45º to +45º.
• Fixation: Designed to be fixed both horizontally and
vertically. Other Specifications:
• Surface: Flat and smooth to prevent dirt accumulation • FHS: < 2%.
and ensure proper dissipation. • Photometric Distributions: Narrow, Medium, or Wide.
• Thermal Management: Independent control • Warranty: 3 years for LED luminaire.
compartments and LEDs to extend luminaire lifespan.
• Certifications: SASO and CE.
LED Source Specs:
• Color Temperature: 3,000K. WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR
• LED Efficiency: ≥ 140lm/W at 350mA and 25ºC.
• Luminaire Efficiency: > 120lm/W at 350mA and 25ºC. Lighting – Contractor
• Color rendering index (CRI): > 60. o Is illumination in accordance with standards and
• Estimated Life: L80B10 at 50,000 hours (TM-21 based guidance for the type of activity?
on LM-80 data). o Is light being spilled out of the site?
• Documentation: Laboratory measurements using EN
13032-4 regulations, LLMF graph based on LM-80 data
o Are local residences and business shielded from
glare?
and TM-21 calculations.
o Are appropriate safety measures in place for
electrical lighting?
Electric Specifications:
• Driver Operation: 210 - 240 VAC, 50-60Hz.
o Are luminaires placed correctly to reduce glare on
workers?
• Temperature Range: 0°C to +50°C, certified by a third-
party lab.
• Power Efficiency: >90%.
• Driver Container Temperature: -10°C to 75°C.
• Power Factor: >0.9 at maximum load.
• Driver Output Current: 350mA - 1000mA.
• Surge Protection: Internal protection ≥ 4kW.
• Total Harmonic Distortion: <20%.
• External Surge Protection: Up to 10 kV, per IEC 61547
and IEC 61643.
• Electrical Safety: IEC Class I or II on request; Class III
for battery-powered projectors.
• Documentation: Relevant documentation and tests
about the drivers to be installed in the luminaire.

188
 SPATIAL PLANNING

Report of tests or certificates on the luminaire and its components

In order to verify the quality of the materials, the results Guarantees:

of tests carried out on its luminaires may be requested
from the manufacturer. The manufacturer shall submit at Minimum Warranty: 3 years for the entire set (luminaire,
least the test reports listed below. In case of doubt, a LED module, driver, and components).
SASO accredited laboratory may be asked to carry out Total Luminaire Failure: Defined as no light emission due
the test. to driver or LED module failure, or reduced luminosity
below L80B10 expectations.

Security Requirements: Power System Failure: Drivers must operate without

characteristic alterations during the warranty period.
EN 60598-1: General requirements and tests.
Mechanical Defects: Coverage for material, workmanship,
EN 60598-2-5: Particular requirements for floodlights. or manufacturing defects.
EN 62471:2009: Photo-biological safety. Luminous Flux Reduction: Luminaire must maintain
specified luminous flux (L80B10).
Degree of tightness certificate per EN 60598.
Usage Coverage: 4,200 hours/year or 15,000 hours total
operation.
Electromagnetic Compatibility:
EN 61000-3-2: Limits for harmonic current emissions.
EN 61000-3-3: Voltage variations, fluctuations, and flicker
limits.
EN 55015: Radio disturbance characteristics.
EN 61547: EMC immunity requirements.

Luminaire Components:
EN 62031: LED modules safety specifications.
EN 61347-2-13: Requirements for LED control gear.
EN 62384: Performance requirements for LED control
gear.
IEC EN 62471: Photo Biological Safety test.
RoHS compliance for LED floodlights.

Handheld and Portable Floodlights

Further technical details: • Battery Option:

• Luminous Flux: ❑ Estimated Power: 20W, 1,600lm.
❑ Low Power: between 1,500 to 2,500lm. ❑ Battery Data: Li-ion, 5V, 5,000mAh.
❑ Medium Power: between 3,500 and 7,500lm. ❑ Battery Life: > 2 hours at full power.
❑ High Power: >7,500lm. ❑ Self-resetting fuse protection in battery version.
❑ Beam Angle: 120º.
• Protection Rate: Minimum IP65.
• Power Consumption:
❑ Low Power: 20 - 40W.
❑ Medium Power: 40 - 70W.
❑ High Power: >100W.
• Operating Temperature: -20°C to +50°C.

189
2.2
SPATIAL PLANNING
2.2.2 BARRIERS AND WARNING MEASURES
[Link] Channelizing Devices and Barrier Placement
[Link] Temporary Safety Barriers Installation
[Link] Battery-Operated Warning Lights
[Link] Hazard Identification Beacon
[Link] Flashing Warning Arrow Panels
[Link] Hand Signalling Devices and Paddles
[Link] Traffic Control Signals
[Link] Advance Warning Area Setup
[Link] Supplementary Material
 02

2.2.2 BARRIERS AND WARNING MEASURES

[Link] Channelizing Devices and Barrier Placement
Code Statement: Properly space and maintain channelizing devices and barriers to guide traffic safely.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Adequately managed channelizing devices enhance safety by Proper spacing and use of channelizing devices and barriers are
clearly directing traffic, preventing confusion, and reducing the essential for safely guiding traffic through transition zones.
risk of collisions near construction activities.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall
REQUIREMENTS

Spacing of Channelizing Devices in Tapers

• The Contractor shall set out channelizing devices in accordance with SHC 305 and RTMG Version 1.
• The spacing on the edges of tapers should give motorists the impression of a continuous guiding line. The maximum
spacing of channelizing devices within a taper is provided in the "Spacing of Channelizing Devices Based on Speed
Limits“ table.
• This does not apply to portable barriers or barricades, which should be connected. Shorter spacing may be needed if
drivers are moving between the devices.
Barriers
• Use barriers in accordance with SHC 305 to channelize traffic, separate two-way traffic on adjacent lanes, and protect
roadside objects or personnel and site working team. Refer to the chapter on Lateral Buffer Zone for details on
Safety Barriers.
• Install barriers to prevent vehicles from leaving the roadway, ensuring redirection with minimal injury or damage.
• Concrete barriers branding to be implemented as per requirements set out supplementary material.
Hoardings
• Use hoardings, when appropriate, in accordance with SHC 305 to protect drivers and pedestrians from work areas,
especially from construction works, deep excavations, and hazardous materials.
• Use hoardings around the entire work area as requested by RIPC, possibly extending to lateral buffer zones.
Hoardings shall be installed where the work zone is greater than or equal to 300m and shall include RIPC and Service
Entity logos placed at the bottom left & right corners of each panel. Refer to hoarding criteria table [Link].11.
• Site hoarding set-up (including lighting) should be coordinated and agreed with RIPC prior to installation.
• For other works, attach a green mesh safety net to barriers.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Traffic Control Devices that are deployed safely and effectively.

KEY REFERENCES
• SHC 305 • RTMG Version 1
• SHC 602

192
 SPATIAL PLANNING

PROJECT LIFECYCLE

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4

Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8

Technical Construction Handover Operation &
Design Maintenance

PRINCIPLE

Spacing of P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

Speed Limit (km/h) Channelizing Devices
(m)
P2. Effectively Managed &
< 50 3 Continuously Improved
50 - 70 6
SUCCESS MEASUREMENT
> 70 12
P1.1. • PI1.1.3. Number of corrective
Table [Link].1: Spacing of Channelizing Devices Based on Speed Safety actions arising from safety audits
Limits Compliance per project
P2.2. • PI2.2.4. Percentage of projects
Worksite without barriers and safety
Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates violations
Management

• Chapter 2.1.3 Traffic Control LINKED VIOLATION

• Chapter 2.2.3 Work Zone Management
• Chapter [Link] Lateral Buffer Zone V1. Barriers and Safety Compliance
Specifications Violations
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material

Should Consider Advise

REQUIREMENTS
• Ensure barriers and hoardings are • Use green mesh safety nets on all • Inspect barriers, hoardings, and
properly maintained and installed other works to provide visibility channelizing devices regularly to
securely to prevent damage or and safety for both workers and confirm they meet placement,
collapse. the public. stability, and visibility standards.
• Ensure hoardings are 2-3 meters • Ensure hoarding does not restrict
high, made of environmentally visibility to the Project Information
friendly materials, and do not Board (PIB). No hoarding should
disturb the area. be placed where there is a PIB
• Use posts or other devices to erected.
ensure stability.
• Maintain hoardings and propose • Note: Refer to the approved
them to the relevant authorities. designs for barriers, hoarding, and
• Equip barricades or barriers used signage as described in this
at night with steady burning lights document. New projects and
that are tidy and secure to avoid entities with a special branding are
visual distortion. The color grade is encouraged to consult and
measured as 3000 – 4000 Kelvin. coordinate with RIPC to ensure
• Lighting accessories to be consistency and compliance with
implemented as per the overarching infrastructure
supplementary material. guidelines.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Protect drivers and pedestrians from work areas.

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTOR
• RIPC

193
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.2 BARRIERS AND WARNING MEASURES

[Link] Temporary Safety Barriers Installation
Code Statement: Use temporary safety barriers to protect work zones and guide traffic safely.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Safety barriers act as a physical deterrent, shielding work areas Temporary safety barriers are critical for protecting motorists
from oncoming traffic and ensuring a controlled and safe and work zones, reducing the severity of crashes, and guiding
environment around construction sites. traffic safely. These barriers must meet specific standards to
ensure effectiveness and safety.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
REQUIREMENTS

• Set up temporary safety barriers according to • The start of a portable barrier section is a serious hazard unless
SHC 305 standards. Ensure barriers’ tested precautions are taken to prevent the unguarded vertical face from
dynamic deflection suits the lateral buffer zone. being hit by vehicles. Where practicable, flare out the leading end
All barriers must be MASH-tested (Manual for of portable barriers from the edge of the roadway and fit with a
Assessing Safety Hardware). sloping terminal section, or install a crash cushion at the beginning
• Install barriers considering traffic speed and of a portable barrier.
lateral buffer distance, following the supplier’s or • Use safety barriers along the lateral buffer zone adjacent to the
manufacturer’s recommendations, including work area; barriers are not required in taper zones or to separate
proper linking or filling with water or sand. Unfilled the work area from pedestrians. Use worker symbolic signs and all
plastic barriers can serve as delineation or required regulatory and warning signs when workers are present
channelization devices/barricades. and visible. Safety barrier figures are included in supplementary
• Follow the table in the supplementary materials materials.
titled “Minimum Temporary Traffic Controls for • For long-term projects with open excavations deeper than 0.3m
Re-asphalting Works & Non-Long-term Utility and wider than 0.1m, use the temporary barrier types listed in the
Works” for guidance on selecting safety buffer table titled “Minimum Temporary Barrier Types for Long Term
delineation and barrier types. Ensure all safety Works Adjacent to Open Excavations’, regardless of the lateral
barriers comply with SHC 305 and suit the traffic buffer distance. This table specifies the appropriate barriers to
speed and lateral buffer zone. ensure safety around open excavations. If the table titled
• Conduct a risk assessment for each site and “Minimum Temporary Traffic Controls for Re-asphalting Works &
implement specific risk mitigation measures to Non-Long-term Utility Works” recommends a higher-level
protect workers and the public from any open temporary barrier, it should be used. This second table provides
excavations. guidance on selecting traffic controls based on various site
conditions to enhance safety.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Protect workers and the public from hazards. • Use appropriate barriers based on site-specific factors.

KEY REFERENCES
• MASH (Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware) • NCHRP 350 (NCHRP, 1992).
• SASO EN 12767 • SHC 305

194
 SPATIAL PLANNING

PROJECT LIFECYCLE

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4

Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8

Technical Construction Handover Operation &
Design Maintenance

PRINCIPLE

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

P1.1. • PI1.1.1. Percentage of projects with

Safety zero lost-time injuries
Compliance
Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates
P1.3. • PI1.3.1. Percentage of projects
• Chapter 2.1.3 Traffic Control Quality passing quality audits with no
• Chapter 2.2.3 Work Zone Management Assurance major issues
• Chapter [Link] Lateral Buffer Zone
Specifications LINKED VIOLATION
• [Link] Pedestrian Walkways and Paths
Management V1. Barriers and Safety Compliance
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material Violations

Consider Advise
REQUIREMENTS

• When deploying temporary safety barriers near trenches, • Ensure the correct type of barrier is specified for the site
integrate the zone of influence of the trench into the conditions.
shoring design for comprehensive safety. • Verify barriers are correctly installed and maintained to
• Use the safety barrier as a standard barrier or meet the safety standards.
channelization device, and as a base for additional
structures like fencing or hoarding, ensuring it meets SHC
305 requirements. Note:
• Ensure every non-frangible/rigid obstacle in the Work Area MASH (Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware) is a
within the Clear Zone is addressed as a hazard, while standardized evaluation process developed by the American
flexible or frangible obstacles are not considered Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
dangerous. (AASHTO) to assess the safety performance of roadside
• Certify traffic control devices as frangible or deformable safety hardware, including barriers, crash cushions, and
according to crash test standards SASO EN 12767, US guardrails.
MASH (2016), or NCHRP 350 (1992). MASH testing ensures these devices effectively protect
• Site-specific risk assessment must be conducted for all motorists and mitigate crash severity. It evaluates the
sites. maximum dynamic deflection of barriers at various traffic
• In some situations a Plastic Safety Barrier may be suitable speeds to ensure their effectiveness.
for sites with a speed greater than 50km/hr where there is
a suitable lateral buffer zone which can be provided.
• Concrete jersey barriers can be equipped with reflective
markings, glare shields, and lighting to enhance nighttime
visibility and overall traffic management safety, durability,
and efficiency, as detailed in the supplementary materials.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Follow standards and conduct risk assessments.

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTORS
• CONSULTANTS

195
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.2 BARRIERS AND WARNING MEASURES

[Link] Battery-Operated Warning Lights
Code Statement: Install battery-operated warning lights to enhance visibility in low-light conditions..

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Warning lights improve night-time work zone safety, reducing Battery-operated warning and delineation lights provide
the risk of accidents by ensuring traffic control devices remain essential visibility and guidance at night and in low-light
visible under all conditions. conditions, enhancing the safety of work zones.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall
REQUIREMENTS

• The Contractor shall install and maintain battery-operated warning lights according to SHC 305 standards, ensuring:
❑ These portable, battery-operated lights have a plastic lens that emits a yellow light. They are used with warning
signs, barricades, drums, reflecting panels, or other devices. See the first light type of warning beacons in the
figure “Warning Beacons”.
Comparison of Light Characteristics for Types A, B, and C:
❑ Type A (low brightness flasher): Used on barricades and drums, vertical reflecting panels, and supports for
advance warning signs, operational from dusk to dawn. Intended to call attention to the device and warn drivers
of hazardous areas. Should not be used for delineation purposes.
❑ Type B (high brightness flasher): Used with advance warning signs on the approach to a work area, operational
day and night. Can be used with barricades, signs, and other supports in extremely hazardous conditions.
❑ Type C (steady burn): Used to supplement reflective panels and longitudinal barricades to delineate vehicle paths
through work zones.
❑ When mounted on barricades or safety barriers, the bottom of the lens should be approximately 1m above the
ground. Minimum Specifications:
o Lens diameter: 150mm.
o Flash rate: 55 to 75 flashes per minute for Type A and B.
o Visibility: Type A – 1,000m (night), Type B – 350m (sunny day), Type C – 100m (night)
❑ Refer to table "Comparison of Light Characteristics for Types A, B, and C“ in the supplementary materials for
further details.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Warning lights that are consistent, ergonomically and aesthetically specified.

KEY REFERENCES
• SHC 305

196
 SPATIAL PLANNING

PROJECT LIFECYCLE

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4

Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8

Technical Construction Handover Operation &
Design Maintenance

PRINCIPLE

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

P1.1. • PI1.1.1. Percentage of projects with

Figure [Link]: Warning Beacons (SHC 602) Safety zero lost-time injuries
Compliance
P1.5. • PI1.5.1. Number of traffic control-
Traffic and related complaints per project
Parking Control
Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates
LINKED VIOLATION
• Chapter 2.1.3 Traffic Control
• Chapter [Link] Lighting - General V1. Barriers and Safety Compliance
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material Violations

Should Consider Advise

REQUIREMENTS
• Attach lights with vandal-resistant • Type A and C lights should • Inspect and maintain all
fasteners to barricades or barriers, automatically turn off during daylight warning lights to ensure
ensuring stability and correct hours. correct operation and
alignment. compliance with safety
standards.

MAIN OUTCOMES

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTORS
• CONSULTANTS

197
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.2 BARRIERS AND WARNING MEASURES

[Link] Hazard Identification Beacon
Code Statement: Use Hazard Identification Beacons to provide clear, visible warnings of potential hazards in work zones, enhancing
safety and guiding motorists effectively.

Hazard Identification Beacons enhance safety in work zones by A Hazard Identification Beacon is a traffic signal with a flashing
providing clear, visible warnings to motorists about potential yellow light, used to supplement Warning or Regulatory signs. It
hazards. Their flashing yellow light draws attention, ensuring operates whenever a hazard exists and can be placed on cones,
drivers are aware of changes in road conditions or construction barricades, temporary barriers, TMA, and Work Zone vehicles.
activities. The beacons’ specifications, including lens size, flash The beacon can be a single or dual flashing unit, typically
rate, and brightness, maximize visibility and effectiveness. By powered by a 110 V or 220 V source, or a portable generator.
supplementing Warning or Regulatory signs, these beacons help
maintain orderly traffic flow and reduce accident risks. Their
versatile placement and power options, including trailer-mounted
units, make them adaptable to various work site conditions.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall
REQUIREMENTS

• The Contractor shall install and maintain hazard identification beacons in accordance with SHC 305 and the following
guidelines:
• A Hazard Identification Beacon is a traffic signal with a flashing yellow light, used to supplement Warning or
Regulatory signs. Refer to “warning beacons” figure.
• The beacon operates whenever the hazard exists and can be placed on cones, barricades, temporary barriers, TMA,
and Work Zone vehicles.
Specifications:
❑ Yellow lens with a visible diameter of at least 200mm, preferably 300mm.
❑ Mounted above the sign with a clearance of 300-400mm.
❑ Flashes 50-80 times per minute, with an illuminated period of 1/2 to 2/3 of the cycle.
❑ Lamp rating: 600 lumens for smaller lens, 1,750 lumens for larger lens.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Prevent accidents by clearly signalling hazards to road users and workers.

• Smooth traffic flow and minimized disruptions.

KEY REFERENCES
• SHC 305
• SHC 602

198
 SPATIAL PLANNING

PROJECT LIFECYCLE

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4

Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8

Technical Construction Handover Operation &
Design Maintenance

PRINCIPLE

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

P1.1. • PI1.1.1. Percentage of projects with

Safety zero lost-time injuries
Compliance
P1.5. • PI1.5.1. Number of traffic control-
Traffic and related complaints per project
Figure [Link]: Warning Beacons (SHC 602)
Parking Control

LINKED VIOLATION
Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates
V1. Barriers and Safety Compliance
• Chapter [Link] Lighting - General Violations
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material

Should Consider Advise

REQUIREMENTS
• Can consist of one or two flashing • Trailer-mounted Hazard Identification • Inspect and maintain all
units, placed above and below the Beacons are useful for advance warning beacons to ensure
sign, or aligned horizontally if the sign warnings at Work Sites on all highway correct operation and
is wider than it is tall. classes. compliance with safety
• Typically a single section of a traffic • They can be towed slowly along standards
control signal head, operating from a highways to warn of moving
110 V or 220 V power source. Can be maintenance operations. The signs
connected to mains power or a and flashing lights may be mounted
portable generator. lower than usual, provided they are
• May also be a self-contained unit on a visible to approaching traffic.
trailer, operated from batteries or a • The lens size, color, light distribution,
generator, with racks for holding brightness, flash rate, and duration
Warning and Regulatory signs. must conform to general
requirements. Refer to Section 7.5.2
of SHC 602.

MAIN OUTCOMES

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTORS
• CONSULTANTS

199
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.2 BARRIERS AND WARNING MEASURES

[Link] Flashing Warning Arrow Panels
Code Statement: Use flashing warning arrow panels to guide traffic away from Work Zones, especially during lane closures.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Arrow panels enhance driver awareness and provide clear Flashing Warning Arrow Panels guide traffic away from work
instructions, facilitating safe navigation around work sites and areas during lane closures or detours, providing clear directional
reducing confusion and potential accidents. guidance. They enhance Warning signs in heavy traffic and high-
speed areas, used for lane closures or slow-moving operations.
Positioned where traffic must turn or leave its path, these panels
feature yellow lights in an arrow or chevron shape on a matte
black panel. The lights flash simultaneously, creating a clear
effect. They can be mounted on vehicles, trailers, barriers, or
standalone structures, especially on tapers and curves.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
REQUIREMENTS

• The Contractor shall install Flashing Warning Arrow • Mount panels on trailers or trucks with controls
Panels according to SHC 305 standards: accessible from the driver’s position, ensuring that
❑ Type A Panels: Minimum size 600 x 1200mm, 12 settings can be adjusted during operations.
lamps, 0.80 km legibility distance. Used on local The special features of the arrow panel should be:
and collector streets with moderate traffic ❑ 2 x 340mm LED corner lamps.
volumes. ❑ 25 x 200mm LED flashing arrow lights.
❑ Type B Panels: Minimum size 750 x 1350mm, 13 ❑ Lamp color to be amber: yellow
lamps, 1.25 km legibility distance. Used on arterials ❑ Flash Rate of 60 to 90 flashes per minute.
and expressways, also suitable for some local and ❑ Daylight – 2,000 lm (minimum)
collector streets. ❑ Night-time – 400 to 800 lm. Not to exceed 800 lm
❑ Type C Panels: Minimum size 1200 x 2400mm, 15 at night.
lamps, 1.50 km legibility distance. heavily traveled • Panels should be mounted with the bottom of the
expressways and situations requiring the best panel at least 2.1 m above the roadway
warning devices due to high speed and volume. • Arrow panels mounted on motor vehicles should
Refer to table "Flashing Warning Arrow (Chevron) normally have controls which will allow changing
Panels Requirements“. modes of indication from the driver’s position (SHC
• Ensure panels are capable of four indications: left 305).
arrow only, right arrow only, both arrows
simultaneously, and Caution flashing of four or more
lamps in a pattern which does not indicate a direction.
• Refer to Section 7.5.3 of SHC 602.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Tapered
KEY lane closures that are well managed and limit risk.
REFERENCES

KEY REFERENCES
• SHC 305
• SHC 602

200
 SPATIAL PLANNING

PROJECT LIFECYCLE

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4

Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination
Figure [Link].1: Flashing Arrow Panels (SHC 602)
Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8
Technical Construction Handover Operation &
Type Minimum Minimum Minimum Design Maintenance
Size (mm) Number of Legibility
Panel Lamps Distance (km)
PRINCIPLE
A 600 x 1,200 12 0.80
P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

B 750 x 1,350 13 1.25

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT
C 1,200 x 2,400 15 1.50
P1.1. • PI1.1.1. Percentage of projects with
Table [Link].1: Flashing Warning Arrow (Chevron) Panels Safety zero lost-time injuries
Requirements Compliance

LINKED VIOLATION
Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates
V6. Boards and Information Violations
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material

Consider Advise
REQUIREMENTS

• Use additional warning devices such as TMAs or mobile • Inspect all arrow panels regularly to confirm they are
signage for blocking lanes to complement arrow properly functioning and visible to approaching traffic
panels, especially in dynamic work zones. under varying light conditions
• In short-term work zones, whether static or mobile,
traffic lanes or shoulders might be obstructed by a lane
blocker, which can be mounted on a vehicle or carried
on a stretcher.
• The lane blocking equipment consists of the standard
arrangements with the signs R 11-1 or R 11-2 (from SHC
305), and the flashing lights, to guide the traffic to the
left or to the right of the blocked lane

MAIN OUTCOMES

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTORS
• CONSULTANTS

201
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.2 BARRIERS AND WARNING MEASURES

[Link] Hand Signaling Devices, Flags and Warning Paddles
Code Statement: Use hand signalling devices for direct traffic control, particularly in emergency or initial setup phases.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
These devices provide immediate and adaptable traffic control, Hand signalling devices, flags, and paddles provide direct
ensuring the safe movement of vehicles in dynamic or control over traffic, particularly in emergency situations or
emergency situations, and maintaining work zone safety. during initial traffic control setup phases.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall
REQUIREMENTS

• Deploy hand signalling devices according to SHC 305 in emergency situations.

• Flags for hand signalling: Minimum 600mm square, made of good grade, strong red cloth, fastened to a sturdy,
light-weight staff approximately 1m in length. Free edge of the flag should be weighted to hang vertically, even in
strong wind.
• Sign Paddles: Octagonal, minimum 600mm wide, fabricated from suitable light-weight durable and semi-rigid
material with reflectorized “STOP” and “SLOW” messages. The paddles shall be mounted at the top of a round, rigid
handle about 2m in length. Letters at least one-third the height of the paddle.
• One face of the paddle shall have the STOP message in reflectorized white letters on a reflectorized red background
with a reflectorized white border. The other face shall have the SLOW message in black letters and red border on a
reflectorized white background.
• Flaggers: Flaggers ensure the safety of the Work Site crew and motorists and interact frequently with the public.
They must be well-qualified. A flagger should meet the following qualifications:
❑ Competent in role.
❑ Good physical condition, including sight and hearing.
❑ Mental alertness.
❑ A courteous but firm manner, and neat appearance.
❑ Sense of responsibility for the safety of the public and the crew.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Well planned traffic management.

KEY REFERENCES
• SHC 305
• SHC 602

202
 SPATIAL PLANNING

Paddle Flag PROJECT LIFECYCLE

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4

Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
TO STOP Definition and Briefing Design Coordination
TRAFFIC
Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8
Technical Construction Handover Operation &
Design Maintenance

STOP PROCEED PRINCIPLE

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

TO ALERT AND
SLOW TRAFFIC SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

P1.1. • PI1.1.1. Percentage of projects with

Safety zero lost-time injuries
Figure [Link].1: Use of Hand Signaling Devices by Flagger
Compliance • PI1.1.2. Safety training completion
(SHC 602)
rate

LINKED VIOLATION
Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates
V1. Barriers and Safety Compliance
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material Violations

Should Consider Advise

REQUIREMENTS
• Flaggers shall wear a red-colored • Flaggers are provided at Work Sites: • Position flaggers for
safety vest, shirt or jacket, and a red- ❑ to briefly stop traffic at intervals maximum visibility to
colored safety hat. If flaggers work at as necessitated by activities at the approaching traffic and
night, their red safety clothing shall site, and provide clear instructions to
be reflectorized. ❑ to maintain a continuous flow of drivers to manage flow
• Flaggers should utilise handheld LED traffic past the Work Site at safely around work zones
traffic batons/wands during night- reduced speed to help protect
time works. the work crew.
• The flagger’s functions require • Hand signalling devices, flags, and
him/her to be clearly visible to warning paddles may be deployed
approaching traffic. Drivers must see temporarily during initial traffic
the flagger far enough in advance to control setup.
comply with his directions and reduce
speed appropriately.

MAIN OUTCOMES

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTORS
• CONSULTANTS

203
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.2 BARRIERS AND WARNING MEASURES

[Link] Traffic Control Signals
Code Statement: Implement traffic control signals at construction and maintenance sites to manage traffic flow efficiently, ensuring all
equipment meets regulatory standards and prioritizing traffic-actuated controls at intersections and crossings for optimal performance.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Implementing traffic control signals in construction and Traffic control signals are critical components in managing
maintenance zones is crucial for ensuring safety and efficiency. traffic flow through construction and maintenance zones. These
These signals help manage traffic flow, reducing the risk of signals provide clear instructions to drivers and pedestrians,
accidents and minimizing disruptions. By using traffic-actuated ensuring safe navigation around work areas. They are
controls, which adjust based on real-time conditions, the system particularly important at intersections, detours, and one-lane
becomes more responsive and efficient. This dynamic approach sections where normal traffic patterns are disrupted. By using
accommodates varying traffic volumes, enhancing the overall traffic-actuated signals, which respond to real-time traffic
flow and safety for both motorists and workers. Properly timed conditions, these systems can dynamically adjust to varying
signal intervals further ensure that traffic moves smoothly, traffic volumes, enhancing overall traffic management and
supporting a safer and more organized work environment. safety.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall
REQUIREMENTS

• All traffic signal and control equipment used in construction and maintenance areas, and the installation and
operation, shall meet the requirements of Chapter 5 of SHC 305.
• Traffic control signals are a satisfactory and economical means for controlling traffic movements at construction or
major maintenance work areas, including intersections with temporary “haul roads” or equipment crossings, detours
with other streets or highways, and one-lane, two-way sections of highways.
• To provide alternating one-way movements on a one-lane section requires the following traffic control signal
operation:
❑ A green round signal indication to allow traffic to enter the section from one direction, and a simultaneous red
round signal indication to prevent traffic from entering at the other end. The green interval should be long enough
to allow most waiting vehicles to enter and is usually extendable by vehicle-detectors placed adjacent to or under
the pavement.
❑ A short (4 - 5 seconds) yellow round change interval shall follow the green interval.
❑ A red round clearance indication shall follow the yellow interval. The red indication shall be shown simultaneously
at both ends of the section. This red interval shall be long enough to allow vehicles which have entered on the
green indication to drive the length of the section.
❑ Upon completion of the all red clearance interval, the green indication is displayed to the opposing vehicles that
had been waiting on the opposite approach.
❑ In the absence of traffic on either approach, the signal shall continue to display a green round signal indication to
the approach on which a detector was last actuated.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Effective management of traffic flow, especially in one-lane sections, intersections, and detours, minimizing delays
and disruptions.

KEY REFERENCES
• SHC 305

204
 SPATIAL PLANNING

PROJECT LIFECYCLE

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4

Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8

Technical Construction Handover Operation &
Design Maintenance

PRINCIPLE

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

P1.1. • PI1.1.1. Percentage of projects with

Safety zero lost-time injuries
Compliance • PI1.1.2. Safety training completion
rate

LINKED VIOLATION
Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates
V1. Barriers and Safety Compliance
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material Violations

Should Consider Advise

REQUIREMENTS
• Traffic-Actuated Control: Traffic-actuated • Ensure that all personnel • Maintain clear
control should usually be installed at involved in traffic control communication and
intersections with other highways or equipment and those setting up signals coordination among all
crossings. It is usually more efficient than and signs, are properly team members to ensure
manual or pretimed control. trained and competent in smooth operation and quick
• Traffic-Actuated Signal Control: their roles. response to any changes or
❑ Requires a vehicle detector at each end of • Be prepared to adapt traffic emergencies.
the one-lane section, located to activate control measures to
before the stop line. changing conditions, such
❑ Signal heads and indications at both ends as weather, traffic volume,
must be connected to the same controller and work progress.
or interconnected if two controllers are
used.
❑ Pretimed control is used where accurate
detector actuation is difficult at both ends.
❑ Length of yellow and all red signal intervals
are fixed, while green intervals lengths are
timed by the controller based on traffic
demand.
MAIN OUTCOMES

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTORS
• CONSULTANTS

205
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.2 BARRIERS AND WARNING MEASURES

[Link] Advance Warning Area Setup
Code Statement: Set up advance warning areas to alert drivers of upcoming changes in road conditions.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Advance warnings help prevent accidents by preparing drivers in The Advance Warning Area alerts road users to upcoming
advance, reducing sudden maneuvers, and ensuring a smooth changes in road conditions, such as lane closures, speed
transition through and around work zones. reductions, or detours.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
REQUIREMENTS

• Signage: The Contractor shall set out appropriate • Use consistent signage and spacing to provide clear,
signage in the advance warning area as per RTMG advanced notice, ensuring drivers have adequate
Version 1. response time.
• Advanced warning for Work Sites must be installed to • Speed Limit: The Contractor shall set out appropriate
alert motorists that there are changes to the road signage for speed limits in accordance with
conditions ahead. regulations.
• Set up appropriate signage in the Advance Warning • Define speed limits for vehicles approaching and
Area to inform drivers of: passing through Work Zones to ensure smooth traffic
❑ Road Closures, Traffic hazards, Speed reductions, management.
Workers on foot, Stopped traffic, Changes to lane • Table [Link].1 shows the recommended maximum
configurations Work Zone speed limit per highway category (SHC
❑ Correct sign placement distances. Refer to the 305).
RTMG Version 1 for details. • The spacing of advanced warning signs should be as
• Speed Reduction: Implement speed reductions to per the minimum sight distance detailed in the section
enhance safety, especially where lower speeds are on signs.
needed to reduce accident risks.
❑ Speed reductions they shall be done in stages of
100 km/h to 80 km/h to 70 km/h to 50 km/h to
40 km/h as required.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Sufficient warning for road users to limit speed

KEY REFERENCES
• SHC 305
• RTMG Version 1

206
 SPATIAL PLANNING

PROJECT LIFECYCLE

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4

Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8

Technical Construction Handover Operation &
Design Maintenance

Recommended Maximum PRINCIPLE

Road Category / Type Work Zone Speed Limit
(km/h)
P3. Clearly Communicated and
Actively Engaged
Urban Road 50

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT
Rural Road 80

P3.1. • PI3.1.2. Number of violations

Freeways and Clear and regarding information signage
100
Expressways Transparent • PI3.1.4. Public and private
Communication utilization rate of information
Table [Link].1: Recommended Maximum Work Zone access points
Speed Limits by Road Category (SHC 305)

LINKED VIOLATION
Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates

• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material V6. Boards and Information Violations

Consider Advise
REQUIREMENTS

• Add additional signs or devices at intersections or high- • Verify that all advance warning signs are correctly set
risk areas to reinforce advanced warnings. out and provide the required visual impact to guide
• Utilise Variable Message Signs to alert motorists and road users safely
divert traffic safely and effectively. This type of signage
provides advance notice to road users and/or
residents, and can also be used during works in the
Advanced Warning Areas.

MAIN OUTCOMES

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTORS
• CONSULTANTS

207
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.2 BARRIERS AND WARNING MEASURES

[Link] Supplementary Material

Traffic Management Methods

Table [Link].1: Traffic Management Methods for Various Work

Lengths (SHC 305)

208
 SPATIAL PLANNING

Traffic Management Methods

WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR

Traffic Control - Zones – Contractor
o Is the recommended speed limit for work zone
correctly set out?
o Are advanced warning signs correctly set out?
o Are the appropriate temporary traffic signs of
suitable size and detail (& in alignment with the
work control zone)?

209
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.2 BARRIERS AND WARNING MEASURES

[Link] Supplementary Material

Temporary Safety Barriers for Re-asphalting Works & Non-Long-term Utility Works

This table offers guidance on Selection of Safety Buffer Delineation and/or Barrier Type for all types of Re-asphalting
Works as well as on Short/Medium Term and Mobile Utility Works. The requirements set out in the table are applicable
to all types of work (including those requiring excavation up to a depth of up to 0.3m).

All safety barriers must comply with requirements of SHC 305 and be MASH tested and suitable for the traffic speed and
lateral buffer zone provided. The safety barriers and warning measure provided below are solely to separate live
traffic from the work area.

Short/Medium Term
Distance from Work Area Long Term Works Mobile Works
Site Traffic Speed Works
to Traffic (Lateral Buffer Minimum Temporary Minimum Temporary
[km/hr] Minimum Temporary
Zone) Traffic Controls Traffic Controls
Traffic Controls

Works Not Permitted

< 1.2m
(Increase Buffer Zone)

≤ 50

≥ 1.2m

51 – 100 ≥ 1.5m

Table [Link].2: Minimum Temporary Traffic Controls for Re-asphalting Works & Non-Long-term Utility Works

Note: For Roads with Traffic Speed more than 50 km/h, no works are permitted when Lateral Buffer Zone is less than
1.5m.

Note: For site traffic speeds of 51 – 80km/h, a temporary traffic speed reduction to 50km/h shall be provided
(alongside the relevant temporary traffic controls provided in the Table [Link].4). For site traffic speeds of 81 –
100km/h, a temporary traffic speed reduction to 80km/h shall be provided.

Duration of Works
This table offers guidance on the type of works based on the relevant duration.

Type of Works Duration

Require occupancy of part/all of the roadway for at least 24 hours. Typically

Long-term
these are static work zones.

Require occupancy of part/all of the roadway for a limited number of hours,

Medium -Short term usually for work in the daylight of a calendar day. Works cannot exceed 8
hours.

In no single location or multiple locations within a 1km section of road for

Mobile
longer than 15mins.
Table [Link].3: Work Durations

210
 SPATIAL PLANNING

Temporary Safety Barriers for Long-term Utility Works

Refer to this table for long-term service works adjacent to excavations deeper than 0.3 meters and wider than 0.1
meters. The temporary barriers shown ensure safety around open excavations, as detailed in the following tables.

Distance from Work Area

Site Traffic Speed
to Traffic (Lateral Buffer Long Term Utility Works Minimum Temporary Traffic Controls
[km/hr]
Zone)

< 1.2m

≤ 30

≥ 1.2m

< 1.5m

31 - 50

≥ 1.5m

51 - 100 ≥ 1.5m

Table [Link].4: Minimum Temporary Traffic Controls for Long Term Works Adjacent to Open Excavations

Note: For Roads with Traffic Speed more than 50 Km/h, no works are permitted when Lateral Buffer Zone is less than
1.5m.

Note: For site traffic speeds of 51 – 80km/h, a temporary traffic speed reduction to 50km/h shall be provided
(alongside concrete jersey barriers, as per Table [Link].5). For site traffic speeds of 81 – 100km/h, a temporary traffic
speed reduction to 80km/h shall be provided.

211
 02

Temporary Safety Barriers for Re-asphalting Works

Minimum temporary traffic control measures (less than 24 hours)

Site Traffic Speed [km/h]
Width < 20 cm Width > 20 cm

30 >

31 - 50

51 - 80 +
81 > + +

For Mobile Works

Table [Link].5: Minimum temporary traffic control measures (less than 24 hours)

Minimum temporary traffic control measures (more than 24 hours)

Site Traffic Speed [km/h]
Width < 20 cm Width > 20 cm

30 >
+ +
31 - 50
+ +
51 - 80
+
81 >

Note: Concrete barriers should not be

used on sidewalks and barricades
should be used.

Table [Link].6: Minimum temporary traffic control measures (more than 24 hours)

212
 SPATIAL PLANNING

Temporary Safety Barriers for Re-asphalting Works

Table Key Explaining Symbols

Retro-reflective Traffic Cone

Plastic Drum

Plastic Safety Barrier, filled with sand or water, and continuous

Concrete/Steel Safety Barrier

Barricades

Truck or Trailer Mounted Crash Attenuator (TMA) with Arrow Board/Panel

Vehicle or Trailor Mounted Arrow Board/Panel

Protection Mesh

Table [Link].7: Symbols of Temporary Safety Barriers for Re-asphalting Works

213
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.2 BARRIERS AND WARNING MEASURES

[Link] Supplementary Material

Temporary Road Markings

Plastic Delineators
• The Contractor shall set out Temporary Pavement
Markings in accordance with SHC 305 as indicated
below.
• Delineators are retro-reflective devices, which can be
seen in darkness under normal atmospheric conditions
from a distance of 300m when illuminated by the upper
beam of standard automobile headlights located at the
point of observation (Section 7.4.2 of SHC 602).
• The reflective element of a delineator shall have a
minimum area of not less than 0.01 m².
• Delineators, when used, shall be mounted on suitable
supports so the reflecting unit is approximately 1.2 m
above the near pavement edge. Delineators shall be
placed between 1 and 2 m outside the outer edge of
the berm or in the line of a guardrail, if used. The color
of the reflecting element of delineators shall be white.
Delineators should be spaced along the roadway in
accordance with channelization devices.
• Delineators may be used in work areas and on detours
to indicate the alignment of the roadway and outline
the required vehicle path. Delineators shall not be used
alone or in groups to warn of hazards. Delineators may
have value on detours where the road is curving and
frequent bends occur. Delineators are customarily used
on roadway sections which may be travelled at or near
normal speed. Barricades and similar channelizing
devices rather than delineators are to be used in areas
where traffic is being diverted from its normal path, or
where more than usual hazard exists because of
adjacent traffic, excavation, or other work (see Section
7.4.2 of SHC 602).

WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR

Traffic Control – Contractor
o If temporary pavement markings are required, are
they set out correctly?
o If temporary raised reflective markers are
required, are they set out correctly?
o Are plastic delineators set out correctly?

214
 SPATIAL PLANNING

Traffic Control Signals

Selection of Traffic Control Devices • RIPC may require hoarding surrounding the entire site
if the closure time is of a longer-term activity period
Traffic Control Devices: over and above maintenance or utility work.
Traffic control devices for construction, maintenance, and • Cones may be substituted for barricades during day
utility Work Zones include signs, channelizing devices, operations.
temporary pavement markings, hand signalling signs or
flags, lighting units, arrow panels, and high-level danger • All taper lengths are in accordance with cones.
warning devices. • At the completion of the day’s operations all
Work Area Signing: temporary signs pertinent to the operation shall be
removed or fully covered to not be visible.
The following items should be considered by the
Contractor when selecting work area signing: • Type I or Type II (as per SHC 305) barricades and/or
barriers used for delineation at night shall be equipped
• Select signs that appropriately and accurately describe with steady burning lights.
the work area situation.
• Roadwork signs are removed when no work is being
• Select the message according to the action the driver performed. Any unattended obstacle or excavation in
is required to make. the work area shall be protected with Type I or Type II
(as per SHC 305) barricades with flashing lights.
• Place a Warning sign in advance of and at the
beginning of the work area. As drivers approach the • Cones have a greater visibility than do tubular markers,
work area, other signs with increasingly more specific but are not as visible as barricades, or panels. For this
messages will be necessary. reason, they should only be used where the speed of
traffic is low or moderate, and for temporary
• The overall effect of the sign series and the attendant installations of a few hours at most.
supporting devices should be evaluated. This is to
ensure that the driver is aware of the condition being
approached and his resultant action is appropriate.
Basic Requirements:
Each situation requires varying the application of the
devices to fit, but some basic requirements relate to most
conditions:
• The flaggers shall be used only in emergency cases.
• Operations restricting vehicular movement, so traffic in
both directions must use a single lane, shall only be
allowed while flaggers are on duty or when a
temporary traffic signal is installed to assign right-of-
way.
• Steady burning lights used on Type I or Type II
barricades (as per SHC 305) will not be required for
day operations.
• A minimum of two flashing lights shall be used at night
on each approach in advance of the work area.
Flashing lights shall be installed above at least the first
sign in the series.
• Longitudinal dimensions may be adjusted slightly to fit
field conditions.
• All signs shall be post mounted if the closure time
exceeds 7 days.
• When a side road intersects the highway where work is
being performed, additional traffic control devices
shall be erected as directed by the Engineer.

215
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.2 BARRIERS AND WARNING MEASURES

[Link] Supplementary Material

Temporary Safety Barrier typologies

0.15m

1.0m

0.50m
0.50m
0.85m
0.85m

0.10m

0.10m
1.0m
0.61m

Figure [Link].1: Barrier Specifications – 1m Barrier

Subject to the characteristics of the work control zone, The minimum length of a concrete jersey barrier must
temporary channelization of the works shall preferably be 1m, and maximum 1.5m. Concrete barriers of a
be carried out by concrete jersey barriers. length >1m should feature 2 lifting eyes and 2
penetrations for insertion of signage. Shorter concrete
These concrete jersey barriers must follow the barriers (1m in length) shall include at least 1 lifting eye
guidelines defined in this document in terms of design, and 2 penetrations.
shape and arrangement.

1.50m
0.50m

0.50m
0.85m

0.85m

0.10m

0.10m

1.50m
0.61m

Figure [Link].2: Barrier Specifications – 1.5m Barrier

Concrete barrier penetrations should have a minimum diameter of 51mm, suitable for mounting signs, PIBS, and
any other accessories. Penetrations should be made at least 50mm from the edge and lateral face of the barrier
(either end).
Each barrier should have two rectangular openings at the bottom for forklift maneuvering. The openings shall be 0.2
meters wide and 0.1 meters high, with a 0.4-meter spacing between the edges of the two openings. Appropriate
waterproofing, weatherproofing, and relevant work-related proofing measures for these openings on the inside of
the barrier shall be implemented to prevent any debris from reaching or leaking onto the road.

216
 SPATIAL PLANNING

Temporary Safety Barriers typologies

Figure [Link].3: Concrete Barriers with and without Penetrations

Plastic barriers for short-medium term duration shall be

water or sand filled, at the discretion of the Consultant
responsible for establishing the Traffic Management
Plan under their tasks associated with traffic
management and control. Plastic barriers shall not be
subject to the same branding as concrete barriers and
will be red or white.
Plastic barriers should feature penetrations for beacons
Figure [Link].4: Plastic Barrier or signage.
Plastic barriers shall be arranged in alternate colors (i.e.
red, white, red, white).
Plastic barriers shall be subject to the same alignment
rules as concrete barriers (i.e. uniform arrangement,
interlocked, without gaps).

Figure [Link].5: Plastic Barrier with Beacons

Figure [Link].6: Plastic Barrier Arrangement Figure [Link].7: Plastic Barrier Not Interlocked

217
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.2 BARRIERS AND WARNING MEASURES

[Link] Supplementary Material

Temporary Safety Barriers Installation

Barriers shall be positioned uniformly and shall be of
standard approved colors and dimensions. In the case
the wrong barrier is deployed, or no barrier is deployed
when there should be barriers, penalties will be issued
by RIPC to the Contractor. Below are examples of
barrier positioning that will result in penalties.
Barriers shall be maintained in ‘as new’ condition. If
RIPC Inspectors observe damaged barriers, penalties
will be issued to the Contractor.

Figure [Link].8: Concrete Barriers with Spacing

Figure [Link].9: Concrete Barriers with Damage Figure [Link].10: Non-uniform Sizes of Barrier

Figure [Link].11: Variation in Barrier Color

218
 SPATIAL PLANNING

Temporary Safety Barriers Installation

Table Key Explaining Symbols

Retro-reflective Traffic Cone (Or Other Approved Delineation Device)

Plastic Drum

Plastic Safety Barrier (can also be used for channelization purposes SASO-2980)

Concrete/Steel Safety Barrier

Barricades (Or Alternative Unified Plastic Safety Barriers)

Temporary Speed Limit

Truck or Trailer Mounted Crash Attenuator (TMA) with Arrow Board/Panel

Vehicle or Trailor Mounted Arrow board/panel

Table [Link].8: Explanation of Symbols for Traffic Management Equipment

Safety Barrier Location

Note: Flared at both sides. Delineation Devices

Figure [Link].12: Safety Barrier Requirements and Applications in Work Zones (SHC 305)

219
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.2 BARRIERS AND WARNING MEASURES

[Link] Supplementary Material

Channelizing Devices and Barrier Placement

The lighting around barriers should be in a straight line
over the entire work area and without any deviation.
The LED strip lighting shall be run in a straight line along
concrete barriers, not draped.
The lighting around barriers should be uniform and
consistent natural white color and there should be no
color variation.

WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR

Traffic Control – Contractor
o Are channelizing devices set out correctly?
o Are traffic control devices kept clean and regularly
checked for position and cleanliness?
o Are barriers specified and installed correctly
o If hoardings are specified, are they installed
correctly and maintained?

Luminaires technical requirements:

The described LEDs may be encapsulated by

configuring watertight light lines. Encapsulation material:
Aliphatic polyurethane resins or similar and equivalent.
• High resistance to solar radiation (UVA and IR).

Figure [Link].13: Lighting Requirements for Infrastructure Works • Dimmable: not required
• Protection rate IP65

Light sources technical requirements: • Class II

A) Beaconing lighting • Supply voltage 220 - 240 VAC
• LED type COB (Chip on Board) • Operate temperature: -20 degrees C to +50º C
• Luminous flux >600 lm/m • Impact protection IK06
• CRI>60
• Meets CE & SASO safety standards
• Color temperature of 3,000K
• Luminaire drivers not required
• Certified with L80B10 at 50.000 hours

B) Jersey Barrier lighting

• LED type COB (Chip on Board)
• Luminous flux >1200 lm/m
• CRI>80
• Color temperature of 3,000K
• Certified with L80B10 at 50.000 hours

220
 SPATIAL PLANNING

Temporary Safety Barriers Installation

Common Errors:

Lighting not secured in a straight line along the

top of the barriers.

Lighting of a different color or temperature other

than that prescribed by RIPC.

Lighting of a different color or temperature other

than that prescribed by RIPC.

Figure [Link].14: Common Lighting Errors in Infrastructure Works

221
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.2 BARRIERS AND WARNING MEASURES

[Link] Supplementary Material

Channelizing Devices and Barrier Placement

Jersey barriers can be equipped with accessories to illuminate the vertical planes of the barrier. The proposed lighting
channelizing device can be made of various materials, such as different metal-based materials, galvanized steel, or
plastic. It is preferable for this device to be easily fitted to the jersey barrier.
However, the contractor may provide an alternative, provided that it meets the following requirements:
• The light source is hidden from the view of the observer/road user.
• The light source shall illuminate the vertical plane of the barrier from top to bottom avoiding light emitted to the sky.
• The U-shaped channel shall have a minimum size of 60 x 60mm.
• The fixture shall be removable and reusable.

Technical requirements for the channelizing devices:

• The supports shall be made a plate (metal or plastic or else) between 1.8 and 2mm thick.
• The parts forming the support shall be joined by continuous welding (if made from metal-based material or steel).
• It is not foreseen that the supports can be perforated (drilled) on site. The supports shall incorporate perforations
already made in their design which may be used.
• The surface is suitable for the attachment of signage elements.

Figure [Link].15: Channelizing devices installation

222
 SPATIAL PLANNING

Channelizing Devices and Barrier Placement

Channelizing device consisting of 2 elements welded together (if made from metal-based material or steel) in
accordance with the requirements indicated previously.
The main element is formed by a U-shaped steel profile of 60 x 60mm which includes perforations cut out for the
luminaire to be fitted. Two folded plates with various perforations are joined to this element.

The accessory includes perforations that allow the

option of attaching the accessory to the jersey barrier
with bolts. In addition to the above-mentioned
perforations, it has a slit perforation for the jersey barrier
hook to pass through, allowing for proper adjustability.
For ease of installation, the channelizing device includes
two handles (welded to the unit if made from steel-
based material or steel).
The perforations in the main profile allow the luminaires
to be fitted by means of zip ties. The luminaires shall be
fitted on the inside of the accessory.

Figure [Link].16: Channelizing device mounting diagrams

223
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.2 BARRIERS AND WARNING MEASURES

[Link] Supplementary Material

Channelizing Devices and Barrier Placement

In order to prevent vandalism and removal of the lighting channelizing devices, a system shall be devised to join the
fixtures together in such a way that individual removal is not permitted. The first and last piece shall be bolted to the
barriers to secure the whole system.

The lighting channelizing device consists of a perforation

at the beginning and a hook at the end.
These elements will allow the pieces to be tongue and
groove and create a continuous and secure assembly.
The final element will be bolted to the barrier to secure
the whole assembly. These bolts are only required in the
first and last pieces of the assembly.
Note: The lighting channelizing device and system are
provided as examples only. The Contractor must select
the most appropriate material for the accessory and
determine the best method for attaching it to the
barriers.

Figure [Link].17. System for Securing Lighting

1 2

3 4

Figure [Link].18. Jointing between lighting channelizing devices

224
 SPATIAL PLANNING

Channelizing Devices and Barrier Placement Accessories

The lighting channelizing devices are designed with a reduced surface area in contact with the barrier.
This allows for the installation of different types of accessories that the site and works area may require. The diagrams
below show typical installation for different typologies of accessories.

Figure [Link].19. Channelizing devices equipped with different accessories

225
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.2 BARRIERS AND WARNING MEASURES

[Link] Supplementary Material

Temporary Safety Barriers Accessories

Concrete jersey barriers can be equipped with different accessories such as reflective markings, glare shields and
lighting that enhances nighttime visibility. Each accessory serves a unique function, contributing to the overall safety,
durability, and efficiency of traffic management systems.

Reflectors

Reflectors are installed on jersey barriers primarily for

visibility and safety. These reflectors can be installed on
the upper part of the jersey barrier or on the sides.

Reflectors make jersey barriers more visible at night or

in low-light conditions, such as during rainfall. The
reflective material on the barriers helps drivers see the
barriers from a distance, reducing the risk of collisions.

Figure [Link].20. Typical reflectors for jersey barriers Reflectors can highlight the edges of the barriers,
delineating them more clearly to help prevent drivers
from unintentionally hitting them.

Glare Shields

Glare shield accessories are an essential addition to

jersey barriers, designed to enhance road safety by
reducing the impact of headlight glare on drivers. These
shields, typically made of durable materials like metal or
plastic, are mounted on the top of jersey barriers,
usually in areas where nighttime driving conditions can
be particularly challenging, such as near oncoming
traffic, construction zones, or sharp curves.

One of the most critical functions of glare shields is to

prevent drivers from being blinded by the headlights of
oncoming vehicles, especially in areas where vehicles
are closely spaced or moving at high speeds. By
Figure [Link].21. Typical glare shields for jersey barriers redirecting or diffusing the light, glare shields improve
visibility and help drivers maintain better control of their
vehicles. Glare shields shall be located in roads with
traffic in both directions.

Lighting

Lighting is a crucial accessory for enhancing the

effectiveness of barriers, particularly in low-visibility
conditions such as nighttime driving. This manual
provides a lighting accessory to integrate the lighting of
the jersey barrier.

Figure [Link].22. Lighting accessory described in The Manual

226
 SPATIAL PLANNING

Temporary Safety Barriers Accessories

The purpose of this matrix is to simplify decision-making and ensure that the best safety features are deployed to
protect both drivers and road workers. By aligning the correct accessory with the corresponding road conditions, we
can maximize the effectiveness of safety barriers, reduce accidents, and improve overall traffic flow and safety.

Jersey Barrier Accessories

Space Typology
Glare Traffic Advertising
JB lighting Reflectors
shields signals pannels

Low speed
Single direction
Medium speed
Roads
Low speed
Double
direction
Medium speed

Low speed
Single direction
Medium speed
Tunnels &
Underpasses
Low speed
Double
direction
Medium speed

Main road
Sidewalks
Pedestrian
Typical road
areas
Parks & plazas Parks & plazas

Shall

Should

Consider

Advise

Table [Link].9: Concrete Barriers Accessories Matrix

227
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.2 BARRIERS AND WARNING MEASURES

[Link] Supplementary Material

Jersey Barrier Branding

The jersey barriers installed on all RIPC projects shall be customised according to the branding design defined below.
The branding consists of two parts (A and B), which shall be placed together.

Figure [Link].23. Jersey barrier design Part A Figure [Link].24. Jersey barrier design Part B

The majority design to be used will be Part B, however Part A should be placed in between.
The two elements should be distributed proportionally so that, although the length to be covered is reduced, a minimum
amount of design Part A is ensured.
In any case the recommended ratio between design Part A and design Part B is advised to be 1/4, i.e. one design Part A
for every 4 design Part Bs.

Figure [Link].25. Recommended branding arrangement

Note: Refer to the approved designs for barriers, hoarding, and signage as described in this document. New projects
and entities with a special branding are encouraged to consult and coordinate with RIPC to ensure consistency and
compliance with the overarching infrastructure guidelines.

228
 SPATIAL PLANNING

Jersey barrier branding design A – 1500mm Jersey Barrier

Note: all dimensions are in mm.

Upper part branding design definition

Figure [Link].26. Design Part A – Upper Part Branding Design Definition (1500mm)

Lower part branding design definition

Figure [Link].27. Design Part A – Lower Part Branding Design Definition (1500mm)

229
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.2 BARRIERS AND WARNING MEASURES

[Link] Supplementary Material

Jersey barrier branding design A – 1,500mm Jersey Barrier

Note: all dimensions are in mm.

RCIP Logo definition

Figure [Link].28. Design Part A – Logo Branding Design Definition (1500mm)

230
 SPATIAL PLANNING

Jersey barrier branding design B – 1,500mm Jersey Barrier

Note: all dimensions are in mm.

Upper part branding design definition

Figure [Link].29. Design Part B – Upper Part Branding Design Definition (1500mm)

Lower part branding design definition

Figure [Link].30. Design Part B – Lower Part Branding Design Definition (1500mm)

231
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.2 BARRIERS AND WARNING MEASURES

[Link] Supplementary Material

Jersey barrier branding design A – 1,000mm Jersey Barrier

Upper part branding design definition

Figure [Link].31. Design Part A - Upper part Branding Design Definition (1000mm)

Lower part branding design definition

Figure [Link].32. Design Part A - Lower part Branding Design Definition (1000mm)

232
 SPATIAL PLANNING

Jersey barrier branding design A – 1,000mm Jersey Barrier

RCIP Logo definition

Figure [Link].33. Design Part A – Logo Branding Design Definition (1000mm)

233
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.2 BARRIERS AND WARNING MEASURES

[Link] Supplementary Material

Jersey barrier branding design B – 1,000mm Jersey Barrier

Note: all dimensions are in mm.

Upper part branding design definition

Figure [Link].34. Design Part B – Upper Part Branding Design Definition (1000mm)

Lower part branding design definition

Figure [Link].35. Design Part B – Lower Part Branding Design Definition (1000mm)

234
 SPATIAL PLANNING

Typical case study

Figure [Link].36. Typical case study (Day Time View)

Figure [Link].37. Typical case study (Night Time View)

235
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.2 BARRIERS AND WARNING MEASURES

[Link] Supplementary Material

Jersey Barrier – Service Entity & Contractor Logo Placement – 1,000mm Jersey Barrier
Note: all dimensions are in mm.

Figure [Link].38. Jersey Barrier Service Entity & Contractor Logo Placement (1000mm)

Note: Service Entity and Contractor logos to be placed on the inside face of jersey barriers as indicated in Figures
([Link].38) and ([Link].39).

236
 SPATIAL PLANNING

Jersey Barrier – Service Entity & Contractor Logo Placement – 1,500mm Jersey Barrier

Note: all dimensions are in mm.

Figure [Link].39. Jersey Barrier Service Entity & Contractor Logo Placement (1500mm)

237
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.2 BARRIERS AND WARNING MEASURES

[Link] Supplementary Material

Hoarding

FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSE Refer to

Hoarding
Height
Criteria table
below
RIPC
SE Logo
Logo

Figure [Link].40. Hoarding arrangement

Note: RIPC and Service Entity logos should be provided on hoarding panels as illustrated indicatively in the above figure.
Logos should be provided atop jersey barriers with design branding Part A (at a minimum), however this is subject to
specific site arrangements and layouts.
The hoarding design must reflect the nature of the works, the project, or the service provider. Using the hoarding for
advertising is prohibited. All designs must be reviewed and approved by RIPC before use.

Expressways Freeways Arterials Collectors Local

Indicative Hoarding Height ≥ 2.00m ≥ 2.00m ≥ 2.00m ≥ 1.00m ≥ 1.00m

Table [Link].10: Hoarding Height Criteria

Criteria Expressways Freeways Arterials Collectors Local

1 week Yes No No No No

2 weeks Yes Yes Yes No No

1 month Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Roads adjacent to and leading to

government entities, tourist attractions,
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
parks, hospitals, schools, elderly care
Centers, and nurseries.*
*Check with the Centre to learn more about this classification.

Table [Link].11: Criteria for The Use of Hoarding

Note: The above standards represent the minimum requirements for work zones that are 300 meters or longer. For sites
and work areas shorter than 300 meters, the placement of hoarding will be determined based on an appropriate risk
assessment.

238
 SPATIAL PLANNING

Battery-Operated Warning Lights

Characteristics Type A Type B Type C

Low High Steady
Brightness Brightness Burn

Lens Directional faces 1 or 2 1 1 or 2

Flashing Rate per Minute 55 to 75 55 to 75 Do not flash

Flash Duration* 10% 8% Do not flash

Minimum Effective Visibility 1,000m (Night) 350 m (Sunny Day) 100 m (Night)

Minimum Lens Diameter 150 mm 150 mm 150 mm

Hours of Required Operation Dusk to Dawn All Times Dusk to Dawn

*Length of time instantaneous brightness is equal to or greater than effective brightness.

Table [Link].12. Comparison of Light Characteristics for Types A, B, and C

WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR

Traffic Control – Contractor
o Are hazard identification beacons installed and
maintained correctly
o Are battery-operated warning and delineation
lights installed and maintained correctly?

Flashing Warning Arrow Panels

WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR

Traffic Control – Contractor
o If flashing warning arrow panels are required, are
they installed and maintained correctly?

Hand Signalling Devices, Flags and

Warning Paddles

WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR

Traffic Control Signals – Contractor
o Is the location appropriate for the use of traffic
control signals?
o Are they install in accordance with standards?
Figure [Link].41. Flashing Warning Arrow Panels (SHC 305)

239
2.2
SPATIAL PLANNING
2.2.3 WORK ZONE MANAGEMENT
[Link] Transition Zone Management
[Link] Safety Buffer Zone Requirements
[Link] Lateral Buffer Zone Specifications
[Link] Lane Width Adjustments in Work Zones
[Link] Termination Area and Work Zone Access Management
[Link] Pedestrian Walkways and Paths Management
[Link] Supplementary Material
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.3 WORK ZONE MANAGEMENT

[Link] Transition Zone Management
Code Statement: Manage transition zones to safely redirect traffic around work areas

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Effective transition zones minimize abrupt traffic shifts, reducing The Transition Zone is the area where traffic is safely redirected
the risk of collisions and ensuring a controlled approach to from its normal path around a Work Zone. It includes tapers that
navigating work zones. gradually guide vehicles and pedestrians into new traffic
patterns. A taper is a gradual transition where traffic lanes are
merged, shifted, or diverged. Tapers are created using traffic
control devices such as cones, barrels, or barriers.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
REQUIREMENTS

• Set up Transition Zones in accordance with SHC 305 Tapers

standards, with correct Taper Length Calculations. • When using multiple tapers, the distance between
Tapers tapers (‘D’) should be calculated as:
• The length of the taper (or each taper) can be ❑ 4*S (preferred), 3*S (minimum), and 5*S
determined from the one of the two formulas provided (maximum) (where ‘S’ is the permanent posted
in the attached table (as per SHC 305 guidelines). speed in km/h).
Refer to table [Link].1 ‘Taper Length Calculations Warning Devices
Based on Traffic Speed’. • Use chevron signs on curves and tapers to provide
• Ensure tapers are increased in length at locations with additional emphasis and guidance, ensuring at least
poor sight distances or speed compliance issues and three chevron signs are visible to motorists at any time.
are supported by a site-specific risk assessment and Chevron signs shall be mounted on flexible supports.
documented in the TMP.
Warning Devices
• Any change in direction or width of the travel lane
should be preceded by proper warning devices, such
as signs and beacons, appropriate to the physical
conditions and speed of traffic.
• Flashing Warning Arrow Panels are essential for
attracting motorists’ attention and must be deployed
during all lane closures on multilane roads and divided
highways.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Tapers designed to limit congestion.

KEY REFERENCES
• SHC 305

242
 SPATIAL PLANNING

PROJECT LIFECYCLE

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4

Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8

Technical Construction Handover Operation &
Design Maintenance

PRINCIPLE

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

Traffic Speed
Taper Length [m]
(km/hr)

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT
< 70 L = WS² / 155.4
P1.1. • PI1.1.4. Percentage of major risks
≥ 70 L = WS / 1.61 Safety mitigated through risk assessment
Compliance per project
Where;
L is total length of taper (m), P1.5. • PI1.5.1. Number of traffic control-
W is lateral distance traffic is to be moved (m), Traffic and related complaints per project
Parking Control
S is traffic speed.
LINKED VIOLATION
Table [Link].1: Taper Length Calculations Based on Traffic Speed
(SHC 305) V1. Barriers and Safety Compliance
Violations
Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates

• Chapter 2.1.3 Traffic Control V5. Traffic and Parking Control

• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material Violations

Consider Advise
REQUIREMENTS

• The combined length of each taper plus the combined • Regularly inspect the Transition Zone to ensure proper
distance between tapers makes up the Transition Zone. setup and maintenance, adjusting based on real-time
• Consider the existing road layout and topography and traffic flow and conditions
set up the Transition Zone to ensure works can be
completed safely whilst minimizing the impact to traffic
flow.

MAIN OUTCOMES

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTOR
• CONSULTANT

243
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.3 WORK ZONE MANAGEMENT

[Link] Safety Buffer Zone Requirements
Code Statement: Establish safety buffer zones to provide space between traffic and the work area.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Buffer zones are essential for absorbing errant vehicles, The Safety Buffer Zone is an unoccupied space between the
protecting workers, and providing a safety margin that reduces Transition Zone and the Work Area, allowing errant vehicles to
the likelihood of accidents near work areas. slow or stop before entering the Work Area.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
REQUIREMENTS

• The Contractor shall set out the Safety Buffer Zone in Restrictions:
accordance with SHC 305 and the guidelines below. • Roadworks, storage of vehicles, plant, equipment, and
• When designing a TMP, provide a space of no less than stockpiled materials should not occur within safety
10m prior to the work area for the safety buffer. buffers.
• The recommended length of buffer zones is shown in • Work vehicles may be parked in the safety buffer, but
the attached table, based on guidance in SHC 305. no other work activities are permitted.
Refer to table “Recommended Buffer Zone Lengths • Road workers should not occupy the safety buffer area
Based on Traffic Speed”. except when accessing the Work Zone.
• If additional space is needed for work or material
laydown, incorporate this into the work area and adjust
the transition zone and advance warning areas
accordingly.
Departure:
• Safety buffers are not required on departure. However,
if road users can approach the Work Area from either
end, provide a safety buffer, transition zone, and
advance warning at both ends of the Work Area.
• A 10m departure safety zone is advised regardless.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Buffer Zones that are designed to facilitate safe access and egress from site.
• Protecting workers and providing a safety margin to reduce the likelihood of accidences near work
areas.

KEY REFERENCES
• SHC 305

244
 SPATIAL PLANNING

PROJECT LIFECYCLE

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4

Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8

Traffic Speed Recommended Buffer Zone Technical Construction Handover Operation &
(km/hr) Length (m) Design Maintenance

≤ 40 10
PRINCIPLE
50 20
P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled
60 25

70 35 SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

80 40
P1.1. • PI1.1.1. Percentage of projects with
Safety zero lost-time injuries
90 50
Compliance
100 60 P1.3. • PI1.3.4. Inspection pass rate
Quality
Table [Link].1: Buffer Zone Lengths Based on Traffic Speed Assurance
(SHC 305)
LINKED VIOLATION
Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates
V1. Barriers and Safety Compliance
• Chapter 2.1.3 Traffic Control
Violations
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material

Consider Advise
REQUIREMENTS

• Extend buffer zones if additional space is required for • Monitor the effectiveness of the Safety Buffer Zone
the work or if high-risk conditions are identified during continuously to ensure that it provides adequate
site assessments. protection from errant vehicles

MAIN OUTCOMES

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTORS
• CONSULTANTS

245
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.3 WORK ZONE MANAGEMENT

[Link] Lateral Buffer Zone Specifications
Code Statement: Create lateral buffer zones to keep workers safe from adjacent live traffic.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Lateral buffers enhance safety by providing clear separation, The Lateral Buffer Zone (or lateral safety buffer) is the space
reducing the risk of traffic-related incidents, and maintaining a between the work area and the traffic control devices, i.e., cones
secure environment for construction activities. and barriers. This safety buffer is essential for protecting
workers from traffic and is one of the most critical aspects of
temporary traffic control.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
REQUIREMENTS

• The Contractor shall set out the Lateral Buffer Zone in accordance with SHC 305 • Conduct a site-specific risk
and the guidelines below. assessment for determining
Planning and Design Lateral Buffer Zone
• Work must be planned to provide maximum clearances for workers on foot and dimensions and apply
operating plant. additional controls based
• A site or activity-specific risk assessment must be completed, demonstrating the on findings.
application of the hierarchy of controls and consideration of all higher-order Long Term Works:
controls. • Use delineation devices to
Minimum Distance demonstrate the extent of
• The lateral buffer zone shall be a minimum of 1.5m for all sites with a speed the Work Area, especially
greater than 50km/h. on long-term projects
• A Lateral Buffer Zone should not be used for pedestrian routes. where higher visibility and
Special Considerations defined boundaries are
• Special consideration for the safety of both workers and traffic must be given required. For these projects,
while traffic flow is adjacent to excavations. delineation devices are
• Install temporary safety barriers when traffic passes beside excavations deeper essential in addition to any
than 0.3m and within 3m of the travel path. safety barriers used to
• If traffic is greater than 3m from the excavation, the need for a temporary safety create the lateral buffer
barrier should be considered during the TMP development and risk assessment. zone.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Lateral Buffer Zones that are designed to protect road workers.

KEY REFERENCES
• SHC 305

246
 SPATIAL PLANNING

PROJECT LIFECYCLE

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4

Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8

Technical Construction Handover Operation &
Design Maintenance

PRINCIPLE

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

P1.1. • PI1.1.1. Percentage of projects with

Safety zero lost-time injuries
Compliance • PI1.1.4. Percentage of major risks
mitigated through risk assessment
per project
Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates
LINKED VIOLATION
• Chapter 2.1.3 Traffic Control
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material V1. Barriers and Safety Compliance
Violations

Consider Advise
REQUIREMENTS

Site-Specific Controls: • Inspect Lateral Buffer

• The site-specific minimum controls for Work Zones are based on the lateral buffer Zones regularly for
zone, traffic speed, and types of works. compliance with safety
• Each site may require additional controls based on a risk assessment. standards, ensuring barriers
• The table named ‘Minimum Temporary Traffic Controls Based on Site Traffic and devices are functioning
Speed, Type of Work, and Lateral Buffer Zone’ in Section [Link].0 outlines the correctly.
minimum requirements; however, each site may require additional controls based
on a risk assessment.
Speed Reduction:
❑ Speed reduction refers to a decrease in the speed limit or the actual speed at
which vehicles are traveling, important for enhancing safety.
❑ Generally, each 20% reduction in speed requires a separate advanced warning
zone (e.g., 100km/hr to 80 to 60 to 50 to 40).
Shadow Vehicle:
❑ A shadow vehicle provides protection and warning in Work Zones, acting as a
barrier between oncoming traffic and workers or equipment.
❑ For sites with a speed greater than 50km/hr, the shadow vehicle must be
MASH tested as per SHC requirements.
Temporary Safety Barrier:
❑ A temporary safety barrier provides protection and control in road Work
Zones, creating a physical barrier to enhance safety.
MAIN OUTCOMES

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTORS
• CONSULTANTS

247
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.3 WORK ZONE MANAGEMENT

[Link] Lane Width Adjustments in Work Zones
Code Statement: Adjust lane widths appropriately to maintain safety and traffic flow around work zones.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Correct lane width management prevents congestion, minimizes To create the appropriate distance from the worksite, the
the risk of collisions, and helps maintain orderly traffic reduction of the traffic lane width may be necessary (including
movement, supporting overall road safety. even the road shoulder). Any reduction in the traffic lane width
must be in accordance with the suggested speed limit as well as
with the road category. Proper lane width adjustments are
crucial for maintaining safety around work zones. Lane
reductions must be carefully managed to accommodate
different vehicle types and maintain traffic flow.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
REQUIREMENTS

• Where appropriate, reduce lane widths in accordance Narrowing Two Way to One Way
with SHC 305 guidelines: • One-Way Road: In a one-way road with an alternate
❑ Minimum lane width for HGVs and buses: 3.0m, with traffic system, safety barriers or other traffic
traffic speed reduced to a maximum of < 50km/h. equipment can narrow the road to 3.3m to emphasize
❑ For speeds ≥ 50km/h, maintain a minimum lane the one-way function. The alternate traffic will operate
width of 3.3m. with priority signs, stop signs, or portable signals
❑ The absolute minimum where only cars and light depending on traffic flow and speed limit.
vehicles are present, reduce lane width to 2.5m, with • Traffic Management: Stop signs (stop control) can be
traffic speed reduced to a maximum of 40km/h. used for works up to 100m in length. Sign operators
❑ Site-specific traffic using the route must always be must have good visual and wireless communication,
considered and accommodated. ensuring strong coordination. Portable traffic signals
Narrowing Two Way to One Way are suitable for works up to 300m. If these
• When narrowing two-way roads to one-way due to arrangements don’t cover the road traffic, a complete
work occupancy, ensure the minimum width of 6.6m is road exclusion with a deviation can be applied upon
maintained. If this cannot be achieved, complete road request. Suitable control methods are shown in the
closure with a deviation or alternate traffic system must table named ‘Traffic Management Methods for
be implemented. Various Work Lengths’ in Section [Link] (Table 4-7
from SHC 305, Section 4.4).
• Operator Training: Operators of any form of traffic
control shall be appropriately trained and accredited
by the RGA.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Reduce the risk of accidents, protecting both workers

and the public.

KEY REFERENCES
• SHC 305

248
 SPATIAL PLANNING

PRINCIPLE

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

P2. Effectively Managed &

Continuously Improved

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

P1.5. • PI1.5.2. Percentage of projects

Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates Traffic and without traffic violations
Parking Control
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material
P2.2. • PI2.2.4. Percentage of projects
Worksite without barriers and safety
Management violations

LINKED VIOLATION
PROJECT LIFECYCLE

V3. Infrastructure and Roads Issues

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4
Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8 V5. Traffic and Parking Control

Technical Construction Handover Operation & Violations
Design Maintenance

Consider Advise
REQUIREMENTS

• Lane Width Adjustments is an acceptable form of • Check that lane reductions are specified correctly for
temporary traffic control; however, the type of road the location and that they are installed and maintained
vehicles and minimum allowable road width must be as required.
considered.
• Any reduction in lane width generally necessitates a
consideration for a corresponding reduction in traffic
speed as per Clause 4.5 of SHC 305.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Ensure smooth traffic flow and minimize disruptions in

and around work zones.

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTORS
• CONSULTANTS

249
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.3 WORK ZONE MANAGEMENT

[Link] Termination Area and Work Zone Access Management
Code Statement: Ensure safe termination areas and controlled access/egress points for work vehicles.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Proper access and termination zone management minimize The Termination Area is the point where traffic returns to its
disruptions, reduce the risk of accidents, and ensure the orderly normal flow. Proper access and egress management ensure
re-integration of traffic flow. work vehicle movement does not compromise road safety.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception Business Space

Shall Should
REQUIREMENTS

Termination Area Access and Egress to Work Zone

• Install “End of Road Work” signs (see Section [Link] • Access Gates: Provide access gates in areas with
‘Common Warning Signs’ Supplementary Material) at barricades or hoarding. Where a safety barrier is
the Termination Area. required, there shall be no access through the safety
Access and Egress to Work Zone barrier into the lateral buffer zone or live traffic.
• General Access: Once the Work Zone is established,
Work Vehicles cannot access through locations
requiring Temporary Safety barriers. Access should be
through the Transition Zone, Buffer Zone, or
Termination Area (areas without Safety Barriers).
• Internal Traffic Control Plan (ITCP): Design and
implement an Internal Traffic Control Plan (ITCP) for
long-term works and major projects to reduce the risk
of impacts between work vehicles and ensure worker
safety. The ITCP should be available on site and
displayed appropriately.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Clear delineation between the site and its Work Zones under specific rules, and other areas under normal rules.

KEY REFERENCES
• SHC 305

250
 SPATIAL PLANNING

PRINCIPLE

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

P2. Effectively Managed &

Continuously Improved

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates P1.1. • PI1.1.1. Percentage of projects with
Safety zero lost-time injuries
• Chapter 2.1.3 Traffic Control Compliance
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material P2.2. • PI2.2.2. Percentage of projects
Worksite without worksite and cleanliness
Management violation
LINKED VIOLATION
PROJECT LIFECYCLE

V1. Barriers and Safety Compliance

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4
Violations
Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8 V8. Community and Public

Technical Construction Handover Operation & Accessibility Violations
Design Maintenance

Consider Advise
REQUIREMENTS

• ITCP Benefits for Work Site Entrances/Exits: • Verify that access and egress are provided safely, and
❑ Isolating workers on foot from trucks and ensure ITCP is prepared and implemented effectively.
equipment.
❑ Limiting/controlling vehicle access points.
❑ Coordinating truck and equipment movements.
❑ Providing guidance to workers on foot, truck
drivers, and equipment operators.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Safe site access and egress.

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTORS
• CONSULTANTS

251
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.3 WORK ZONE MANAGEMENT

[Link] Pedestrian Walkways and Paths Management
Code Statement: Design and maintain pedestrian walkways and paths to ensure safety and accessibility.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Well-managed pedestrian routes prevent accidents, ensure Pedestrian walkways and paths must be managed to ensure the
continuous access, and foster community trust by minimizing safety and accessibility of pedestrians around construction
disruptions to daily movements. areas. Proper delineation and protective measures are essential.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
REQUIREMENTS

• Set out and protect pedestrian walkways and paths per • Contraflow System: Address the need for a
SHC 305 and the guidelines below. Contraflow System for micro-mobility or pedestrian
• Maintenance of Routes: Maintain all pedestrian routes. routes in the TTCP preparation.
Use delineation devices to separate pedestrians from • Footway Alignment: A 1.30 m wide pedestrian route
the Work Zone on short-term works, with a risk using the existing footway may be safer than a wider
assessment based on site-specific risks. Secure fencing new route in the vehicle travel way. Construct new
is needed to separate the public from the Work Zone. footways on flat surfaces without height variations or
• Existing Routes: Maintain existing routes for micro- dangerous obstacles. Ensure steep ramps are safe for
mobility and pedestrians around the Site Area. If no wheelchairs or non-tipping strollers.
existing routes, conduct a risk-based analysis to • Delineation and Separation: Install appropriate
determine if ways should be provided. equipment for delineation and separation from traffic
• Pedestrian Safety: Ensure pedestrian safety during and the work area (e.g., walls, fences, barricades,
roadworks, protecting them from work activity and railings). Road safety barrier systems may be required
traffic flow. Provide an alternative route if the sidewalk to protect pedestrians from errant vehicles.
is closed, ensuring access to adjacent buildings and • Off-Road Pavement: Generally, pedestrian routes
common areas. Footways should be at least 1.30 m should be off the road pavement surface. When
wide, increasing to 1.50 m or more where possible. pedestrian routes are in the traveled way, install traffic
Choose the safest footway based on danger evaluation signing and safety barriers before blocking the
during pedestrian movement. footway.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Project sites that consider the needs, safety and accessibility of pedestrians.

KEY REFERENCES

252
 SPATIAL PLANNING

PRINCIPLE

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates P6. Community-Centric and

Accessible
• Chapter 2.1.3 Traffic Control
• Chapter 2.1.9 - Community outreach & SUCCESS MEASUREMENT
accessibility
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material P1.1. • PI1.1.4. Percentage of major risks
• [Link] Kerb Ramps and Footway Boards Safety mitigated through risk assessment
Compliance per project
P6.1. • PI6.1.2. Number of violations
PROJECT LIFECYCLE Public relevant to public accessibility
Accessibility
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4
Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial LINKED VIOLATION
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8 V8. Community and Public

Technical Construction Handover Operation & Accessibility Violations
Design Maintenance

Consider Advise
REQUIREMENTS

• Examples and Figures: • Conduct risk assessments for all pedestrian and micro-
❑ An example of a footway diversion into the traveled mobility routes to ensure compliance with safety
way is shown in Figure 4-11 from SHC 305, Section standards.
4.6).
❑ Delineators, fences, barricades, and walls shall be
provided to separate pedestrians from the works
area or building development site and to prevent
them from entering the safety buffer areas, as
shown in Figure 4-13 from SHC 305, Section 4.6).

MAIN OUTCOMES

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• RESIDENTS • RIPC
• SERVICE ENTITIES • CONTRACTORS

253
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.3 WORK ZONE MANAGEMENT

[Link] Supplementary Material

Lateral Buffer Zone

Working Working
Space Space
Delineator Delineator

Live traffic Lateral Buffer Working Space Works Area

Figure [Link].1: Illustrative Example of Lateral Buffer Zone

WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR

Lateral Buffer Zones – Contractor
o Is the appropriate Lateral Buffer Zone correctly
set out?

Pedestrian Walkways and Paths Management

WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR

Pedestrian Walkways and Paths – Contractor
o Has a risk assessment been prepared?
o Does the pedestrian and micro-mobility route
meet required standards?

254
 SPATIAL PLANNING

Lane Width Adjustments in Work Zones

WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR

Reducing Lane Widths– Contractor
o If a reduction is appropriate, has the width been
specified for the type of location and site?
o Has it been correctly installed and maintained?
Narrowing Two Way to One Way – Contractor
o If this is necessary, has it been correctly installed?
o Are operators trained and have good wireless
communications on site?

Termination Area and Work Zone Access Management

A F

F D
F

I +

Bottom Dump (Full) Dump Truck (Full) A Foreman F Flagger + Other type of work

D Spotter P Worker foot

Bottom Dump (Empty) Dump Truck (Empty)
I Inspector S Surveyor
Paving Machine Truck Movement

Water Truck Barrier

WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR
Roller Channelizing device

Backhoe Traffic direction

Access and Egress – Contractor
o Is access and egress provided in a safe manner?
Doze
o Has an ITCP been prepared?
Prohibited Areas for New Existing
workers on foot pavement pavement

Figure [Link].2: Example of an Internal Traffic Control Plan (ITCP) for Long-Term Works and Major Projects (SHC
305)

255
2.2
SPATIAL PLANNING
2.2.4 ACCESS AND COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS
[Link] Kerb Ramps and Footway Boards
[Link] Project Information Boards
[Link] Advanced Communication with Stakeholders
[Link] Supplementary Material
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.4 ACCESS AND COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS

[Link] Kerb Ramps and Footway Boards
Code Statement: Install kerb ramps and footway boards to provide safe crossings for all pedestrians.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Ensuring accessible crossings maintains community mobility, Kerb ramps and footway boards are crucial for providing safe
reduces liability risks, and complies with accessibility standards, and accessible crossings for pedestrians, including those using
demonstrating commitment to inclusive infrastructure. wheelchairs and pushchairs. All spatial planning shall be as per
SHC301 requirements.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
REQUIREMENTS

Kerb Ramps Temporary Footway Boards

• Where pedestrians are diverted to temporary walkways in • Specifications:
the carriageway, suitable Kerb Ramps shall be provided to ❑ Shall extend the full width of the temporary
enable wheelchairs or pushchairs to negotiate kerbs and footway and should be rigidly fixed with
safely use the pedestrian contraflow. sufficient length on either side of the
Temporary Footway Boards excavation.
• Should be deployed at specific points across an excavation ❑ Bitumastic material should not be used on
to allow safe pedestrian crossing and property access. non-bitumastic surfaces to maintain its
• These devices should be supported by barriers and integrity.
signage. ❑ Shall feature chamfered edges to prevent
• A Temporary Kerb Ramp should be deployed when public tripping and should be fenced to prevent falls
footways are closed due to site works and there is no where the edges of the boards are adjacent to
option but to have footway users enter the road, supported an excavation.
by signage and barriers. ❑ Shall be secured as appropriate.
• Usage: • Provision:
❑ Used for bridging excavations to service pedestrian and ❑ On every occasion where there is an
micro-mobility traffic during excavation works. excavation (even for a micro trench, or short
❑ Shall not be used on the road where vehicles will cross duration works) in a pedestrian access route, a
over them. In such cases, a more robust solution for suitable footway board should be provided.
vehicle crossing should be used (e.g., Road Plates).
• Ramps and footway boards shall be of a minimum with of
1.2m
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Enable safe passage for pedestrians, including those using wheelchairs or pushchairs.

KEY REFERENCES

258
 SPATIAL PLANNING

PROJECT LIFECYCLE

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4

Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8

Technical Construction Handover Operation &
Design Maintenance

PRINCIPLE

P6. Community-Centric and

Accessible

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

P6.1. • PI6.1.1. Percentage reduction in

Public traffic congestion due to
Accessibility alternative routes
• PI6.1.2. Number of violations
relevant to public accessibility

Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates

LINKED VIOLATION
• [Link] Pedestrian Walkways and Paths
Management V8. Community and Public
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material Accessibility Violations

Consider Advise
REQUIREMENTS

• Ensure ramps and footway boards are made from • Verify ramps and boards are installed correctly, meet
durable materials that withstand loading and safety requirements, and are suitable for pedestrian
environmental conditions. and micro-mobility traffic.
• Ensure that ramps and boards are placed at a gradual
slope.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Protect pedestrians and guide them safely through or around work zones.

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• RESIDENTS
• CONTRACTOR

259
 02

2.2.4 ACCESS AND COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS

[Link] Project Information Boards (PIBs)
Code Statement: Display project information boards to keep the public informed about ongoing works.

Transparent communication through project boards builds Project Information Boards (PIBs) are used to inform the public
public trust, reduces confusion, and ensures that stakeholders about the nature of ongoing works, and provides contact
are aware of project impacts and how to address concerns. information for questions, complaints, or emergencies.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
REQUIREMENTS

• Design, implementation, and maintenance of PIBs are • Content:

the responsibility of the Service Entity leading the The PIB must contain:
works. ❑ Project name and description
• At least one PIB should be positioned at the beginning ❑ Name of Contractor and Service Entity
of the Work Area, visible and easily readable by ❑ Start date of the works
vehicles, pedestrians, and other road users. ❑ Contact information (incl. Emergency Contacts)
• For work zones that are 300m or more in length (and ❑ Logo of Service Entity
include site hoarding), ensure at least one PIB is • Additional information through QR Code may include:
positioned at the mid-point of the work zone. PIB ❑ Project Designer
should unobstructed and be erected in front of ❑ Project Contractor
hoarding. ❑ Project Duration (weeks/months)
• PIB minimum dimensions: 80cm (W) x 150cm (H). ❑ Key contacts
• Visibility and safety: ❑ Diagrammatic information of the proposed works
❑ PIBs must not block forward visibility to any • Ensure a minimum of one PIB is provided at any given
roadside features. site.
❑ They must be securely erected to prevent falling • Ensure PIBs are securely erected, do not obstruct
and causing injury. visibility, and are positioned at an appropriate height.
❑ PIBs should be displayed at an appropriate height • Provide suitable lighting to allow public to read
– minimum 2m above ground (from ground level to information displayed on PIB (as per Supplementary
bottom of board). Material).
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Ensure that all road users are well-informed about the project details, and contact information, reducing
confusion and improving public awareness.

KEY REFERENCES
• RIPC Project Information Board (PIB)
Guidelines

260
 SPATIAL PLANNING

PROJECT LIFECYCLE

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4

Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8

Technical Construction Handover Operation &
Design Maintenance

PRINCIPLE

P3. Clearly Communicated and

Actively Engaged

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

P3.1. • PI3.1.1. Stakeholder satisfaction

Clear and score on communication and
Transparent regulations clarity
Communication • PI3.1.2. Number of violations
regarding information signage
Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates

• Chapter 2.1.9 - Community outreach & LINKED VIOLATION

accessibility
• [Link] Channelizing Devices and Barrier
V6. Boards and Information Violations
Placement
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material

Consider Advise
REQUIREMENTS

• Larger PIBs may be required for long-term works, as • Check that PIBs are designed as per the Design Guide
specified by RIPC. and correctly positioned as per the Traffic Management
Plan.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Securely erected PIBs that do not obstruct visibility help prevent accidents and injuries, ensuring a safer
environment for both workers and the public.

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTORS

261
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.4 ACCESS AND COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS

[Link] Advanced Communication with Stakeholders
Code Statement: Engage stakeholders early with clear communication to reduce disruptions and enhance coordination.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Proactive communication fosters stakeholder collaboration, Advanced communication with stakeholders before works begin
minimizes conflicts, and ensures smooth project execution by helps reduce disruptions and enhances coordination with other
keeping the public informed and responsive to feedback. service entities.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
REQUIREMENTS

Before Attending Site – Advanced Communications Advance Communication:

Coordination: • Inform Business Owners, Residents, and Road Users
• Coordinate planned street works between Service through various channels about:
Entities to reduce the number of excavations within ❑ The scope and purpose of the excavation work.
streets. ❑ Names and contact information of the entities
• Liaise with RIPC, Service Entities, Riyadh Municipality, performing the work.
and Mega Projects (e.g., Green Riyadh, Sports ❑ The anticipated scale and duration of the
Boulevard) to coordinate collective works under a ‘dig disruption.
once’ approach to minimize repeated disruptions. ❑ Steps to minimize the impact (e.g., parking in
Advance Notices: alternative locations, avoiding the road at certain
• Post advance notices on site of impending works at times).
least 2 weeks prior to commencement. ❑ How to obtain further information.
• Carry out a joint site visit in accordance with the Communication Channels:
Permitting process • Consider using social media, flyers, and town halls prior
to posting advanced notices.
• Maintain necessary communications with all
stakeholders during the execution of the works to
avoid conflict and delays.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Ensure all stakeholders are well-informed and can plan

accordingly.

KEY REFERENCES

262
 SPATIAL PLANNING

PRINCIPLE

P3. Clearly Communicated and

Actively Engaged

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates P3.2. • PI3.2.1. Reach rate of

Stakeholder communication channels
• Chapter 2.1.9 - Community outreach & Engagement • PI3.2.5. Average response time to
accessibility stakeholder concerns and
feedback
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material
• PI3.2.7. Community participation
rate (e.g., Public consultation)

LINKED VIOLATION
PROJECT LIFECYCLE

V6. Boards and Information Violations

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4
Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8 V8. Community and Public

Technical Construction Handover Operation & Accessibility Violations
Design Maintenance

Consider Advise
REQUIREMENTS

• Conduct joint site visits with stakeholders as part of the • Ensure communication is maintained throughout the
Permitting process to address concerns early. work duration, adapting to changes in the program and
• Provide or collect details for the single point of keeping stakeholders informed.
contract from each stakeholder to ensure ease of
communication.

MAIN OUTCOMES

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• RIPC • SERVICE ENTITIES
• CONTRACTORS

263
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.4 ACCESS AND COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS

[Link] Supplementary Material

Channelizing Devices and Barrier Placement

Safety barriers Delineation Delineation screens/hoarding
Safety buffers Diverted pedestrian path Work area

FOOTWAY FOOTWAY

Direction of travel Direction of travel

Direction of travel Direction of travel

FOOTWAY FOOTWAY

Figure [Link].1: Footway Diversion Into the Travelled Way Based on Public Works (SHC 305)

Concrete or
steal safety
barrier
Barricades Barricades

300mm depth
Greater than

Lateral Pedestrian
safety buffer provision
Traveled (1.5m) (1.5m)
Way

Works area including working space

Figure [Link].2: Pedestrian Provision (Increased Hazard) (SHC 305)

WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR

Kerb Ramps and Footway Boards:
o Are these of a safe height, width, slope, guarding
Figure [Link].3: Deployment of Temporary Footway Boards for and material to minimise the possibility of slips
Safe Pedestrian Crossing and gathering of rainwater?
o Made from a material that is robust enough not
to distort under loading nor damage the
pathway?
o Designed to accommodate wheelchairs and
pushchairs, pedestrian and micro-mobility traffic?
o Situated away from the road?
o Suitably fixed?
o Designed with chamfered edges and rails?

264
 SPATIAL PLANNING

Project Information Boards (PIBs)

80cm
150cm

Legend:

Barriers (or channelizing devices)

Work Area

PIB

Figure [Link].4: Project Information Boards placement (illustrative) and format

WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR

Project Information Board - Contractor:
o Does the PIB contain: the project name
and description, name of Contractor and
Service Entity, start and end date of the
works, duration of works, contact
Information.
o Is the PIB designed as per the Design
Guide?
o Is the PIB positioned as shown in the TMP
RIPC Logo – Contractor
o Is the logo clear and clean?
o Is it on all appropriate items?

265
 02
Home with solid fill

2.2.4 ACCESS AND COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS

[Link] Supplementary Material

Project Information Boards (PIBs)

Figure [Link].5: Project Information Board

266
SPATIAL PLANNING

267
2.3
PROJECT EXECUTION
2.3.1 SITE PREPARATION AND MANAGEMENT
2.3.2 EXCAVATION TYPES AND GUIDELINES
2.3.3 REINSTATEMENT WORKS
2.3
PROJECT EXECUTION
2.3.1 SITE PREPARATION AND MANAGEMENT
[Link] Pre-Mobilization and Site Preparation Requirements
[Link] Project Execution Process and Responsibilities
[Link] Site Management and Safety Protocols
[Link] Supplementary Material
 02
Home with solid fill

2.3.1 SITE PREPARATION AND MANAGEMENT

[Link] Pre-Mobilization and Site Preparation Requirements
Code Statement: Ensure all pre-site activities, including document preparation, coordination, and equipment checks, comply with
approved safety and technical standards before mobilization.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Ensuring thorough pre-mobilization checks and preparation Pre-mobilization and site preparation are critical steps that set
helps prevent delays and safety incidents once on-site work the foundation for successful project execution. These
begins. By adhering to these initial requirements, Contractors requirements ensure that all necessary documentation, such as
can mitigate risks, ensure compliance with regulatory standards, Risk Assessments, Work Execution Plans, and safety procedures,
and enhance communication with stakeholders. This proactive are prepared and approved before work begins. Coordination
approach ensures that all involved parties are aware of the with other service authorities and compliance with permits
project scope, safety measures, and coordination needs, ensure that excavation activities do not interfere with existing
reducing the likelihood of conflicts or miscommunications that utilities and infrastructures. Proper signage and notifications to
could impact project timelines and quality. local stakeholders minimize disruptions and maintain public
safety during the project initiation phase.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
REQUIREMENTS

• Advance communication works signage installed and notification of Coordination:

local stakeholders before starting site activities. • Coordinate with RIPC before excavation to
• Documentation: prevent conflicts, particularly in areas where
❑ Prepare, approve, and circulate the following documents: there have been previous extensions by
o Risk Assessments and Method Statements: Evaluate risks and another Service Entity.
provide detailed steps for each activity. • Re-coordinate with the owner of any
o WEP: Outline the project execution approach. conflicting utility with the approval of the
o Emergency Procedures: Specify on-site emergency actions. relevant authorities if obstacles are
o Traffic Management Plan: Detail alternative routes and traffic encountered during excavation.
management. Design of Excavation Work
o Emergency Response Plan: Define roles, responsibilities, and • All excavations of 1.2m or more in depth
actions for emergencies. require a Confined Space Entry permit
o HSE Plan: Ensure safety and environmental compliance. (provided by Contractor or Service Entity).
o Quality Control Plan: Maintain standards for materials and • Any excavation with buried cables and
workmanship. pipelines must be designed by a competent
• Equipment Checks: Equipment checks undertaken in line with the individual with relevant knowledge,
manufacturer’s maintenance specification. experience, and training to identify and
• Permits and Plans: Approved Excavation Permit must be received and mitigate hazards, construction methods, and
verified before any excavation work begins. Adhere strictly to soil types.
excavation plans according to the Street Section guidelines and its • Ensure safe means of entry and exit.
subsequent updates.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Ensuring all documentation, risk assessments, and emergency • Coordination and advance communication
procedures are in place and followed maintains high safety standards minimizes disruptions and conflicts, ensuring
and regulatory compliance. smooth project execution.

KEY REFERENCES
• National standards

272
 PROJECT EXECUTION

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

P1.1. • PI1.1.1. Percentage of projects with

Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates
Safety zero lost-time injuries.
Compliance
• Chapter 2.1 Project Planning
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material P1.2. • PI1.2.1. Number of legal non-
Legal compliance incidents.
Compliance

PROJECT LIFECYCLE P1.3. • PI1.3.1. Percentage of projects

Quality passing quality audits with no
Assurance major issues.
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4
Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial P1.5. • PI1.5.2. Percentage of projects
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination Traffic and without traffic violations.
Parking Control
Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8
Technical Construction Handover Operation & P2.2. • PI2.2.1. Number of site inspections
Design Maintenance Worksite conducted per project.
Management

PRINCIPLE LINKED VIOLATION

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled V1. Barriers and Safety Compliance
Violations

P2. Effectively Managed & V2. Permit and Regulation Compliance

Continuously Improved Violations

Consider Advise
REQUIREMENTS

Shoring and Safety: • Considerations:

• Install suitable shoring or bench/sloped sides for ❑ Purpose, size of excavation, and work to be performed.
excavations 1.2m or more in depth, or for soil piles ❑ Soil classification (preferably by geotechnical/soil analysis).
over 1.5m high. ❑ Stability and proximity of adjacent structures, including
• Emergency rescue equipment required. foundations.
• Consider the impact on emergency access and ❑ Consult and comply with utility companies for underground
egress. obstructions.
Traffic Management Plan: The design of excavations ❑ Presence of nearby process equipment or piping with potential
should influence the Traffic Management Plan. hazardous material release.
Site Conditions: If site conditions differ from the ❑ Weather and soil moisture conditions, especially high-water
planning stage, discuss with RIPC and seek special table.
approval for changes. ❑ Sources of soil vibrations (traffic, machinery, railroads).
❑ Location and type of barricades, signs, and lighting.
❑ Method of excavating and soil removal (open excavation or
closed such as thrust-boring).

• Install appropriate advance communications and signage to notify

all local stakeholders of upcoming works.
• Regularly check compliance with equipment maintenance
standards and update plans based on real-time feedback from site
conditions.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Regular equipment checks, adherence to excavation plans, and

adjustments based on real-time site conditions lead to efficient
and effective project management.

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTOR • RIPC
• CONSULTANT • SERVICE ENTITY

273
 02
Home with solid fill

2.3.1 SITE PREPARATION AND MANAGEMENT

[Link] Project Execution Process and Responsibilities
Code Statement: Implement and monitor all project activities in line with the Work Execution Plan, ensuring timely communication,
coordination, and compliance with traffic and safety measures.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Effective project execution relies on clear responsibilities and The project execution process encompasses all activities from
coordinated actions among all stakeholders to maintain pre-work notifications to the completion of the works, involving
compliance with technical and safety standards. By adhering to multiple stakeholders such as RIPC, Contractors, Consultants,
structured processes, the risk of errors, delays, and non- and Testing Laboratories. Key responsibilities include
compliance is reduced. Continuous supervision and the use of coordinating utility works, ensuring compliance with approved
technology for monitoring enhance transparency and plans, and managing traffic diversions to minimize disruptions.
accountability, allowing issues to be identified and addressed This section emphasizes systematic supervision and the use of
promptly, thus ensuring that the project remains on track and digital tools for documentation and communication throughout
within regulatory frameworks. the project lifecycle.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
REQUIREMENTS

• Carry out utility works, backfill, and testing according • Notify residents and those affected by the works 2
to the Work Execution Plan, technical specifications, weeks in advance and 48 hours before work
and Traffic Management Plan. commences.
• Execute necessary remedial works promptly and pay
any violation fines incurred during the project.
• Set out the work site layout as per the approved Traffic
Management Plan.
• Complete all works according to the approved
specifications before vacating the site.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Ensured project completion according to approved plans and specifications, with prompt execution of remedial
works, adherence to traffic management, and compliance with technical standards, while addressing any
violations promptly.

KEY REFERENCES

274
 PROJECT EXECUTION

Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material P1.5. • PI1.5.1. Number of traffic control-

Traffic and related complaints per project.
Parking Control

P2.1. • PI2.1.4. Resource utilization

PROJECT LIFECYCLE Project efficiency rate.
Management
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4 P3.1. • PI3.1.1. Stakeholder satisfaction
Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial Clear and score on communication.
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination Transparent
Communication
Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8
Technical Construction Handover Operation & P3.2. • PI3.2.5. Average response time to
Design Maintenance Stakeholder stakeholder concerns.
Engagement

PRINCIPLE LINKED VIOLATION

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled V2. Permit and Regulation Compliance
Violations

P3. Clearly Communicated and V5. Traffic and Parking Control

Actively Engaged Violations

Consider Advise
REQUIREMENTS

• Supervise the works by uploading photos, videos, and • Continuously monitor the execution process, identify
control reports to the RIPC digital portal as required. any issues, and address them in coordination with
• Coordinate closely with RIPC, the Backfill Contractor, relevant stakeholders.
Consultant, Utilities Contractor, and Testing Laboratory
throughout the project execution.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Assured thorough supervision and effective coordination with all relevant parties by documenting progress
digitally and maintaining close collaboration throughout the project execution.

KEY STAKEHOLDERS

• CONTRACTOR • RIPC
• CONSULTANT • SERVICE ENTITY

275
 02
Home with solid fill

2.3.1 SITE PREPARATION AND MANAGEMENT

[Link] Site Management and Safety Protocols
Code Statement: Maintain site safety, cleanliness, and organization by managing access, equipment standards, and visitor protocols to
minimize risks and ensure compliance.

Effective site management and adherence to safety protocols Site management involves maintaining a safe, organized, and
are vital for reducing risks and ensuring a safe work compliant work environment, including managing access,
environment. Proper control of site access, equipment egress, and equipment standards. Safety protocols ensure that
maintenance, and staff training mitigates potential hazards, all plant and equipment meet legislative requirements and are
prevents safety violations, and enhances overall project maintained properly. Visitor management, staff training, and
efficiency. Consistent application of these measures contributes continuous risk assessments are essential components to
to a safer worksite and fosters public confidence in the project’s safeguard the site against accidents and operational
management practices. inefficiencies.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
REQUIREMENTS

• Maintain the site in a safe, tidy, and workmanlike • Provide a comprehensive safety induction for all
manner at all times. visitors.
• Ensure all barriers are maintained and RIPC signage is • Install security measures to prevent unauthorized
displayed as required. access.
• Access and egress must comply with the TMP and • Install rotating flashing beacons on all site vehicles to
Work Zone requirements. aid safe maneuvers. Beacons should be visible at all
• Vehicles must be reverse-parked before unloading or times.
setting up signs.
• All plant and equipment must be in good condition,
meet legislative requirements, and be maintained
regularly.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Ensured a safe and compliant worksite by maintaining order, adhering to signage and access requirements, reverse-
parking vehicles, and keeping all equipment in good condition and regularly maintained.

KEY REFERENCES

276
 PROJECT EXECUTION

PRINCIPLE

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

P2. Effectively Managed &

Continuously Improved

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

P1.1. • PI1.1.2. Safety training completion

Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates Safety rate.
Compliance
• Chapter 2.1 Project Planning
P2.2. • PI2.2.1. Number of site inspections
• Chapter 2.2 Spatial Planning Worksite conducted per project.
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material Management • PI2.2.3. Number of worksites-
related complaints.

LINKED VIOLATION
PROJECT LIFECYCLE

V1. Barriers and Safety Compliance

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4
Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial Violations
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8 V4. Worksite Management and

Technical Construction Handover Operation & Cleanliness Violations
Design Maintenance

Consider Advise
REQUIREMENTS

• Use plant and vehicles that are appropriately sized to • Conduct routine risk assessments and adjust site
minimize disruption, particularly in residential areas. management practices as needed to ensure safety and
compliance.

MAIN OUTCOMES

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTOR
• CONSULTANT

277
 02
Home with solid fill

2.3.1 SITE PREPARATION AND MANAGEMENT

[Link] Supplementary Material

Pre-Mobilization and Site Preparation Requirements

WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR

Before Attending Site Contractor
o Have Business Owners, Residents, and Road o Advance communications and signage?
Users been notified of the works at least 2 weeks
in advance?
o Equipment checks?

o Have different means of communication been

o Excavation Permit received?
used? (i.e. Digital Displays, face-to-face, social o Co-ordination if circumstances change?
media, letters, etc.). o Confined space entry permit required?
o Are stakeholder communications being effectively o Preparation, approval and circulation of all
maintained as the program changes? relevant documents?
o All design considerations for excavations greater
than 0.3m deep taken into account by a
competent individual?
o Safe means of entry and exit?

Project Execution Process and Responsibilities

Excavation Procedures Requirements they must be left open for lengthy periods,
ensuring they are of sufficient thickness to
Open Excavation (Normal) withstand traffic loads.
The Contractor shall undertake the following measures in 7. Dewatering:
relation to completing open excavations: ❑ Determine a suitable methodology to dewater the
1. Coordination: site, including well pointing.
❑ Coordinate with the Riyadh Amanah to transfer 8. Restoration:
excavation waste to nearby locations. ❑ Restoration width to extend 0.3mm each side of
2. Utility Identification: the trench as per the standard cross section.
❑ Identify other utilities on the site and their depths ❑ Backfill in layers of approved materials in
before starting excavation work and take accordance with the General Specifications Guide
necessary protective measures. for Civil Works in the Extension of Public Utilities
Projects (Section 5.4.1 ‘Backfill Works’).
3. Adherence to Plans: ❑ Edges of the restoration area to be straight and
❑ Adhere to the dimensions of the excavation parallel/perpendicular to the direction of traffic.
sectors as stipulated in the designs and plans ❑ Resurface the full width of the traffic lane if the
attached to the excavation permit. trench is more than 50% of the lane width.
❑ Combine reinstatements less than 3m apart into
4. Shoring: one resurfacing finish.
❑ Install any necessary shoring. ❑ Keep edges of reinstatement out of vehicle wheel
5. Backfilling: track zones.
❑ Backfill excavation trenches at the end of the day’s ❑ Edge of reinstatement to be cut in a straight line
work whenever feasible. vertical with a suitable saw, to the sub-
❑ Depth of excavation below the utility serviced shall base/granular level.
not be less than 0.3m, or according to the 9. Surface Level Differences:
approved design, whichever is greater. ❑ The difference in level of the surface layer in
❑ Backfill material shall be stored according to bituminous works across joints for trench
specifications. reinstatement shall not exceed 4mm.
6. Steel Plates: ❑ The differences in level of the surface of concrete
❑ Install steel plates to cover excavation trenches if carriageways across joints shall not be more than 3
mm.

278
 PROJECT EXECUTION

Project Execution Process and Responsibilities

The process for Project Execution (below) covers activities from Pre-work Notification to just before the
application for the Completion Certificate.

Notify residents and

those affected by
START the works 2 weeks
in advance & 48
hours before work
commencement

Set out Work Site

layout in
accordance with
approved Traffic
Management Plan
and issued Supervise the works,
Excavation Permit upload photos,
Carry out necessary Oversee necessary
videos, and control
testing testing
reports to digital
portal

Carry out work in

accordance with the
Work Execution Plan
and technical
specifications
Carry out Site
inspections
Carry out Utility
works

Carry out any Yes Yes Yes

Are there Are there Are there
necessary remedial
issues to issues to issues to
work and pay any
resolve? resolve? resolve?
violation fines

No No No

Complete works
END and prepare to
vacate site
Backfill Contractor

Consultant

Testing Laboratory

Service Entity Contractor

RIPC

Figure [Link].1: Project Execution Process

279
 02
Home with solid fill

2.3.1 SITE PREPARATION AND MANAGEMENT

[Link] Supplementary Material

Site Management and Safety Protocols

Site Management designated area to sign in and receive any relevant

updates (including site safety induction for first-
Before Starting Work Requirements time arrivals).
1. Familiarization:
Vehicle Movements Requirements
❑ All members of the Work Party should be familiar
1. Amber Beacon:
with the Traffic Management Plan (TMP), Work
Execution Plan, and associated Risk Assessments ❑ Work vehicle operators intending to stop at the
and Method Statements (RAMS). roadside or enter a site area should activate the
roof-mounted amber beacon (if fitted).
2. Safety Checks:
❑ RIPC Inspectors will check that appropriate safety Visitors Requirements
measures are in place, necessary equipment is 1. Visitor Safety:
available and functional, work sequencing, and ❑ Sign all visitors in and out.
means of communication are clear.
❑ Provide a comprehensive induction.
If there are any doubts about the instructions or
Establish a point of contact for visitors.
❑
❑
aspects of the TMP, work cannot start until these
issues are discussed with the Site Manager, ❑ Escort visitors at all times.
Supervisor, Permit Holder, or RIPC Inspectors. ❑ Install security measures to deter trespassers.
Maintenance of Site Requirements ❑ Carry out visitor-associated risk assessments.
1. Site Condition: ❑ Create an authorization process.
❑ The site shall be maintained in a safe, tidy, and ❑ Mark access routes clearly.
workmanlike manner at all times with no visual ❑ Provide visitors parking.
distortion.
❑ Reduce the risk of slips and falls.
All barriers shall be maintained and kept in good
2. Visitor Responsibilities:
❑

condition throughout the duration of the works.

❑ Wear PPE.
❑ Agreed RIPC signage shall be displayed at all
times. ❑ Report to the Authorized Point of Contact.
Arriving on Site Requirements ❑ Obey the site marshal.

1. Access and Egress: ❑ Park in an authorized location.

❑ Access and egress shall be in accordance with the ❑ Sign in/out.

TMP Work Zone requirements. ❑ Keep to designated routes.
2. Parking on Arrival: ❑ Be trained in relevant hazards/attend site
❑ Vehicles must be reverse-parked before unloading induction.
or setting up signs. Plant and Equipment Requirements
❑ If reverse parking is not achievable, ensure work 1. Quality of Plant and Equipment:
vehicles can be seen clearly by road users through Ensure all plant and equipment:
the use of beacons and signage.
❑ Is in good condition, full working order, and kept
❑ Parking off-road should not create any clean.
obstructions to footways or cycle routes. Access to
❑ Meets appropriate legislation, including safety
premises and driveways should be observed and
testing and marking.
maintained.
❑ Is regularly maintained, tested, and inspected in
❑ If vehicles are parked outside the work area,
line with legislation and manufacturer’s
ensure they do not obstruct any existing road
requirements, with clear records.
assets (e.g., traffic signs or traffic signals).
❑ Is appropriate for the task.
❑ If a vehicle is part of the work area (e.g., Heavy
Vehicle), it should be featured in the TMP. ❑ Is regularly calibrated, if required.
3. Signing In: ❑ Faults are immediately identified, reported, and
taken out of service if there is a safety concern.
❑ Once safely parked, personnel should report to the

280
 PROJECT EXECUTION

Site Management and Safety Protocols

❑ Is provided with a suitable means of isolating from Access to Site for Consultant, Testing
all power sources. Laboratory, and RIPC Requirements
❑ Is designed and used safely, without posing risks 1. Safe Access:
to safety, health, or the environment.
❑ Allow safe access to the site at all times for staff
❑ Is operated only by trained personnel. representing the Consultant, Testing Laboratory,
❑ Allows operators to work in appropriate positions, and RIPC.
with braking devices, adequate vision, and ❑ Provide full assistance to these parties for
necessary lighting. necessary testing, inspection, and record-keeping.
❑ Is designed and operated so that as a minimum
the following elements cannot cause harm to
persons: WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR
▪ Moving machine parts
Before Starting Work - Contractor
▪ Machine parts or materials that are thrown out
o Are all members of the Work Party familiar with
▪ Safely manages the creation of, among other project documents and plans?
things, smoke, gas, dust, dangerous substances
and materials including:
o Has worked been halted and approval sought if
there are safety concerns?
o Noise, vibrations, electricity, heat, cold, Maintenance of Site – Contractor
radiation, fire, explosion, overloading,
imbalance, tipping, rollover, and crushing. o Is the site maintained in a safe, tidy and
workmanlike manner at all times with no visual
1. Instructions and Training: distortion?
❑ Ensure only adequately trained staff use the
equipment.
o Are all barriers maintained and kept in good
condition throughout the duration of the works?
❑ Provide a user manual for each item, detailing
setup, operation, maintenance, and safety
o Is agreed RIPC signage displayed at all times?
Arriving on Site – All Parties
information.
❑ Include information on usage, training, PPE,
o Followed guidance for access, egress parking and
signing in?
starting, handling, setup, installation, storage,
maintenance, repair, and disposal. o System in place to manage and keep safe visitors
2. Selection of Plant Appropriate to Location: Plant and Equipment – Contractor
❑ Use appropriately sized plant and vehicles, o Does it meet the required standards, quality,
especially in residential areas, to minimize impact maintenance and inspection?
on local residents and businesses. o Are staff appropriately trained?
Works by Service Entity Contractor o Are plant and vehicles of an appropriate size for
Requirements any work in residential areas?

1. Safe Access: o Works by Service Entity Contractor – Contractor?

Allow safe access for the Service Entity Contractor

o Provided safe access?
o
❑

to complete their works. Briefed the Service Entity Contractor on project

documents and plans?
❑ Brief the Service Entity Contractor on the Traffic
Management Plan, Works Execution Plan, Waste Works by Service Entity Contractor – Service Entity
Management Plan, HSE Plan, Emergency Response o Provided the necessary specification and details
Plan, Quality Control Plan, and Environmental for utility works to be carried out by the Service
Impact Plan (if appropriate). Entity Contractor?
2. Specifications and Details: Access to Site for the Consultant, Testing Laboratory
Provide necessary specifications and details for and RIPC – Contractor
o
❑

utility works, including bedding or protection Provided safe access?

works. o Given full assistance to these parties?

281
2.3
PROJECT EXECUTION
2.3.2 EXCAVATION TYPES AND GUIDELINES
[Link] Open Excavation Techniques and Specifications
[Link] Closed Excavation Techniques and Specifications
[Link] Excavation Guidelines Based on Soil Type and Depth
[Link] Supplementary Material
 02
Home with solid fill

2.3.2 EXCAVATION TYPES AND GUIDELINES

[Link] Open Excavation Techniques and Specifications
Code Statement: Adhere to excavation standards, ensuring utility protection, appropriate shoring, and site cleanliness in compliance with
safety and environmental regulations.

Implementing detailed excavation procedures minimizes the risk Excavation procedures involve stringent measures to protect
of utility damage, worksite accidents, and environmental existing utilities, manage excavation waste, and ensure site
impacts. By following established guidelines for both open and safety. These procedures cover open and micro/ultra micro
specialized excavations, Contractors can maintain safety excavations, each requiring specific dimensions, protective
standards and protect public infrastructure. Consistent measures, and backfill protocols. Proper shoring, compliance
adherence to these procedures also helps avoid regulatory with excavation depth requirements, and regular site cleaning
violations and fosters a controlled work environment, are essential to maintain operational safety and prevent damage
contributing to the overall quality and reliability of the project to nearby infrastructure.
execution.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
REQUIREMENTS

• Open Excavation: • Restoration width should extend 0.3m

❑ Coordinate with Riyadh Amanah for excavation waste transfer to each side of the trench as per the standard
designated locations near the work site. cross-section.
❑ Identify all utilities on-site, determine their depths, and implement • Backfill in layers of approved materials as
necessary protective measures before starting excavation. per national standards.
❑ Adhere to excavation dimensions and install required shoring. • Non-destructive Digging (NDD)
❑ Steel boxes or trench shields must be used in all circumstances techniques should be implemented when
where a worker enters an excavation deeper than 1.2m. excavating in close proximity to
❑ Backfill excavation trenches at the end of the day's work where subsurface utilities. The cover level
feasible. required before using NDD is determined
❑ The depth of excavation below the utility serviced shall not be by the Contractor’s risk assessment,
less than 0.3m or according to the approved design, whichever is Service Entity guidelines, and RIPC’s
greater. requirement that NDD must be adopted
❑ Store backfill material according to specifications. within 0.3m of all known utilities.
❑ Install steel plates of sufficient thickness to cover excavation • Refer to national standards for guidance
trenches if left open, ensuring they can withstand traffic loads. and requirements attributed to stockpiling
❑ Refer to Saudi specification SHC 309 for detailed design and of material within the work zone.
reinstatement requirements, ensuring compliance with local
standards and considering site-specific factors, with risks if utility
details are altered by Service Entities.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Ensured safe and compliant excavation practices through coordination, utility identification, protective measures,
adherence to dimensions, proper backfilling, material storage, and installation of traffic-resistant steel plates.

KEY REFERENCES
• SHC 306 • National standards
• SHC 309

284
 PROJECT EXECUTION

Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates

• Chapter [Link] Pre-Mobilization and Site SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

Preparation Requirements
• Chapter 2.3.3 Reinstatement Works P1.1. • PI1.1.4. Percentage of major risks
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material Safety mitigated through risk assessment.
Compliance
P1.3. • PI1.3.2. Frequency of inspections.
PROJECT LIFECYCLE Quality
Assurance
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4 P2.2. • PI2.2.2. Percentage of projects
Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial Worksite without worksite and cleanliness
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination Management violations.
Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8
Technical Construction Handover Operation & P5.3. • PI5.1.4. Number of violations
Design Maintenance Ecosystem regarding waste disposal
Integration practices.

PRINCIPLE LINKED VIOLATION

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled V1. Barriers and Safety Compliance
Violations

P5. Environmentally Sustainable V4. Worksite Management and

Cleanliness Violations

Consider Advise
REQUIREMENTS

• Clean the excavation area using high-pressure water • Monitor all excavation activities closely, following all
hoses, and dry with compressed air tools. detailed technical requirements for both open and
• Insert suitable supports for steel pipes in loose or non- micro/ultra micro excavations as outlined in the
cohesive soils. Appendix.
• Temporary works to be designed by a competent and
suitably qualified Contractor in conjunction with
permanent works and final reinstatement.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Ensured proper trench restoration and backfilling by adhering to specified restoration widths and using approved
materials in compliance with the General Specifications Guide

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTOR • LABORATORY
• CONSULTANT

285
 02
Home with solid fill

2.3.2 EXCAVATION TYPES AND GUIDELINES

[Link] Closed Excavation Techniques and Specifications
Code Statement: Implement closed excavation techniques (Thrust Boring, HDD, Pipe Jacking) according to design specifications,
ensuring minimal impact on adjacent structures and utilities.

Closed excavation methods are critical for projects in densely Closed excavation techniques, such as Thrust Boring, Horizontal
populated or sensitive areas where minimizing surface impact is Directional Drilling (HDD), and Pipe Jacking, are used when
essential. Adhering to the detailed specifications of each minimal surface disruption is required. Each method has specific
technique ensures the safety and effectiveness of the technical requirements, including soil type verification, vibration
excavation, reducing the risk of structural damage or service control, and safe disposal of surplus materials. Protective
disruptions. By following these standards, Contractors can measures, such as reinforced pit sides and safe access
maintain compliance and minimize environmental and public protocols, ensure that closed excavation activities do not
impacts while achieving the project’s technical objectives. compromise adjacent structures or public safety.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
REQUIREMENTS

• Confirm soil type against the design and adjust • Follow specific requirements for Thrust Boring, HDD,
methods accordingly. and Pipe Jacking:
• Store surplus materials and fluids in holding tanks ❑ Thrust Boring: Protect pit sidewalls with steel sheet
before disposal to an appropriate facility. piling, provide safe access, and ensure pits are
• Avoid vibrations that could damage sensitive soils, large enough to accommodate equipment.
adjacent properties, or services. ❑ HDD: Complete drilling before reaming back, coat
• Identify all utilities on-site, determine their depths, and pipes to prevent corrosion, and prepare structural
implement necessary protective measures before reports post-installation.
starting excavation. A survey report should be available ❑ Pipe Jacking: Reinforce pit sides, use support pipes
at all times and provided to RIPC inspectors upon in weak soils, and manage spoil disposal
request. effectively.
• Across roadways, no deflections shall be permitted for ❑ Consult with relevant service entities to ensure
closed excavation techniques. Survey monitoring compliance with relevant backfilling and
instruments to be used to monitor and ensure compaction requirements.
compliance.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Ensured safe and compliant excavation by confirming • Ensured safe and effective execution of Thrust Boring,
soil type, adjusting methods, properly storing surplus HDD, and Pipe Jacking by protecting pit sidewalls,
materials, and avoiding damaging vibrations. providing safe access, preventing corrosion,
reinforcing pit sides, and managing spoil disposal.

KEY REFERENCES
• SHC401
• SHC403

286
 PROJECT EXECUTION

PRINCIPLE

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

P4. Technologically Advanced & Data-

driven.

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

P1.3. • PI1.3.1. Percentage of projects

Quality passing quality audits.
Assurance
P4.1. • PI4.1.1. Efficiency improvement
Advanced from modern methods.
Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates Technologies
P4.2. • PI1.4.2. Percentage of laboratories
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material Data Capture passing audits.
and Monitoring
Methods
LINKED VIOLATION
PROJECT LIFECYCLE

V1. Barriers and Safety Compliance

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4
Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial Violations
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8 V3. Infrastructure and Roads Quality

Technical Construction Handover Operation & Violations
Design Maintenance

Consider Advise
REQUIREMENTS

• Modify the alignment or excavation techniques based • Monitor the progress of auger boring closely to detect
on real-time feedback from site conditions. potential cavity formations or subsurface issues.

MAIN OUTCOMES

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTOR • LABORATORY
• CONSULTANT

287
 02
Home with solid fill

2.3.2 EXCAVATION TYPES AND GUIDELINES

[Link] Excavation Guidelines Based on Soil Type and Depth
Code Statement: Follow soil-specific guidelines for excavation, including maximum slopes, shoring, and competent personnel to ensure
structural stability and safety.

Accurate assessment of soil type and appropriate excavation Excavation guidelines tailored to specific soil types and
methods are crucial for maintaining site stability and safety. excavation depths ensure that the work is carried out safely and
Adhering to guidelines based on soil and depth characteristics efficiently. The guidelines dictate maximum allowable slopes,
ensures that excavations are properly supported, minimizing the required shoring, and the qualifications of personnel based on
risk of accidents or structural failures. These precautions also the complexity of the excavation. These measures protect
facilitate compliance with legal and safety standards, enhancing against collapses and other hazards associated with varying soil
the project’s integrity and protecting workers and the public. conditions and excavation depths.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
REQUIREMENTS

• Follow maximum allowable slopes for each soil type as • Use additional shoring or other protective measures
per Table [Link].3: for soil types with reduced stability.
❑ Stable Rock: Vertical (90°). • Investigate existing ground conditions and complete
❑ Soil Type A: 3/4:1 (53°). necessary surveys (e.g. bore hole sampling) to
❑ Soil Type B: 1:1 (45°). accurately establish soil type and make-up.
❑ Soil Type C: 1-1/2:1 (34°). • Proprietary temporary support systems for open
• Engage competent individuals based on excavation excavations shall be used where necessary.
depth and soil type as specified in Table [Link].1: • All open excavations over 1.2m deep requiring bespoke
❑ Excavations 1.2m - 2.4m: Competent Individual. temporary works support shall be designed by
❑ Excavations >2.4m & ≤6m: Civil/Structural or qualified structural designers.
Geotechnical Engineer for all soil types. • All temporary support systems must be validated by a
❑ Excavations >6m: Civil/Structural or Geotechnical qualified structural engineer.
Engineer required for all soil types. • Ground conditions (and soil stability) to be assessed
carefully following rainfall events.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Ensured safe excavation practices by adhering to maximum allowable slopes for each soil type and engaging
competent individuals based on excavation depth and soil type.

KEY REFERENCES

288
 PROJECT EXECUTION

PRINCIPLE

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

P2. Effectively Managed &

Continuously Improved

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

P1.1. • PI1.1.1. Percentage of projects with

Safety zero lost-time injuries
Compliance
P1.3. • PI1.3.4. Inspection pass rate
Quality
Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates Assurance
P2.5. • PI2.5.1. Percentage of
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material System infrastructure passing stress tests
Resilience

LINKED VIOLATION
PROJECT LIFECYCLE

V1. Barriers and Safety Compliance

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4
Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial Violations
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8 V3. Infrastructure and Roads Quality

Technical Construction Handover Operation & Violations
Design Maintenance

Consider Advise
REQUIREMENTS

• Adjust excavation methods based on ongoing soil • Regularly inspect excavation zones and adjust
analysis and site inspections to ensure continued protective measures according to soil conditions.
stability and safety.

MAIN OUTCOMES

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTOR • LABORATORY
• CONSULTANT

289
 02
Home with solid fill

2.3.2 EXCAVATION TYPES AND GUIDELINES

[Link] Supplementary Material

Open Excavation Techniques and Specifications

Figure [Link].1: Saw Cutting Figure [Link].2: Illustrative Cross-section of Pipe Trench in Open Excavation

Figure [Link].3: Temporary Excavation Covers Figure [Link].4: Road Plate

WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR

o Followed detailed technical requirements for open
excavations?
o Followed detailed technical requirements for
micro/ultra micro excavations?

290
 PROJECT EXECUTION

Open Excavation Techniques and Specifications

Micro/Ultra Micro Excavations Requirements Concrete mix with 25 MPa @ 28 days. Control
joints to be formed every 5 m, expansion joints
every 30 m, with joints treated using a SAMI
1. Dimensions: (installed per manufacturer guidelines) prior to
❑ Micro trench: 100 – 200mm wide, no more than asphalt placement.
600mm in depth. ▪ Ultra micro: max aggregate 1-2mm, 3-5 MPa
❑ Ultra micro excavation: 20-80mm wide, no more @28days, 1800-2000 kg/m³ density.
than 300mm in depth. ▪ Both types to be self-compacting.

2. Utility Confirmation: 10. Excess Material Removal:

❑ Confirm locations of existing utilities on-site ❑ Remove excess material by auger, compaction, or
through construction plans, test pits, and/or turning it into clay using water or Bentonite.
proprietary exploration devices.

11. Supporting Pipe:

3. Pit Construction:
❑ In loose or non-cohesive soils, insert a suitable
❑ Construct launch, receiving, and any intermediate supporting steel pipe.
pits according to design details.
❑ Ensure sufficient structural supports for all pits.
12. Ramps and Road Plates:
❑ Use ramps to slow traffic and act as an excavation
4. Service Alignment: cover or cover for cabling.
❑ Distance of the new service alignment from the ❑ Use road plates to cover deep excavations while
edge of the road should not be less than 100m if maintaining use of all lanes. Refer to Section [Link]
the road has no shoulders or sidewalks. for additional requirements.

5. Excavation Segments:
❑ Excavate in 100/300m segments for ultra micro
works.

6. Base Modification:
❑ If the base of the trench is not in cohesive
materials, modify its location to suit.

7. Cleaning and Drying:

❑ Clean the excavation area using a high-pressure
water hose and dry with compressed air tools.

8. Backfilling:
❑ Backfill the trench before trafficking with vehicles
or pedestrians.
❑ Pipework or cables shall be heat resistant to 170°C
if backfilling with asphalt concrete materials.

9. Concrete Mix:
❑ Concrete for both types shall be colored green.
❑ Concrete properties:
▪ Micro systems: max aggregate 4-5mm, 1-3MPa
@28days, 1650-1950 kg/m³ density; or, where
structural backfill is required in wheel paths.

291
 02
Home with solid fill

2.3.2 EXCAVATION TYPES AND GUIDELINES

[Link] Supplementary Material

Open Excavation Techniques and Specifications

The tables below provide general guidance for excavation works. However, each open excavation should be
considered as having its own unique set of individual characteristics. Great care should be exhibited when
determining the type of temporary support required for all open excavations.

Depth Stable Rock Soil Type A Soil Type B Soil Type C

Excavation Excavation Excavation

Excavation
1.2 m - 2.4 m Competent Competent Competent
Competent Individual
Individual Individual Individual
Civil/Structural or Civil/Structural or Civil/Structural or
Excavation
> 2.4 m & ≤ 6 m Geotechnical Geotechnical Geotechnical
Competent Individual
Engineer Engineer Engineer
Civil/Structural or Civil/Structural or Civil/Structural or
>6m Civil/Structural or Geotechnical Engineer Geotechnical Geotechnical Geotechnical
Engineer Engineer Engineer

Table [Link].1: Excavation Planning and Design Responsibilities

Soil Type Description of Soil Type

Stable Rock Natural solid mineral matter that can be excavated with vertical sides, such as sandstone.

Type A Previously undisturbed cohesive or cemented soil, such as clay or marl.

Type B Less cohesive soil, such as a mix of sand, rocks, and clay.

Less cohesive soil. Examples are: gravel, sand, muddy or freely seeping soils, submerged rock that
Type C
is not stable, or a layered system. Previously disturbed soil is Type C soil.

Table [Link].2: Summary of Soil Types

Soil Type Maximum Allowable Slope (H:V)

Stable Rock Vertical (90°)

Type A 3/4:1 (53°)

Type B 1:1 (45°)

Type C 1/2:1-1 (34°)

Table [Link].3: Maximum Allowable Slopes

292
 PROJECT EXECUTION

Open Excavation Techniques and Specifications

Figure [Link].5: Example of a Simple Sloped

Trench Excavation

Figure [Link].6: Example of a Benched

Trench Excavation

Figure [Link].8: Examples of Trench Shields

Figure [Link].7: Example of a Supported or

Shielded Excavation

293
 02
Home with solid fill

2.3.2 EXCAVATION TYPES AND GUIDELINES

[Link] Supplementary Material

Closed Excavation Techniques and Specifications

Closed Excavation Requirements Jacking:

General Measures for All Closed Excavation 1. Create pits as for micro tunnelling.
Techniques:
2. Reinforce pit sides based on soil type and
1. Confirm soil type against design. jacking forces.
2. Locate existing utilities and services with trial 3. Carry or pressurize surplus excavations back
excavations (test pits). prior to offsite disposal.
3. Avoid vibrations that may damage sensitive soils 4. Use support pipe in weak soils as for micro
and adjacent properties/services. tunnelling.
4. Store surplus materials and fluids in holding Additional Specific Requirements for Auger
tanks prior to disposal at a suitable facility. Boring:
5. Adhere to design alignment. 1. Safely remove spoil drawn back to the launch
pit.
Additional Specific Requirements for Thrust
Boring: 2. Monitor the progress of the auger head and the
amount of spoil withdrawn to detect potential
1. Protect sidewalls of launching and reception pits cavities.
with steel sheet piling or proper
benching/sloping.
2. Provide safe means of access and egress.
3. Protect the perimeter of pits with solid barriers
to prevent falls.
4. Ensure microtunnel pits are large enough to
accommodate a full pipe joint.
5. Construct a concrete base to support hydraulic
jacking equipment.
6. Reinforce rear walls with a thrust plate to bear
jacking forces.
7. Install a dewatering system if necessary.
8. Bund Bentonite slurry storage tank areas to
contain spillage.
Additional Specific Requirements for Horizontal
Directional Drilling:
1. Begin reaming back only after drilling is
complete and the drill head reaches the
receiving pit.
2. Coat pipes with Vaughn Bonded Epoxy
protective coating to prevent corrosion.
3. Provide seal plugs after backdrawing protective
pipe to prevent water ingress.
4. Restore the worksite and pits and prepare a
structural report for the excavated path.
Additional Specific Requirements for Pipe

294
 PROJECT EXECUTION

Non-Destructive Digging Techniques

Non-destructive digging refers to excavation techniques that allow for the removal of soil surrounding or
covering critical assets without causing damage to any critical infrastructure assets or other foundations,
roads, and pavements.

Technique Description Advantages

High-pressure water will be used to • Precise and controlled excavation.

Hydro Drilling break up the soil, which is then sucked • Reduces soil pressure.
into a tank. • Ideal for critical service locations.

• Effective for dry and compacted soil.

Compressed air is used to displace the
Air Drilling • Reduces the risk of damaging underground
soil, which is then removed by suction.
service assets.

• Allows full control over the excavation process,

Manual soil excavation using tools minimizing the risk of damage to underground
Manual Drilling
such as shovels and pickaxes. service assets.
• Can be used in narrow or hard-to-reach areas.

Combines water or air excavation with • High efficiency in removing excavated

Suction Drilling a suction system to remove soil and materials.
debris. • Clean and environmentally friendly.

• Reduces the risk of accidents by keeping

Remote- Uses remotely controlled machines to
operators at a safe distance.
controlled Drilling perform excavation tasks.
• Allows precise control in hard-to-reach areas.

Drilling Under
Uses sonic or vibratory tools to break • Reduces foundation vibrations.
Ultrasonic
up soil without traditional digging. • Effective in various soil types.
Vibration

Table [Link].4: Non-Destructive Digging Techniques

295
2.3
PROJECT EXECUTION
2.3.3 REINSTATEMENT WORKS
[Link] Reinstatement Procedures and Quality Standards
[Link] Special Reinstatement Conditions Based on Road Category
[Link] Supplementary Material
 02
Home with solid fill

2.3.3 REINSTATEMENT WORKS

[Link] Reinstatement Procedures and Quality Standards
Code Statement: Conduct reinstatement works to meet specified standards, ensuring structural integrity, surface quality, and
environmental compliance through proper material use and testing.

Proper reinstatement is essential to maintaining the safety and Reinstatement involves returning the work site to its original
usability of public infrastructure post-construction. By adhering condition through backfilling, compaction, and resurfacing as
to detailed specifications and conducting rigorous quality per specified standards. This process ensures the structural
checks, Contractors can ensure that the reinstated areas meet integrity of the infrastructure and compliance with performance
the required standards for durability and aesthetics. Successful criteria. Quality control measures, including testing of materials
reinstatement reduces the need for future repairs, minimizes and adherence to proper workmanship, are critical to achieving
public inconvenience, and upholds the project’s overall quality long-term durability and functionality of the reinstated areas.
and safety commitments.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall
REQUIREMENTS

• Comply with the specifications for materials, compaction, and workmanship as outlined in national standards.
• Ensure all required material testing is performed by SAAC-certified Testing Laboratory and supervised by the
Consultant.
• No backfilling or reinstatement shall be undertaken until subsequent work phase has been approved by the
Consultant.
• Backfill coverage above the utility service shall not be less than the design coverage specified according to the type
and diameter of cables.
• The restoration width shall extend 0.3m on each side of the trench as per the standard cross-section provided.
• Compaction tests of each layer of backfill are to be conducted every 100m, alternating the location between layers.
• Resurface the full width of the traffic lane if the trench occupies more than 50% of the lane width. Resurfacing to
include reinstatement of any road markings or cat's eyes that were removed or damaged during excavation works.
• Utility covers must be installed to be level with the finished road surface to avoid impact loading on vehicle
suspensions.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Ensured compliance with specifications and quality standards through thorough material testing, phased approvals,
proper backfill coverage, regular compaction tests, and appropriate resurfacing

KEY REFERENCES
• SHC 501 • SHC 503
• SHC 401 • National standards
• SHC 403

298
 PROJECT EXECUTION

PRINCIPLE

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

P5. Environmentally Sustainable

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

P1.3. • PI1.3.1. Percentage of projects

Quality passing quality audits with no
Assurance major issues.

P1.4. • PI1.4.2. Percentage of laboratories

Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates Laboratory passing audits.
Assurance
• Chapter [Link] Quality Assurance & Control P5.1. • PI5.1.3. Percentage of waste
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material Environmental diverted from landfill.
Protection
LINKED VIOLATION
PROJECT LIFECYCLE

V3. Infrastructure and Roads Quality

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4
Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial Violations
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8 V4. Worksite Management and

Technical Construction Handover Operation & Cleanliness Violations
Design Maintenance

Should Consider Advise

REQUIREMENTS
• Allow sufficient time for conditions • Use innovative excavation, • Keep the edges of the
to stabilize before starting reinstatement, and repair methods reinstatement out of vehicle wheel
reinstatement work, ensuring that to achieve high-quality, permanent track zones to prevent early wear.
the asphalt cools adequately results. • Cut the edges of the
before reopening roads to traffic. • Utilize the E-portal where possible reinstatement vertically using a
• Reinstatements less than 3m apart to manage the testing process and suitable saw, with alignment to
should be combined into a single document all reinstatement match the existing surface (+/-
resurfacing to maintain uniformity. activities. 6mm).
• Coordinate with RIPC during
reinstatement related work. RIPC
to oversee the process and ensure
Contractor and/or Consultant
have provided the relevant test
results.
• Bedding mortar or polymer-based
grout should be used to prevent
rocking or future sinking of covers.
• When resurfacing roads, cover
frames should be raised to the
new pavement level rather than
being left at original heights.

MAIN OUTCOMES
• Ensured quality and uniformity in road reinstatement by allowing adequate stabilization time, ensuring asphalt cools
properly, and combining close reinstatements into a single resurfacing
KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTOR • LABORATORY
• CONSULTANT 299
 02
Home with solid fill

2.3.3 REINSTATEMENT WORKS

[Link] Special Reinstatement Conditions Based on Road Category
Code Statement: Apply specific resurfacing techniques tailored to road categories and conditions to maintain road functionality, safety,
and appearance post-construction.

Applying road-specific reinstatement techniques ensures that Road conditions vary widely, necessitating tailored approaches
repairs are appropriate for the road’s condition, enhancing to reinstatement based on specific classifications such as
longevity and safety. Adhering to these tailored guidelines Excellent, Good, Acceptable, and Weak. The procedures account
prevents mismatches between the reinstated surface and for the road’s current condition, determining the extent and
existing road conditions, maintaining a consistent and reliable method of resurfacing required. These guidelines ensure that
infrastructure. This approach helps manage public expectations, road integrity and functionality are preserved, with specific
reduces maintenance costs, and supports efficient road network requirements for different road types, including freeways and
management by preserving surface quality across varied road local streets.
categories.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
REQUIREMENTS

• Follow the guidance provided in the Supplementary • Apply resurfacing techniques suitable for the road
Material for reinstatement type and width, matching condition, ensuring that any existing surface defects
the road category: are addressed appropriately.
❑ Category (A) Excellent Roads: Resurfacing should • The usage of specialised reinstatement material
cover the entire width of the traffic lane and the full and/or techniques, such as foam concrete, is to be
length of the excavation. coordinated with the relevant Service Entity.
❑ Category (B) Acceptable Roads: The resurfacing
must cover the entire excavation path plus an
additional 0.5m on each side.
❑ Local or Residential Roads: Resurface the entire
width of the street along the excavation length.
• Comply with resurfacing procedures for all emergency
works and home connections, which are designated as
Type A only.
• Edges of all excavations that are resurfaced shall be
sealed to prevent water ingress. This includes sealing
all longitudinal and transverse asphalt joints between
new and old asphalt.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Ensured appropriate and uniform road reinstatement by following specific guidelines for different road
categories and complying with procedures for emergency works and home connections.

KEY REFERENCES
• SHC 501
• National standards
• Excavation and Civil Works Procedures in Riyadh published by
the Riyadh Amanah

300
 PROJECT EXECUTION

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

P6. Community-Centric and

Accessible

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

P1.3. • PI1.3.4. Inspection pass rate.

Quality
Assurance

P6.1. • PI6.1.1. Percentage reduction in

Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates Public traffic congestion due to
Accessibility alternative routes.
• Chapter [Link] Quality Assurance & Control
P6.2. • PI6.2.3. Number of complaints
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material Community about infrastructure works
Benefits disruptions.
LINKED VIOLATION
PROJECT LIFECYCLE

V3. Infrastructure and Roads Quality

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4
Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial Violations
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8 V8. Community and Public

Technical Construction Handover Operation & Accessibility Violations
Design Maintenance

Consider Advise
REQUIREMENTS

• Combine closely spaced reinstatements into a single • Ensure that the resurfacing width and alignment are
resurfacing effort to ensure a uniform and consistent consistent with existing road structures, maintaining the
road surface. functional and aesthetic quality of the roadway.
• Refer to the Appendix for a detailed process flow of
reinstatement requirements and special conditions.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Ensured a uniform and consistent road surface by combining closely spaced reinstatements into a single
resurfacing effort, following detailed process flows and special conditions as outlined in the Appendix.

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTOR • LABORATORY
• CONSULTANT

301
 02
Home with solid fill

2.3.3 REINSTATEMENT WORKS

[Link] Supplementary Material

Reinstatement Procedures and Quality Standards

Reinstatement Requirements site, including well pointing.

❑ Restoration width to extend 0.3m each side of the
1. General Process: trench.
❑ Reinstatement involves backfilling, compacting, ❑ Backfill in layers of approved materials in
resurfacing, and restoring any disturbed surfaces accordance with the General Specifications Guide
and materials to their original state. for Civil Works in the Extension of Public Utilities
❑ Follow detailed specifications as given in the Projects.
relevant national standards. ❑ Conduct compaction tests of each layer of backfill
2. Material Testing: every 100m, alternating the location between the
layers.
❑ Ensure all required material testing is carried out by
the relevant Testing Laboratory. ❑ Edges of the restoration area to be straight and
parallel/perpendicular to the direction of traffic.
❑ The Consultant shall supervise and record the
works. ❑ Resurface the full width of the lane if the trench is
more than 50% of the lane width.
❑ The Service Entity Contractor and its Testing
Laboratory are responsible for the specification ❑ Combine reinstatements less than 3m apart into
and tests of utility materials. one resurfacing finish.
3. Compliance and Quality: ❑ Keep edges of reinstatement out of wheel track
zones.
❑ Comply with appropriate specifications for
materials, match with existing materials, and ensure ❑ Cut the edge of reinstatement vertically with a
proper quality of workmanship. suitable saw.
❑ Use the E-portal to manage the testing process ❑ Vertical alignment of edges to match the existing
where possible. surface +/- 6mm.
4. Objectives: ❑ Any pavement distress of any type described in
SHC 501 with a severity level of "L" Low and above
❑ Maintain the structural integrity of the highway constitutes a warranty repair by Contractor.
infrastructure and third-party apparatus.
7. Allowing Sufficient Time for Works:
❑ Produce a quality permanent reinstatement and
highway repair that complies with performance ❑ Ensure conditions are suitable (e.g., site is dry and
criteria. stable) before starting reinstatement.
❑ Ensure the long-term performance of the highway ❑ Allow asphalt to cool sufficiently before reopening
structure and pavement. the road to traffic.
5. Achieving Objectives: ❑ Only in exceptional circumstances should the
Amanah or RIPC request backfilling or road
❑ Provide proper training for operatives and reopening before the Contractor is content that
supervisors. conditions are suitable.
❑ Use innovative excavation, reinstatement, and
repair methods.
❑ Use appropriate equipment and materials,
including recycled materials.
❑ Comply with compaction requirements and quality WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR
testing specifications.
6. Specific Notes: Reinstatement – Contractor
❑ No backfilling or reinstatement until the o Works carried out to detailed specification shall be as
subsequent work phase has been approved. given in relevant national standards.
❑ Backfill coverage above the utility service surface o Ensure all required material testing is carried out by the
shall not be less than the design coverage relevant Testing Laboratory.
according to the type and diameter of cables. o Complied with the appropriate specifications for
❑ Depth of excavation below the utility serviced shall materials to be used, matched with existing materials
not be less than 0.3m or according to the and observed proper quality of workmanship to ensure
approved design, whichever is greater. the highest standards of reinstatement are achieved?
❑ Store backfill material according to specifications. o Note all relevant technical guidance?
❑ Determine a suitable methodology to dewater the

302
 PROJECT EXECUTION

Special Reinstatement Conditions Based on Road Category

Special Conditions for Reinstatement

The existing roads in the Riyadh Municipality have been classified into two categories according to their condition, in
order to determine the technical methods to be followed by the Contractors when resurfacing asphalt roads.

Reinstatement type

(A) Excellent: no (A) Good: (B) Acceptable: have (B) Weak: relatively
visible defects limited defects been excavated, deteriorated, as a
Road Category such as and in locations backfilled and resurfaced result of the aging of
subsidence, that do not and have some surface the asphalt layer and
cracks, slopes, affect the defects such as slopes, the appearance of
volatility or movement of small depressions and large and scattered
other defects vehicles. some cracks potholes

Freeways, Expressways, Full width of the traffic lane and

Arterials & Collectors (with the full length of the excavation
widths of 30 metres or more) shall be resurfaced The entire path of the excavation must be
resurfaced, plus an additional metre for the
width of the excavation (an additional half metre
Entire width of the street and the on each side)
Local or Residential length of the excavation shall be
resurfaced

Table [Link].1: Reinstatement Requirements (Excavation and Civil Works Procedures

in Riyadh, Riyadh Amanah)

WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR

Reinstatement – Testing Laboratory Special Conditions for Reinstatement – RIPC
o Carried out all required material testing? o Followed flow chart for roads inside and outside
o Tests of utility materials?
maintenance programme?
Special Conditions for Reinstatement – Contractor
Reinstatement – Consultant
o Supervised and recorded the works?
o Followed the guidance table for reinstatement
type and width?
Reinstatement – Service Entity
o Carried out specification and tests of utility
materials?
Allowing Sufficient Time for Works – Contractor
o Before reinstatement started ensured that
conditions are suitable - e.g. site is dry and
stable – before starting work?
o Asphalt allowed to cool sufficiently before the
road is re-opened to traffic?

303
2.4
PROJECT INSPECTION
& COMPLIANCE
2.4.1 INSPECTIONS AND VIOLATIONS
2.4.2 APPEALS AND COMPLAINTS
2.4
PROJECT INSPECTION
& COMPLIANCE
2.4.1 INSPECTIONS AND VIOLATIONS
[Link] Powers of RIPC to Inspect, Monitor, and Control
[Link] Roles & Responsibilities
[Link] Risk-Based Approach to Inspections and Violations
[Link] Supplementary Material
 02
Home with solid fill

2.4.1 INSPECTIONS AND VIOLATIONS

[Link] Powers of RIPC to Inspect, Monitor, and Control
Code Statement: RIPC shall conduct inspections and enforce compliance through scheduled and unannounced visits to ensure
adherence to project plans, safety standards, and regulatory requirements..

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Regular inspections and monitoring by RIPC are essential for RIPC’s authority to inspect, monitor, and control infrastructure
maintaining high standards of safety, compliance, and quality projects is crucial for ensuring adherence to safety and
throughout the project lifecycle. By exercising its control regulatory standards. Through scheduled and unannounced
powers, RIPC identifies non-compliance early, allowing for inspections, RIPC ensures that worksite activities align with
timely corrective actions. This proactive approach not only helps approved plans such as Traffic Management Plans, Health and
prevent accidents and disruptions but also ensures that projects Safety Plans, and Environmental Impact Assessments. These
are completed on time and within regulatory frameworks. inspections are systematically conducted at key stages,
Effective enforcement of these measures promotes including the commencement of work, during critical project
accountability among Contractors and Service Entities, leading phases, and prior to issuing Completion Certificates. The use of
to safer, more reliable infrastructure development. standardized checklists helps maintain consistent oversight and
reduces the incidence of violations.
POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall
REQUIREMENTS

• Inspections to be conducted at key stages:

❑ Day of commencement: Confirm that the Work Site setup complies with required plans:
o Traffic Management Plan, Works Execution Plan, HSE Plan, Waste Management Plan, Emergency Response
Plan, Quality Control Plan, Environmental Impact Assessment (if applicable).
o Check for any violations listed in the “Licensing Compliance and Controls for Infrastructure Projects in the
Riyadh Region.”
❑ During excavation, Service Entity works, backfilling, and reinstatement: At least one inspection during these stages
to confirm work adheres to the documents listed in the Appendix.
❑ Prior to issuing the Completion Certificate: Inspect the site once the Contractor applies for a Completion
Certificate to verify:
o Completion of works.
o Site is cleared and in good condition.
o No outstanding issues.
o Check for violations as listed in “Licensing Compliance and Controls for Infrastructure Projects in the Riyadh
Region”.
❑ Final Excavation Inspection: Conduct an inspection during the Warranty Period, at least one year after the closure
of the excavation permit, to check for defects and compliance.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Ensure full compliance with safety and regulatory standards, minimize violations, and maintain quality throughout the
project lifecycle.

KEY REFERENCES
• SHC 401
• Licensing Compliance and Controls for Infrastructure Projects
in the Riyadh Region

308
 PROJECT INSPECTION & COMPLIANCE

Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material
• Chapter [Link] Appeals Process for P3.1. • PI3.1.1. Stakeholder satisfaction
Clear and score on communication.
Contractors
Transparent
Communication
P3.2. • PI3.2.5. Average response time to
PROJECT LIFECYCLE
Stakeholder stakeholder concerns and
Engagement feedback.
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4
Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial P6.1. • PI6.1.2. Number of violations
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination Public relevant to public accessibility.
Accessibility
Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8
Technical Construction Handover Operation & P6.2. • PI6.2.3. Number of complaints
Design Maintenance Community about infrastructure works
Benefits disruptions.

PRINCIPLE LINKED VIOLATION

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled V1. Barriers and Safety Compliance
Violations

P2. Effectively Managed & V2. Permit and Regulation Compliance

Continuously Improved Violations

Should Consider Advise

REQUIREMENTS
• Ensure the checklist in the • Conduct additional unannounced • Use the checklist associated with
Appendix is used by both RIPC inspections based on risk factors RIPC inspections to ensure
and the Contractor to raise such as project complexity, compliance at all stages.
standards and reduce violations. location, traffic flow, and previous
• Confirm that the site is properly performance of the Contractor.
set up and works adhere to
approved plans and regulations.

MAIN OUTCOMES

KEY STAKEHOLDERS

• RIPC
• CONTRACTOR

309
 02
Home with solid fill

2.4.1 INSPECTIONS AND VIOLATIONS

[Link] Roles & Responsibilities
Code Statement: Service Entities, Contractors, and RIPC shall uphold defined roles and responsibilities to ensure compliance, quality,
and safe execution of works, with accountability for supervision and defect rectification.

Clear delineation of roles and responsibilities enhances The roles and responsibilities of Service Entities, Contractors,
accountability and coordination among all stakeholders. This and RIPC are clearly defined to ensure that infrastructure
structured approach ensures that quality and safety standards projects are executed safely, efficiently, and in compliance with
are consistently met, minimizing the likelihood of violations and all relevant standards. Service Entities are responsible for
defects. Effective supervision and prompt response to non- supervising works and ensuring Contractors comply with the
compliance issues foster a disciplined work environment, necessary rules and regulations. Contractors must guarantee
reducing project risks and enhancing overall performance. By the quality of executed works, rectify any defects promptly, and
holding each party accountable for their roles, projects can be adhere to the requirements set by RIPC. The structured
managed more effectively, ensuring adherence to standards oversight by Service Entities and the involvement of Consultants
and minimizing delays or quality issues. provide an additional layer of quality control and risk
management.
POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall

REQUIREMENTS

• Service Entity:
❑ Fully supervise work on extending services, excavation, and backfilling at the site.
❑ Verify Contractors comply with all approved requirements, rules, and regulations.
❑ Ensure work does not commence before obtaining necessary authorizations.
❑ Assign a Consultant to:
o Submit periodic reports with photos to stakeholders.
o Supervise site works, identify non-compliance, and take early corrective actions.
o Identify hazards, calculate risks, and support in mitigation.
• Contractor:
❑ Guarantee executed works for two years from the end date of the permit and the issuance of the Completion
Certificate.
❑ Address any defects identified during the Warranty Period within five days of notification.
• RIPC:
❑ Record violations, note time and date, and ensure they are promptly rectified by the Contractor.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Effective oversight and accountability to ensure project compliance and quality, with swift responses to any identified
deficiencies.

KEY REFERENCES
• SHC 401

310
 PROJECT INSPECTION & COMPLIANCE

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates

P1.1. • PI1.1.4. Percentage of major risks
Safety mitigated through risk assessment.
• Chapter 1.4 How to Use This Manual - Compliance
Summary of Stakeholder’s Roles and
Responsibilities
P1.2. • PI1.2.3. Percentage of legal
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material
Legal compliance issues resolved.
Compliance

PROJECT LIFECYCLE P1.3. • PI1.3.1. Percentage of projects

Quality passing quality audits with no
Assurance major issues.
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4
Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial P2.2. • PI2.2.2. Percentage of projects
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination Worksite without worksite and cleanliness
Management violations.
Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8
Technical Construction Handover Operation & LINKED VIOLATION
Design Maintenance

V1. Barriers and Safety Compliance

PRINCIPLE Violations

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled V2. Permit and Regulation Compliance
Violations

P2. Effectively Managed & V4. Worksite Management and

Continuously Improved General Cleanliness Violations

Should Consider Advise

REQUIREMENTS
• Oversee the implementation of • Implementing a structured • Ensure clear communication
civil works, maintaining quality and methodology to manage the channels between Service Entities,
compliance. oversight of Contractors, focusing Contractors, and Consultants to
• Consultants should provide on compliance before work streamline supervision and
ongoing supervision, reporting begins. compliance efforts.
issues early to prevent violations.

MAIN OUTCOMES

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• RIPC • CONTRACTOR
• SERVICE ENTITY • CONSULTANT

311
 02
Home with solid fill

2.4.1 INSPECTIONS AND VIOLATIONS

[Link] Risk-Based Approach to Inspections and Violations
Code Statement: RIPC categorizes projects based on risk profiles to prioritize inspections, enforce regulations effectively, and ensure
safety and compliance are maintained.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
A risk-based approach enables RIPC to allocate its inspection RIPC employs a risk-based approach to inspections, prioritizing
resources efficiently, focusing more on high-risk projects that resources and enforcement actions based on the project’s risk
pose greater challenges to public safety and infrastructure profile. Projects are categorized into High, Medium, and Low-
integrity. By tailoring the level of oversight to the project’s risk risk levels, with each category dictating the frequency of
profile, RIPC can enforce compliance more strategically, inspections and the severity of regulatory enforcement. This
preventing significant disruptions and safeguarding public approach ensures that projects with higher potential impacts on
interests. This method also allows for targeted interventions, public safety, utility networks, and social infrastructure receive
enhancing the effectiveness of regulatory actions and ensuring the necessary oversight and control measures to mitigate risks
that high-priority projects receive the necessary attention and effectively.
control to succeed.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall
REQUIREMENTS

• Categorize projects into A, B, or C based on factors like traffic flow, utility capacity, and social infrastructure
interfaces.
• Conduct inspections according to project category, with stricter enforcement for high-risk projects.
• Project Categorization:
❑ Category A (High-Risk): Requires the highest level of coordination, planning, monitoring, and control. These
projects often intersect with multi-modal public transport networks and extra high-capacity buried services
(critical infrastructure).
❑ Category B (Medium-Risk): Standard infrastructure projects with several complex interfaces. These projects may
involve public transport with limited intersections and high-capacity buried services.
❑ Category C (Low-Risk): Projects away from population-dense areas with minimal interfaces. These may include
high-capacity buried services located away from public spaces.
• Inspection Requirements by Category:
❑ Category A: Frequent inspections with strict enforcement and no escalation prior to penalties.
❑ Category B: Inspections at key milestones with moderate enforcement, including written warnings before
penalties.
❑ Category C: Inspections at the beginning, middle, and end of the project with limited enforcement, escalating
from verbal to written warnings before penalties.
• Escalatory Approach to Penalties:
❑ Category A: Direct penalties for violations.
❑ Category B and C: Written warnings with specified correction timelines, followed by penalties if not rectified.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Enhanced focus on high-risk projects to prevent major disruptions, ensure safety, and uphold regulatory standards.

KEY REFERENCES
• SHC 401
• AASHTO M-145 and T-180

312
 PROJECT INSPECTION & COMPLIANCE

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT
Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates

• Chapter 2.1.2 Work Execution Plan And Risk P1.3. • PI1.3.4. Inspection pass rate.
Quality
Management
Assurance
• Chapter [Link] Critical Infrastructure
Guidelines
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material P1.5. • PI1.5.1. Number of traffic control-
Traffic and related complaints per project.
Parking Control

PROJECT LIFECYCLE P2.5. • PI2.5.1. Percentage of

System infrastructure passing stress tests.
Resilience
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4
Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial P4.1. • PI4.1.1. Efficiency improvement
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination Advanced from modern methods.
Technologies
Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8
Technical Construction Handover Operation & LINKED VIOLATION
Design Maintenance

V1. Barriers and Safety Compliance

PRINCIPLE Violations

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled V2. Permit and Regulation Compliance
Violations

P4. Technologically Advanced & Data- V3. Infrastructure and Roads Quality
driven Violations

Should Consider Advise

REQUIREMENTS
• Implement further unannounced • Random sampling and testing of • Maintain detailed records of
inspections and audits during materials and workmanship during inspections and use them to adjust
excavation, backfilling, and project inspections to ensure enforcement strategies based on
reinstatement phases based on compliance with national project compliance history.
project risk factors. standards.
• Conduct inspections in
compliance with RIPC’s inspection
operating model.

MAIN OUTCOMES

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• RIPC • CONTRACTOR
• SERVICE ENTITY • CONSULTANT

313
 02
Home with solid fill

2.4.1 INSPECTIONS AND VIOLATIONS

[Link] Supplementary Material

Risk-Based Approach to Inspections and Violations

Project Monitoring & Control Inspections & Monitoring - Minimum

Requirement for Inspections
Details of RIPC’s powers and ability to impose fines for
violations are contained in “Licensing Compliance and For any site with a valid permit, the minimum
Controls for Infrastructure Projects in the Riyadh Region”. requirements for RIPC inspections should be as in the
table below. It is proposed RIPC and the Contractor both
RIPC carries out control and inspection operations aimed
use the same checklist to raise standards and reduce
at enhancing compliance through guidance, awareness,
violations.
and enforcement of these controls, relevant regulations
and rules. To achieve this, RIPC exercises control through
automated or manual monitoring or other approved
monitoring methods, whether in the office or in the field.

Type of Inspection Checklist for Inspection

Day of commencement. ❑ Traffic Management Plan?
❑ Works Execution Plan?
An initial site visit to confirm the ❑ Health Safety and Environment Plan?
Work Site is being set up is in ❑ Waste Management Plan?
accordance with the documents ❑ Emergency Response Plan?
listed. ❑ Quality Control Plan?
❑ Environmental Impact Assessment - if appropriate?
❑ Any violations as listed in “Licensing Compliance and Controls for
Infrastructure Projects in the Riyadh Region”?
During excavation, Service Entity ❑ Traffic Management Plan?
works, backfilling and reinstatement. ❑ Works Execution Plan?
❑ Health Safety and Environment Plan?
At least one visit during this stage to ❑ Waste Management Plan?
confirm the work is being delivered in ❑ Emergency Response Plan?
accordance with the documents ❑ Quality Control Plan?
listed. ❑ Environmental Impact Assessment - if appropriate?
❑ Any violations as listed in “Licensing Compliance and Controls for
Infrastructure Projects in the Riyadh Region”?
Prior to issuing the Completion ❑ Are the works completed and notice of acceptance received from the
Certificate. relevant Service Entity?
❑ Have lab test results been verified?
Once the Contractor has applied for ❑ Is the work area clear and has been left in good condition?
a Completion Certificate, ❑ Any outstanding issues at this stage?
❑ Any violations as listed in “Licensing Compliance and Controls for
Infrastructure Projects in the Riyadh Region”?
Final Excavation Inspection. ❑ Are there any obvious or deep defects?
❑ Any violations as listed in “Licensing Compliance and Controls for
An inspection during the Warranty Infrastructure Projects in the Riyadh Region”?
Period at least one year after the
closure of the excavation permit.

Table [Link].1: Minimum Requirement for Inspections

314
 PROJECT INSPECTION & COMPLIANCE

Risk-Based Approach to Inspections and Violations

Roles & Responsibilities

WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR
1. Service Entities Service Entity Obligations
❑ Whilst the Contractor has an important role to
perform the works in a safe, tidy and workmanlike
o Is there a methodology to fully supervise the work
of extending services, excavation and backfilling
manner there are monitoring obligations on the at the site?
Service Entity.
❑ The Service Entity shall fully supervise the work of
o Is there a methodology to verify the Contractor
complies with all approved requirements, rules
extending services, excavation and backfilling at
the site. and regulations related to the implementation of
civil works, and do not start work before obtaining
❑ The Service Entity shall be responsible for the the necessary authorisation?
quality of implementation, and the consequences
of poor implementation. However, this shall not o Has a suitable Consultant been appointed?
exempt the Contractor from potential Violation Consultant Obligations
penalties resulting from their breach of the quality
of implementation and application of the o Submitted periodic reports via online system?
procedures. o Deliver the executive plans on the ground.
❑ The Service Entity shall verify its Contractors
comply with all approved requirements, rules and
o Submitted photos of the project?
Contractor Obligations
regulations related to the implementation of civil
works, and do not start work before obtaining the o Are the management systems in place for the
necessary authorisation. two-year Warranty Period?
❑ The Service Entity shall assign a Consultant to
follow up on the works and do the following:
❑ Submit periodic reports with photos and share
them with Stakeholders.
❑ Supervise and oversee the site works, identifying
non-compliance and taking early corrective
actions.
❑ Identify hazards, calculating risks and supporting in
their early mitigation.

2. Contractors
❑ The Contractor shall guarantee the executed works
for a period of two years from the end date of the
permit and issuance of the Completion Certificate.

3. RIPC
❑ If any violations are identified during inspections
they should be entered into the violation process,
with the appropriate fine issued and the technical
violation dealt with promptly by the Contractor.
RIPC staff should note the time and date of any
Violations they observe.
❑ The Contractor is obliged to repair any defects
associated with the works during in line with the
Licensing Compliance and Controls for
Infrastructure Projects in the Riyadh Region.

315
 02
Home with solid fill

2.4.1 INSPECTIONS AND VIOLATIONS

[Link] Supplementary Material

Risk-Based Approach to Inspections and Violations

Risk-based Approach to Inspections and Violations risk profile of the project, the greater RIPC’s involvement
in its successful delivery through careful coordination and
Project Categorization control mechanisms. Project Categories have been
established through rigorous analysis and are based on
several factors. These are qualitatively described in the
With a geographical area under its purview of 400+ km
table below.
sq., RIPC must ensure that resources are efficiently
deployed such that it fully fulfils its mandate related to
regulation (and its enforcement) and supervision of public
realm infrastructure projects in the Riyadh Region.
Categorising Projects supports this aim. The higher the

Project Categorization

Typical Characteristics

Social
Project Transport & Utility Network
Description Risk Profile1 Infrastructure
Category Mobility2 Capacity3
Interfaces4
The most sensitive Extra high-capacity
project types that buried services
Multi-modal Multiple
require the highest whose precise
public transport interfaces with
A levels of High-Risk routes are unknown
networks places where
coordination, (also referred to as
intersecting. people gather.
planning, monitoring critical
and control. infrastructure).

Extra high, or high-

Standard
capacity buried
infrastructure public
Presence of services whose Some
realm projects having
public transport, routes are known, or interfaces with
B several complex Medium-Risk
with limited low-capacity buried places where
interfaces that should
intersections. services whose people gather.
be carefully managed
routes may be
and monitored.
unknown.

High-capacity
Infrastructure
buried services
projects in the region Lack of public
located away from Limited
that occur away from transport and no
the public realm; or interfaces with
C population dense Low-Risk intersections
low-capacity buried places where
areas, and having between
services whose people gather.
minimal interfaces, transport modes.
routes are known or
social and otherwise.
unknown.

Table [Link].2: Project Categorization for Risk-based Approach to Inspections and Violations

316
 PROJECT INSPECTION & COMPLIANCE

Risk-Based Approach to Inspections and Violations

1. Risk Profile is determined by several factors, including 4. “Places where people gather” may include stadiums,
Land Access, Average Annual Daily Traffic (AADT), parks, schools, hospitals, mosques, entertainment
Traffic Flow, Road Design Speed, Vehicle Types, facilities, and other attractions that draw pedestrians
Transport & Mobility Interfaces, Utility Network and vehicles.
Capacity, and Social Infrastructure (Interfaces) in
proximity to the project site, Work Duration, etc. Note: Project Categories may not conform to all ‘Typical
2. Road Categories are not directly linked to Project Characteristics’. The category will be determined by RIPC
Categories. A High-Risk Project Category could be through quantified analysis and assigned during the early
linked to any Road Category. stages of the infrastructure project lifecycle. Similarly, the
‘Approach’ will be determined on a case-by-case basis.
3. “Capacity” refers to electrical voltage, water pressure,
or telecommunications bandwidth wherein damage
to the infrastructure would cause major and
widespread disruption.

Approach

RIPC Inspections Regulatory Enforcement

Frequent Strict – no escalation prior to levying penalties.

At key milestones Moderate – written warnings, escalating to penalties.

Limited – verbal and written warnings, escalating to

Beginning, Middle, and End
penalties.

317
 02
Home with solid fill

2.4.1 INSPECTIONS AND VIOLATIONS

[Link] Supplementary Material

Backfill and Compacted Material Inspection

Type of Inspection Requirements for Inspection

Granular Gradient ❑ The material should be well-graded to ensure proper compaction and
stability. The gradation should comply with the specifications outlined in the
AASHTO M-145 classification for soil-aggregate mixtures.

Thickness ❑ The sub-foundation layer thickness is usually specified by the project

engineer based on the load requirements and soil conditions. Commonly,
the thickness ranges from 150mm to 300mm.

Tamping and Compaction ❑ The material should be compacted to at least 95% of the maximum dry
density as determined by the Modified Proctor test (AASHTO T-180).
❑ Compaction should be done in layers, typically not exceeding 200mm in
loose thickness, to ensure uniform density and stability.

Leveling ❑ The surface of the sub-foundation layer should be leveled to the specified
grade and slope to ensure proper drainage and support for the subsequent
layers.
❑ Laser leveling equipment is often used to achieve the required precision.

Testing Requirements ❑ Moisture Content: The moisture content should be within the optimal range
for compaction, typically within -3% to +2% of the optimum moisture
content determined by the Proctor Test.
❑ Density Testing: Field density tests, such as the sand cone method (ASTM
D1556) or nuclear density gauge (ASTM D6938), should be conducted to
verify compaction levels.
❑ Gradation Testing: Sieve analysis (ASTM C136) should be performed to
ensure the material meets the specified gradation requirements.

Table [Link].3: Backfill and Compacted Material Inspection

318
PROJECT INSPECTION & COMPLIANCE

319
2.4
PROJECT INSPECTION
& COMPLIANCE
2.4.2 APPEALS AND COMPLAINTS
[Link] Appeals Process for Contractors
[Link] Complaints Management for Residents or Road Users
[Link] Supplementary Material
 02
Home with solid fill

2.4.2 APPEALS AND COMPLAINTS

[Link] Appeals Process for Contractors
Code Statement: Contractors may appeal penalties within 60 days through a structured process, ensuring fair and transparent
resolution of violations. Approval of works does not relieve the contractor of their responsibility to adhere to regulations and standards.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
The appeals process is integral to maintaining a balanced The structured appeals process provides Contractors with the
regulatory environment, where Contractors can voice concerns opportunity to contest penalties imposed by RIPC, ensuring
about penalties they believe are unjust. This mechanism fosters fairness and transparency in the enforcement of regulations.
a sense of fairness and accountability, encouraging compliance Contractors have 60 days from the date of penalty notification
while allowing for reconsideration in cases of dispute. By to submit appeals through designated channels, which are
providing a clear and structured path for appeals, RIPC upholds reviewed by RIPC’s Grievance Committee. If necessary, appeals
the principles of due process, enhancing trust between can be escalated to the competent administrative court,
regulatory bodies and Contractors, and ensuring that providing a formal avenue for dispute resolution.
enforcement actions are both justified and transparent.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
REQUIREMENTS

• Submit appeals within 60 days of penalty notification • Thoroughly review penalty notifications and consider
via designated channels. the grounds for appeal.
• Follow the appeals process, which involves review by • Engage with the appeals process promptly to prevent
the RIPC Grievance Committee and potential unnecessary penalties.
escalation to the competent administrative court.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Fair adjudication of penalties, providing Contractors with a structured mechanism to contest violations.

KEY REFERENCES

322
 PROJECT INSPECTION & COMPLIANCE

PRINCIPLE

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

P2. Effectively Managed &

Continuously Improved
Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates

• Chapter [Link] Powers of RIPC to Inspect, SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

Monitor, and Control
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material P1.2. • PI1.2.1. Number of legal non-
Legal compliance incidents.
Compliance • PI1.2.4. Number of grievances
PROJECT LIFECYCLE resolved.
• PI1.2.5. Average time to resolve
grievances.
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4
Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial LINKED VIOLATION
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8 V2. Permit and Regulation Compliance

Technical Construction Handover Operation & Violations
Design Maintenance

Consider Advise
REQUIREMENTS

• Seeking legal advice during the appeals process, • Maintain clear documentation and evidence to support
particularly if the case is escalated to court. appeals, enhancing the chances of a successful
outcome.

MAIN OUTCOMES

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• RIPC • CONTRACTOR
• SERVICE ENTITY • CONSULTANT

323
 02
Home with solid fill

2.4.2 APPEALS AND COMPLAINTS

[Link] Complaints Management for Residents or Road Users
Code Statement: RIPC shall manage complaints from residents and road users effectively, ensuring prompt resolution of issues related
to safety, accessibility, and site maintenance.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Efficient complaints management is crucial for maintaining Complaints from residents and road users about infrastructure
public trust and ensuring minimal disruption to communities. By projects are managed through RIPC’s structured complaints
addressing complaints promptly, RIPC demonstrates handling process. Issues related to worksite safety, accessibility,
responsiveness to public concerns, enhancing the overall and other project impacts can be reported via the RIPC website
reputation of infrastructure works. This process helps identify or hotline. Complaints are categorized by priority, and resources
recurring issues, providing valuable feedback for improving are assigned to address each issue promptly, ensuring that
project management and minimizing negative impacts. Effective public concerns are effectively managed and resolved.
handling of complaints not only resolves individual concerns but
also contributes to broader project success by fostering a
positive relationship with the community.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
REQUIREMENTS

• Submit complaints through the RIPC website or hotline • Resolve complaints promptly to minimize disruptions
as detailed on the Project Information Board. and maintain public satisfaction.
• RIPC to categorize complaints by priority, raise tickets,
and assign resources to address issues.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Efficient handling of complaints, reducing negative impacts on the community and improving overall project
management.

KEY REFERENCES

324
 PROJECT INSPECTION & COMPLIANCE

Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT
• Chapter [Link] Community Outreach &
Accessibility P3.1. • PI3.1.1. Stakeholder satisfaction
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material Clear and score on communication.
Transparent
Communication
P3.2. • PI3.2.5. Average response time to
PROJECT LIFECYCLE
Stakeholder stakeholder concerns and
Engagement feedback.
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4
Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial P6.1. • PI6.1.2. Number of violations
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination Public relevant to public accessibility.
Accessibility
Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8
Technical Construction Handover Operation & P6.2. • PI6.2.3. Number of complaints
Design Maintenance Community about infrastructure works
Benefits disruptions.

PRINCIPLE LINKED VIOLATION

P3. Clearly Communicated and V4. Worksite Management and

Actively Engaged General Cleanliness Violations

P6. Community-Centric and V8. Community and Public

Accessible Accessibility Violations

Consider Advise
REQUIREMENTS

• Regularly review feedback from complaints to improve • Ensure all project sites display clear and accessible
worksite management and address common issues. contact information for submitting complaints.

MAIN OUTCOMES

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• PUBLIC • CONSULTANT
• CONTRACTOR

325
 02
Home with solid fill

2.4.2 APPEALS AND COMPLAINTS

[Link] Supplementary Material

Appeals Process for Contractors

Escalatory Approach to Penalties

1. For Category A projects, Contractors will face direct

penalties for recorded violations, without warning.

2. For Category B and C projects, Contractors will face

Written Warnings with a prescribed timescale for
correction. Within the timescale, the Contractor must
respond to RIPC with evidence that the correction has
been made, otherwise a penalty will be issued.

In addition to the inspections mentioned in the previous

section, RIPC may consider carrying out further
unannounced inspections and audits during excavation,
Service Entity works, backfilling and re-instatement.

The schedule for these additional inspections is at RIPC’s

discretion and take a risk-based consideration of several
factors, including:
• Duration of the works.

• Location risks, i.e., type of road, traffic flow, traffic

speed and pedestrian access.

• Complexity of the works.

• Previous performance of the Contractor.

• Any other relevant issues.

• These inspections and audits may also include random

sampling and testing of materials and workmanship. All
such sampling and testing shall be in accordance with
relevant national standards.

326
 PROJECT INSPECTION & COMPLIANCE

Appeals Process for Contractors

The Process for Appeals is shown below. The penalty shall not be executed until the specified period
for grievance stipulated in this article has elapsed, in
The violator may submit their grievance against the accordance with the provisions of the relevant laws and
decision to impose a penalty within a period not exceeding regulations.
60 days from the date of notification through the
designated means.

Appeals against the decision issued by the Grievance

Committee may be conducted before the competent
administrative court in accordance with the provisions of
the relevant laws and regulations.

START
Review Penalty
Issue Penalty
Notification

END

Yes
Pay the penalty Accept?

No

Appeal within 60 days

END

Yes
Appeal Review appeal against
Revoke Penalty
Successful? penalty

No
Contractor

RIPC Inspector

RIPC Grievance Committee

Figure [Link].1: Appeals Process for Contractors

327
 02
Home with solid fill

2.4.2 APPEALS AND COMPLAINTS

[Link] Supplementary Material

Complaints Management for Residents or Road Users

Complaints Management for Residents or WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR

Road Users
Contractor Obligations
From time-to-time issues may arise which cause o Is any grievance against any violation submitted
complaints. Examples could be poor Work Site within 60 days of notification?
maintenance causing safety or visual amenity. RIPC

In relation to residents and road users negatively

o Ensure process is in place for handling complaints

impacted by the works, they should submit complaints

through the RIPC website: [Link]

In addition to the complaints channel available online, the

Project Information Board (PIB) also features a hotline
that residents and road users may call in the event of
complaints, emergencies, or comments and queries.

The RIPC process for addressing complaints is shown

below.

START Complaint Received

Categorize by priority
rating

Raise ticket

Assign resource to
END address the
complaint

RIPC Service Center

Figure [Link].2: Complaints Management Process

328
PROJECT INSPECTION & COMPLIANCE

329
2.5
PROJECT CLOSURE
2.5.1 PROJECT CLOSURE
2.5
PROJECT CLOSURE
2.5.1 PROJECT CLOSURE
[Link] Project Closure
[Link] Supplementary Material
 02
Home with solid fill

[Link] PROJECT CLOSURE

Code Statement: Successfully completing infrastructure work benefits all stakeholders involved. Adhering to clear handover
requirements and conducting inspections during the Warranty Period ensures the finished work meets standards and is maintainable.

RATIONALE CONTEXT
The effective completion, handover and monitoring of Currently there are many challenges that RIPC faces during
infrastructure projects is integral to ensuring the public the project closure phase that primarily stem from lack of
realm is restored to its original state and is maintainable for clear guidance and processes relating to materials testing,
years to come without any foreseeable issues. The key steps handing over of project (and asset) information, and
that are undertaken consist of materials testing, works excavation activities and works being reinstated poorly,
inspecting, defects monitoring & rectification and which leads to misunderstanding and disputes between
exchanging of as-built information. This is underpinned by stakeholders and overall inefficiencies in completion of
effective coordination between the Contractor, Consultant, projects.
Service Entity, RIPC, and others.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
REQUIREMENTS

• Complete all works to the highest standards and as per • The site should not be demobilized and TTC should not
specification agreed in Stage 5. be removed until the necessary reinstatement and
• Reinstate the public realm to its preexisting state and asphalting is completed.
vacate the site, ensuring it is left clean and without any • Coordinate with RIPC in the inspection and monitoring
defects. of completed works, ensuring defects that are
• Provide necessary records such as as-built drawings, identified are agreed resolved in a timely manner.
photos, material test results, etc. following Service • Provide evidence of works acceptance from the
Entities Templates. relevant Service Entity.
• Submit the necessary material tests and comply with
laboratory procedures.
• Rectify defects that are raised by RIPC during the final
site inspection and two-year warranty period.
• Arrange for the vacation of site and closure of permit
upon agreement with RIPC.
• Ensure the site area and associated Temporary Traffic
Control (TTC) is cleared safely, removing all equipment,
surplus material, barriers, signs, etc.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Coordinated and efficient materials testing that • Site monitoring activates that encourage frequent and
ensures the public realm is reinstated to the highest open communication between all parties involved in
standard without damage and defects. the project, resulting in a coordinated and efficient
• Timely closure of works permits. project closure process.

KEY REFERENCES
• Excavation and Civil Works Procedures in Riyadh published by
the Riyadh Amanah

334
 PROJECT CLOSURE

PRINCIPLE

P1. Safe, Compliant & Controlled

P4. Technologically Advanced &

Data-driven

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

P1.2. • PI1.2.1. Number of legal non-

Legal compliance incidents (e,g, permit
Compliance non-compliance)

P1.3. • PI1.3.2. Frequency of Inspections

Quality
Assurance
Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates
P4.2. • PI4.2.3. Data collection rate (number
Data Capture of project contributing data
• Chapter [Link] Quality Assurance & Control & Monitoring input/total number of projects)
• Chapter [Link] Supplementary Material Methods

LINKED VIOLATION

V1. Barriers and Safety Compliance

PROJECT LIFECYCLE Issues

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4 V3. Infrastructure and Roads Issues

Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8 V4. Worksite Management and

Technical Construction Handover Operation & Cleanliness Violations
Design Maintenance

Consider Advise
REQUIREMENTS

• Ensure continuous coordination between the project • Plan ahead in the notification of works completion to
team (i.e. the Contractor, Consultant, and Service avoid unnecessary delays during the completion stage.
Entity) to enhance project efficiency during the • Document lessons learnt at project closure, to avoid
completion stage. repeat project pitfalls and encourage continuous
improvement.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Effective communication between all stakeholders.

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• RIPC • CONTRACTOR
• SERVICE ENTITY • CONSULTANT

335
 02
Home with solid fill

[Link] PROJECT CLOSURE

[Link] Supplementary Material

Project Closure

Responsibilities ❑ Provide details of the Contractor’s risk-based

approach to the project separately (as necessary).

The process for Project Closure is set out in the flowchart.

4. Warranty Period
❑ The responsibility of addressing any defects that
It is the responsibility of the Contractor, Consultant, appear on the executed civil works shall remain on
Testing Consultant and Service Entity to have the work the Contractor during the two years warranty
completed correctly and all relevant records completed period, which commences upon issuance of the
and available for RIPC to review. works Completion Certificate.
❑ The Contractor shall fix any defects in his works
1. Contractor after notification from RIPC within a period not
❑ Upon completion of the final asphalt layer the exceeding five days, to avoid any penalty.
Contractor shall advise the Service Entity to submit
a request to vacate the site to RIPC via the portal
or through an alternative method as necessary.
❑ The Contractor shall not remove the Work Zone
barriers around the excavation site, until it is
advised that the request has been submitted to
RIPC.

2. Service Entities
❑ The Service Entity shall initiate the procedures for
closing the permit, and verify compliance through
the Consultant and the Testing Laboratory with
several technical and regulatory requirements on
the works carried out by the Contractor:
❑ Final field inspection of excavation, backfilling and
asphalting works.
❑ Fulfilment of all necessary laboratory tests
❑ Submission of all reports, tests, photographs etc.
to RIPC.
❑ The Contractor shall not be released by the Service
Entity before confirming the release of the Permit
by RIPC.

3. RIPC
RIPC shall:
❑ Receive close-out reports which contains
laboratory test results.
❑ Conduct a site visit and perform visual inspection
and confirm all barriers etc. have been removed.
❑ Verify that there are no reported complaints
relating to the site that need to be addressed
before the party is evacuated.
❑ Verify that there are no outstanding violations or
fines registered against the Contractor.
❑ At their discretion, require the Contractor to
immediately repair any technical observations,
failed tests, or clear residual debris left on site.
❑ Clear the permit closure if there are no
observations.

336
 PROJECT CLOSURE

Receives notification Reviews all tests and

Compiles all Issues Completion
of wish to vacate and matches them with
necessary test Certificate stating the
relevant records. the random
Completes works and results, photographs required testing has
START Advises RIPC of wish laboratory tests and
wishes to vacate site and inspections been completed and
to vacate site and surface field tests
confirming work is results comply with
also sends relevant that it conducts
complete requirements
records periodically

Receives notification
from RIPC with
Carries out necessary requirement for
Yes Are there
repairs and rectifies immediate repair and any observations or
irregularities rectification of failed
observations or failed tests?
tests
No

Issues a Completion
Certificate, advises
Advises Contractor Service Entity that
Vacates site as work
that site can be site can be vacated
is complete
vacated and two-year
Warranty Period has
started

“Carries out
inspections during
Completes work Warranty Period”

Receives notification
from RIPC with Yes Are there
Enter dispute requirement for any observations or
resolution process immediate repair failed tests?
with RIPC within three days

No

Yes Are there any

Receives notification
from RIPC that it is unresolved disputes
END or violations?
released from
Warranty Period

No

At the end of two

Contractor years, verifies there
are no violations or
Consultant fines outstanding and
that the Warranty
Testing Laboratory
Period is complete,
Service Entity issues Release
Certificate
RIPC

Figure [Link].1: Project Closure Process

337
2.6
GENERAL
CONSIDERATIONS
2.6.1 LEVERAGING TECHNOLOGY
2.6.2 MAXIMIZING DATA CAPTURE
2.6
GENERAL
CONSIDERATIONS
2.6.1 LEVERAGING TECHNOLOGY
[Link] Leveraging Technology
 02
Home with solid fill

[Link] LEVERAGING TECHNOLOGY

RATIONALE CONTEXT
Technology offers innovative ways in which to plan and deliver Public realm infrastructure projects in the Riyadh Region have
projects. From low emission Heavy Vehicles to Lidar for typically leveraged labour over technology, and traditional
precision measurements, capturing three-dimensional construction techniques over more advanced, cleaner, and
information, and detailed surface characteristics. Leveraging innovative alternatives. No longer. RIPC will work in
technology has numerous advantages that will have a direct and collaboration with Stakeholders to gradually increase the use of
positive impact on public realm infrastructure works, including technology over time and will ensure that mechanisms are in
reducing environmental risks from oil spills, reducing noise, and place to support the transition.
improving visual appearance of Work Areas.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
REQUIREMENTS

• Ensure that all lighting is of LED-type. • QR codes readily available throughout the Work Site
• Ensure that all drawings, specifications, and schedules with links to work permits, reporting forms, etc.
are software-generated. • Deploy low emissions Heavy Vehicles.
• Deploy electric handheld equipment in place of petrol-
fuelled. Examples of handheld equipment are electric
jackhammers and grinders.
• Use RFID detectors on PPE to raise awareness of
nearby Heavy Vehicles.
• Remote cloud-based cameras for site security.
• Solar powered lighting should be used for non-critical
illuminated areas.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Reduced noise levels • Encourage cleaner air

KEY REFERENCES

• General Authority for Civil Aviation (GACA)

342
 GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

PROJECT LIFECYCLE

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4

Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8

Technical Construction Handover Operation &
Design Maintenance

PRINCIPLE

P4. Technologically Advanced &

Data-driven

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

Additional • Percentage of electric vehicles

Performance deployed at site
Indicators • Percentage of LED lamps as a
total of all light fixtures
• Percentage of electric hand-held
equipment as a percentage of
total hand-held equipment

Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates LINKED VIOLATION

• Chapter 2.2.1 Site Safety V6. Boards and Information Violations

Consider Advise
REQUIREMENTS

• Use Lidar techniques to map the site in 3 dimensions • Remote cloud-based cameras for site security powered
and generate a digital twin. by A.I. to identify productivity, and incidents.
• Deploy EV Heavy Vehicles. • Use Virtual Reality to enable remote virtual
• Material source tracking. collaboration on the digital twin of the Work Site.
• Use of asphalt with recycled aggregates. • Integrate AI based systems to optimize traffic flows
• Crushing and recycling of concrete materials for use in dynamically during peak hours near work zones.
either temporary or permanent works.
• Using drones for aerial surveys and to capture high-
resolution images and videos of infrastructure, which
can be analyzed for maintenance needs and urban
planning. To formally apply for a drone permit, please
visit the Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS) section of
the General Authority for Civil Aviation (GACA) website.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Reduce disruption to road users/the public

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• CONTRACTOR • SERVICE ENTTIY
• RIPC • CONSULTANT

343
2.6
GENERAL
CONSIDERATIONS
2.6.2 MAXIMIZING DATA CAPTURE
[Link] Maximizing Data Capture
 02
Home with solid fill

[Link] MAXIMIZING DATA CAPTURE

Code Statement: Maximise data capture and analytics to support informed decision-making and innovative planning
tools.

RATIONALE
Whether planning, permitting, mapping, or executing public To facilitate the momentous project of building a digital map of
realm infrastructure projects, data analytics should be at the utilities corridors, RIPC requires extensive collaboration from all
centre of everything we do. Maximising the number of accurate partners and stakeholders. This includes service entities, their
data points, whether cable positions, pipe pressures, number of Consultants, and Contractors, to ensure the accurate and
road traffic accidents around a Work Site, presents an beneficial capture of data from all projects.
opportunity to join up the points into a story from which we can
derive insights and make informed decisions.

POSITIVE IMPACTS

Health & Quality of Life Public Accessibility Economy & Infra & Public Environmental
Safety & Well-being Perception & Movement Business Space

Shall Should
REQUIREMENTS

• Contribute to RIPC’s unified digital map of the Riyadh • Capturing GIS points and polygons for all project sites.
Region with entire data sets • Create a process for maximising the accuracy of
• Service Entities: Verify and validate RIPC’s digital map. databases as part of project delivery.
• Submit Annual Plans for infrastructure projects (Service • Identify gaps in data and use them to inform the Risk
Entities) and road resurfacing (Riyadh Amanah) to Register.
RIPC.
• RIPC: Compile Annual Plans, identify gaps and clashes,
enhance coordination between Stakeholders.
• Create reporting mechanisms wherein changes to as-
built drawings are shared with Stakeholders.

MAIN OUTCOMES

• Protection of the public realm • Smooth project execution

KEY REFERENCES
• Saudi Authority for Data and Artificial Intelligence

346
 GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

PROJECT LIFECYCLE

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4

Strategic Preparation Concept Spatial
Definition and Briefing Design Coordination

Stage 5 Stage 6 Stage 7 Stage 8

Technical Construction Handover Operation &
Design Maintenance

PRINCIPLE

P4. Technologically Advanced &

Data-driven

SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

P4.2. • PI4.2.1. Percentage of data coverage

Data Capture of Riyadh infrastructure
and • PI4.2.2. Data accuracy rate
Monitoring • PI4.2.3. Data collection rate (number
Methods of project contributing data
input/total number of projects)
• PI4.2.4. Decision-making
improvement rate from data analytics
Applicable Chapters, Forms and Templates
LINKED VIOLATION
• Chapter [Link] Permitting Requirements
• Chapter 2.1.10 Protecting Assets and N/A N/A
Minimizing Disruption

Consider Advise
REQUIREMENTS

• Establishing inter-entity data-sharing platforms wherein • Using data to create publicly-accessible maps that
databases are linked, and updates can be efficiently show residents and visitors the locations and durations
shared. of projects such that they can plan journeys
• Regular training in use of GIS software, clarifying why accordingly.
data capture is important, and how the data is used. • Automatic Traffic Counter (ATC) equipment to help
• Use Building Information Modelling/3D modelling to track traffic/vehicle flows and speeds for road safety.
accurately map out utilities now, and for the future, to • Develop a smart drain system that uses ultrasonic
elevate coordination between service entities and sensors fitted inside gullies to collect real time data,
reduce risk of clashes. indicating silt levels and water flow levels to aid repair &
• Analyzing large datasets that can help identify trends, maintenance.
optimize infrastructure design, and improve the • Develop mobile apps that allow residents and road
efficiency of construction processes. users to report issues such as potholes, broken
streetlights, or dangerous site work areas, providing
real-time data to RIPC.
• Deploying Internet of Things (IoT) sensors on
streetlights, traffic signals, and other street furniture to
monitor air quality, noise levels, and pedestrian traffic.
MAIN OUTCOMES

• Future-proofing infrastructure assets

KEY STAKEHOLDERS
• MOI • SERVICE ENTTIY
• CONTRACTOR • CONSULTANT
• RIPC

347
3.1 UPDATING THE MANUAL
3.2 LEGAL FRAMEWORK
03.
GOVERNANCE
& LEGAL FRAMEWORK
 03

This Chapter describes general rules for understanding The Manual

and its implications, supported by a 4-tier linguistic hierarchy.

Also herein, RIPC explains how capturing updates of The Manual

will be governed and implemented.

Finally, a general introduction to legal and regulatory compliance

is provided, supported by deviation management. All of these
topics fall under the umbrella of Legal Framework.

350
GOVERNANCE & LEGAL FRAMEWORK

351
 03
Home with solid fill

3.1 UPDATING THE MANUAL

Change Request Process

Assessment by The Email the completed

START
Manual Update Change Request Form,
Committee (MUC) including all
Coordinator attachments

Is the No
Send notification of
Change Request Rejected based on pre-

END
rejection with No further action
worthy of MUC defined criteria
justification
review?

Yes

Yes
Is more Provide further Updated Version of

END
information information upon The Manual Issued*
needed? request

No

Once clarification is
Send the request Appoint RIPC
received, the MUC’s
directly to MUC employee to update
coordinator will record
Chairperson The Manual
it

No

Yes
Either approve the Send notification of
request or refer it to Approved? approval with proposed
the relevant RIPC outline changes
employee for further
investigation and
action.
Yes

Review proposed RIPC MUC

Is more No Coordinator
action from the
information
appointed RIPC Stakeholders
needed?
employee
RIPC MUC
Chairperson

*See Manual Updating Process on next page

Figure 3.1.1: Change Request Process

352
 GOVERNANCE & LEGAL FRAMEWORK

For Change Requests or enquires regarding The Manual,

complete the Change Request Form in the Appendix and
email to ICM@[Link].
The purpose of Change Request Process is to ensure that
important changes to The Manual are identified and
formally approved. This process ensures Stakeholder
involvement in the continuous improvement of The Manual.
The Change Request Process should be used, for example,
in cases of:
1. Regulatory or Compliance Changes: When new
laws, regulations, or standards are introduced or
existing ones are updated, stakeholders may request
changes to ensure The Manual remains compliant.
2. Project-Specific Requirements: If a project has
unique conditions or requirements that are not
covered by the existing manual, stakeholders might
request amendments to address these specific needs.
3. Safety and Environmental Concerns: Changes in
safety protocols, environmental regulations, or best
practices may prompt stakeholders to request
updates to ensure The Manual reflects the latest safety
and environmental standards.
4. Technological Advancements: The introduction of
new construction methods, materials, or technologies
might require updates to The Manual to include these
advancements.
5. Feedback from Project Implementation: Lessons
learned or feedback from ongoing or completed
projects may reveal gaps or areas for improvement in
The Manual, leading to requests for content changes.
6. Stakeholder Expectations: Stakeholders, including
Service Entities, Consultants, Contractors, or
community groups, may have evolving expectations or
requirements that necessitate changes to The
Manual’s content.
7. Error Correction: Discovery of errors,
inconsistencies, or outdated information in The Manual
leading to requests for corrections or updates.
8. Performance Improvements: If there is evidence
that certain practices or guidelines in The Manual could
be improved for better efficiency, quality, or cost-
effectiveness, stakeholders might request revisions.

353
 03
Home with solid fill

3.1 UPDATING THE MANUAL

The Manual Updating Process

A process has been devised for updating The Manual. It

aims to facilitate a collaborative, streamlined approach for
aligning The Manual with Stakeholders’ needs and
expectations. Updates will be captured as follows:
1. Based on Feedback and Change Requests:
The Manual may be updated based on Change
Requests or commonly occurring enquiries from
Stakeholders. Updates based on Feedback could be
due to errors or could be due to sudden changes in the
infrastructure landscape that have a significant impact
on the content of the Code Manual.
2. Annual Review:
An Annual Review will be conducted to ensure that The START
Manual stays up-to-date with the latest regulations, Updated Version of
standards, and industry best practices. This doesn’t The Manual Issued
necessarily mean The Manual will be updated every
year, but a review should be done to assess if updates
are needed.
Present The Manual to
Annual reviews will cover: the Stakeholders
(explaining key
a) Post-Project Evaluation Findings: After the
changes)
completion of major projects within RIPC, The
Manual should be reviewed to incorporate lessons
learned, feedback from stakeholders, and any
identified areas for improvement. This might lead
to updates if significant insights are gained. These Review The Manual
insights will be incorporated in the nearest planned
revision.
b) Regulatory Changes: The Manual annual review
will incorporate any relevant changes in laws, Assess comments and
regulations, or standards that affect the content. make updates, as
necessary
c) Changes in Organizational Policies: If RIPC
revises its internal policies or procedures, The
Manual will be updated to align with these changes
as necessary.
d) Technological or Methodological Final Approvals
Advancements: When new technologies or
END
methodologies become widely adopted, The
Manual should be updated to reflect these
changes.
Note: The Manual will be updated every 6 months for Stakeholders

the first two years after issue of Version 1, and may be RIPC
updated annually thereafter, dependent on the
outcome of reviews.
Figure 3.1.2: Manual Update Process

354
 GOVERNANCE & LEGAL FRAMEWORK

3.2 LEGAL FRAMEWORK

Legal Compliance

Infrastructure projects being delivered in the Riyadh

Region are subject to legal obligations. These obligations
are derived from Islamic Sharia law, the Basic Law of
Governance, the Royal Decrees and Royal Orders, and the
sector-specific laws and regulations that are issued by the
relevant authorities (e.g. Executive Regulations for the Law
of Municipal Licensing Procedures issued by MoMAH is not
applicable to RIPC as it's mentioned on the Executive
Regulation itself).

Most pertinent is that project parties and third parties

comply with the Contract associated with their respective
project. Contractual obligations may include the scope of
work, the quality of service, the payment terms, the
performance guarantees, the liability clauses, and the
termination provisions.

Contracts for infrastructure projects being delivered in the

Riyadh Region will all refer to overarching regulations,
including this Manual.

In this regard, the MOF has prepared Standard Module

Contracts for most of the infrastructure works that govern
the obligations of Contractors and Government Entities.

Subject Description

Obtaining the necessary licenses and permits from the relevant authorities depending on the
Licenses and Permits
project, such as the MOMAH, the MOTLS, and the MEWA.

Following the standards and specifications for design, construction, operation, and
Standards and
maintenance of infrastructure projects, such as roads, bridges, tunnels, railways, ports,
Specifications
airports, water, and electricity networks published by the respective ministry and SASO.

Complying with the environmental and social impact assessment requirements and
Environmental implementing the mitigation measures to minimize the negative effects of infrastructure
projects on the natural and human environment published by MEWA.

Adhering to the health and safety regulations and providing adequate protection and
training for the workers and the public involved in or affected by the infrastructure projects.
Health and Safety
For example, the regulations issued by the Ministry of Human Resources in respect to the
safety of workers in work sites/ locations.

Reporting and disclosing the progress, performance, and outcomes of the infrastructure
Reporting projects to the relevant stakeholders and authorities, ensuring the transparency and
Whilst legal obligations may vary depending on the nature
accountability
of the project, a general overview of the
of statutory sector.
obligations
are covered in the table below.

355
 03
Home with solid fill

3.2 LEGAL FRAMEWORK

Regulatory Compliance

The authorities have the power to enforce compliance and

to impose penalties and sanctions for violations and
deviations. For example, RIPC has the power to enforce
compliance of its regulation: “Licensing Compliance and
Controls for Infrastructure Projects in the Riyadh Region”. START

1. Issue Permits
The general procedure for the ensuring legal compliance
and regulatory compliance is as follows:
1. The authorities issue the licenses and permits for
the infrastructure projects and services, based on
the criteria and requirements stipulated in the laws
and regulations. 2. Monitor and Evaluate
Performance
2. The authorities monitor and evaluate the
performance and quality of the infrastructure
projects and services, based on the indicators and
standards stipulated in the laws, regulations and
contracts.
3. The authorities conduct inspections and audits of 3. Conduct Inspections
the infrastructure projects and services, based on and Audits
the frequency and scope stipulated in the laws,
regulations and contracts.
4. The authorities identify and report the violations
and deviations of the infrastructure projects and
services, based on the evidence and 4. Identify and Report
documentation collected during the monitoring, Violations and
evaluation, inspection, and audit processes. Deviations

5. The authorities impose the penalties and sanctions

for the violations and deviations of the
infrastructure projects and services, based on the
severity and frequency stipulated in the laws and
5. Impose Penalties
regulations.
and Sanctions
6. The authorities provide the opportunity for the
appeal and review of the penalties and sanctions
imposed for the violations and deviations of the
infrastructure projects and services, based on the
procedures and mechanisms stipulated in the laws
and regulations. 5. Provide an
Opportunity for Appeal

Further detail of RIPC’s tailored approach to monitoring END

infrastructure works in the Riyadh Region is featured in
Chapter 2.

Figure 3.2.1: Compliance Process

356
 GOVERNANCE & LEGAL FRAMEWORK

Deviation Management

Deviation management is generally known as the process Partial withdrawal and Execution at the Contractor’s
of identifying, reporting, analysing, and resolving the Expense: known under Article 75 of the GTPL. The
deviations from the planned or expected outcomes of the Government Entity may withdraw the works from the
infrastructure projects and services including planned Contractor in specific circumstances after following
scope, schedule, cost, quality, or performance of the specified notification requirements stipulated in the
projects. Deviations can occur due to various factors, such Implementing Regulations of the GTPL.
as human errors, technical failures, environmental
conditions, design flaws, or external interferences.
Deviation management aims to prevent or minimize the Contractual Obligations: the contract modules prepared
adverse impacts of the deviations on the project by MOF impose on the Contractors direct strict obligations
objectives, the stakeholders, and the society. to perform the works based on the accepted standard and
specifications. In case of failure to comply with such
obligations, the Government Entity may take necessary
Note: The term “Contractor” used in this section may apply process to redeem its losses.
to any contracting party, including Consultants, but not
Government Entities or those described as “First Party”
under the MOF standard procurement Contract modules.

The current procedure for deviation management in

infrastructure projects is subject to the terms of the
contract modules prepared by MOF which is subject to the
Government Tenders and Procurement Law issued by
Royal Decree No. M/128 dated 13/11/1440H and its
Implementing Regulations issued by Ministerial Resolution
No. 1242 dated 21/03/1441H as amended by Ministerial
Resolution No. 3479 dated 11/08/1441H (“the GTPL”). The
main relevant provisions of the GTPL that would govern
the deviations are summarised herein:

Variation Orders: known under Article 68 of the GTPL as

‘Change Orders’, allowed under certain exceptional
circumstances as follows:

• Prices of contracts or frameworks agreements shall not

be changed, either by increasing or decreasing them,
except in the following cases:
i. Changes in the prices of main items or services
covered by the tender, as specified by the
Implementing Regulations.
ii. Adjustment of tariffs, fees, or taxes.
iii. If, in the court of contract execution, unforeseen
financial difficulties arise.

• According to Article 69 of the GTPL, Government Entity

may, in accordance with its actual needs, issue change
orders to increase the Contract Value by no more than
10%, or decrease such value by no more than 20%, in
accordance with the Implementing Regulations.

Performance Bonds: known under Article 61 of the GTPL

as ‘Final Guarantee’ of 5% of the Contract Value submitted
by the Contractor to ensure that it will perform works in
accordance with the required standards and specifications.

357
 03
Home with solid fill

3.2 LEGAL FRAMEWORK

Deviation Management

In practice, the escalation of deviations from the revise the Deviation Report and resubmit it for
established standards, procedures, and requirements is approval or provide the additional information as
managed as follows: requested.
1. The Project Manager or the person responsible for 5. The Project Manager or the person responsible for
the deviation should notify the Project Sponsor, the the deviation should monitor and control the
Client , and the relevant Stakeholders as soon as deviation until it is resolved, and document the
possible after discovering the deviation, using the results and outcomes of the Deviation
approved Deviation Report Template. Management Process in the project records and
reports.
Note: The Deviation Report should include the
description, cause, impact, and proposed corrective An associated process is described on the following
or preventive actions for the deviation, as well as the page.
approval status and the signatures of the authorized
parties.
2. The Project Sponsor, the Client, and the relevant
authorities should review the Deviation Report and
either approve, reject, or request more information
on the proposed actions within the specified time
frame.
3. If the Deviation Report is approved, the Project
Manager or the person responsible for the
deviation should implement the approved actions
and update the Project Plan, budget, schedule, and
other documents accordingly.
4. If the Deviation Report is rejected or more
information is requested, the Project Manager or
the person responsible for the deviation should

358
 GOVERNANCE & LEGAL FRAMEWORK

Deviation Management

Below is a process that supports the procedure on the previous page.

START

1. Record Deviation in
the Deviation Report

2. Review the Deviation

Report

No No 4. Reject with
Is the Is more
justification and
Deviation information
alternative remedial
Approved? requested?
measures

Yes Yes

3. Implement Actions
and Update Project- 4. Provide more 5. Implement remedial
related Documents information measures
Accordingly
END

Service Entity

Stakeholders

Contractor

Figure 3.2.2: Deviation Management Process

359
04.
APPENDIX
4.1
APPENDIX
4.1.1 CHAPTER 2.1 AND 2.2 APPENDIX
4.1.2 CHAPTER 2.3 APPENDIX
4.1.3 CHAPTER 2.4 APPENDIX
4.1.4 CHAPTER 2.5 APPENDIX
4.1.5 CHAPTER 3 APPENDIX
4.1
APPENDIX
4.1.1 CHAPTER 2.1 AND 2.2 APPENDIX
 04
Home with solid fill

4.1 ATTACHMENTS FOR CHAPTER 2.1 AND 2.2

References

• American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) 38-22 ‘Standard Guideline for Investigating and Documenting
Existing Utilities’ and ASCE/UESI/CI 38-22 and ’Standard Guideline for Recording and Exchanging Utility
Infrastructure Data’ - ASCE/UESI/CI 75-22.

• ‘Excavation and Civil Works Procedures in Riyadh’ - Riyadh Amanah

• Saudi Highway Code 301 – Highway Geometric Design

• Saudi Highway Code 305 – Highway Facilities and Utilities Design – Work Zone Design

• Saudi Highway Code 309 – Material Specifications and Standardized Testing

• Saudi Highway Code 401 – Construction of Highways

• Saudi Highway Code 403 – Construction of Highway Facilities

• Saudi Highway Code 602 – Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices

• Saudi Highway Code 701 – Environmental Aspects of Highways

• US Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) standard 2226-10R 2015, Trenching and
Excavation Safety

• Project Control in Work Areas - Ministry of Transport

• Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways—the MUTCD, 2009, Federal Highway
Administration, US Department of Transport, 11th Edition

• Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH), 2016, AASHTO, Second Edition

• New Zealand Guide to Temporary Traffic Management (NZGTTM), 2022, NZ Transport Agency Waka
Kotahi

• Traffic Control at Work Sites Technical Manual, 2022, version 6.1, Transport for NSW

• Street Works Manual, New York City Department of Transportation (2011)

• Safety at Street Works and Road Works, A Code of Practice, Department for Transport (UK), June 2014.

• Street Works Manual, New York City Department of Transportation (2011).

• Riyadh Traffic Management Guidelines (RTMG) Version 1.

366
 APPENDIX – CHAPTERS 2.1

• SASO ‘Technical Regulation for Personal Protective Equipment and Clothing

• CIBSE Code for Lighting (2022)

• EN 60598-1, EN 60598-2-5, and EN 62471:2009

• NCHRP 350 (NCHRP, 1992

• Saudi Accreditation Center

• ISO 9001:2015

• RIPC Critical Infrastructure Guidelines

• Code of Practice for the Co-ordination of Street and Road Works

367
 04
Home with solid fill

4.1 ATTACHMENTS FOR CHAPTER 2.1

Project Planning Process
RIPC Service Entity Contractor Traffic Office

Prepares a Traffic
Appoints an
Management Plan 'Reviews the Traffic
Advises the Service appropriately
suitable for the type, Management Plan
START Entity that its Annual qualified Contractor,
location and duration within a maximum of
Plan is approved Consultant and
of works and passes 3 working days
testing laboratory
to the Traffic Office

Discusses and Are there

YES
resolves issues with issues to
Traffic Office resolve?

Prepares a Works
Sends the Works
Execution Plan
Execution Plan to all NO
including evidence of
other relevant Service
Dial Before You Dig
Entities
completion

Are there YES Resolves issues with

issues to relevant service
resolve? entities

NO
Prepares and
implements a Health
and Safety
Issues the Excavation
Management Plan,
License
Risk Assessments
and Method
Statements

Notifies road users,

business owners and
residents at least two
weeks in advance of
works

Joint site visit in Joint site visit in Joint site visit in

advance of works advance of works advance of works

Resolve any issues

from advance
RIPC
notification and joint
Service Entity site visit

Contractor
Commence work on
Traffic Office END site

Figure 4.1.1: Project Planning Process

368
APPENDIX – CHAPTERS 2.1

369
 04
Home with solid fill

4.1 ATTACHMENTS FOR CHAPTER 2.1

Works Execution Plan (WEP) – Contractor ❑ Tourist areas?

❑ Industrial areas?
❑ Does the WEP cover the following in sufficient
detail: ❑ Mosque areas?

❑ Project Information? ❑ Cut-through traffic?

❑ Scope of Work? ❑ Has assessment been supported by a

site visit?
❑ Work Sequence?
❑ Have factors such as traffic volume, speed,
❑ Risk Assessment? visibility, and the presence of vulnerable road
users been carefully assessed?
❑ Temporary Traffic Control Plan (TTCP)?
❑ Has the timing, duration, work zone set-up,
❑ Environmental Management? and methodology of the works been
considered?
❑ Roles and Responsibilities?
❑ Do the plans comply with local regulations and
❑ Tools and Equipment? standards (e.g. SHC 305) and have they been
prepared by a competent individual?
❑ Communication Plan?

❑ Review and Approval? ❑ Is the site being continuously supervised and

monitored for the effectiveness of traffic
Type of Roads and Associated Risks - Contractor control measures and adjusted as necessary,
based on real-time conditions and feedback?
❑ Have relevant risks been considered in the
development of the:

❑ Traffic Management Plan (TMP)?

❑ Work Execution Plan (WEP)?

❑ Temporary Traffic Control Plan (TTCP)?

Site Specific Risk Categories - Contractor

❑ Have relevant risks been considered in relation

to:

❑ School zones?

❑ Commercial zones?

❑ Intersections and interchanges?

370
 APPENDIX – CHAPTERS 2.1

Risk Assessment - Key Risks and Hazards -

Contractor

❑ Have the following key hazards (as a minimum)

been assessed and mitigated in the WEP:

❑ Live traffic?

❑ Sub-surface utilities?

❑ Overhead wires?

❑ Moving plant?

❑ Trenches?

❑ Slips, trips and falls?

❑ Confined spaces?

❑ Noise and vibration?

❑ Dust?

❑ Environmental damage?
❑ Have any other risks been identified and
mitigated?

WEP Risk Assessment - Key Risks and Hazards –

RIPC

❑ Have the WEP and Risk Assessments been

unprofessionally prepared, poorly presented,
or have clear and apparent breaches from
safety guidelines?
❑ Should the WEP and Risk Assessments be
rejected?

371
 04
Home with solid fill

4.1 ATTACHMENTS FOR CHAPTER 2.1

Further Information on Common Risks - Moving Plant

Contractor
❑ Established clear zones for plant operation and
Subsurface Utilities movement (part of TMP/TTCP)?

❑ Are Subsurface Utility Engineering (SUE) ❑ Set up barriers and signage to keep
practices being used to accurately identify and unauthorized personnel out of plant areas (part
map these utilities, mitigating risks and of TMP/TTCP)?
ensuring safer, more efficient project
execution? ❑ Equipped machinery with high-visibility
markings and lights. Flashing beacons are
❑ Before any destructive excavation, has a recommended for all moving plant?
minimum of Quality Level B (QL-B) been used
the dig site to ensure the Work Zone is safe ❑ Used audible reversing alarms on all mobile
and that the utility data is accurate enough to plant?
avoid potential hazards?
❑ Designated secure parking areas for plant
❑ Has any excavation within 0.5m of a when not in use?
subsurface utility, or where excavations may
clash with existing subsurface utilities had a ❑ Ensured all operators are properly trained and
QL-A locate? certified?

Overhead Wires Trenches

❑ Identified if there are any overhead wires on- ❑ Have potential risks been mitigated by
site? measures such as:

❑ Established safe working distances based on ❑ Edge barriers?

risk identification?
❑ Safe means of access including control
❑ Installed warning signs where required?
of entry?

❑ Restricted use of high-reach equipment where

required? ❑ De-watering?

❑ Trained workers on overhead wire safety and ❑ Shoring?

ensured the location of overhead lines on site
are communicated to all workers? Further Information on Common Risks - RIPC

❑ Had plans and procedures in place for ❑ Has the Contractor adequately mitigated these
emergencies? risks in the WEP?

372
 APPENDIX – CHAPTERS 2.1

Site Safety – PPE - Contractor ❑ Does it avoid illuminating local residences or

businesses?
❑ Does PPE, including high visibility clothing,
❑ Has any cabling been installed in a manner that
conform to guidance set out within “Safety at
avoids damage to assets, or slips, trips, and
Street Works and Road Works: A Code of
falls?
Practice 2013” (UK)?
❑ Has it been confirmed that cables are not
❑ Are PPE requirements based on a project-
trailing across access roads or pathways, and
specific risk assessment?
that there are no loose cables?
❑ Does the risk assessment cover the usage of:
❑ Has the risk of electrocution been mitigated to
❑ Hard hat? as low as is reasonably practicable?
❑ Are all electrical items Ingress Protection (IP)
❑ High visibility jacket/vest?
rated, suitable for the outdoor work
❑ Safety boots? environment?

❑ Eye protection?

❑ Ear defenders?

❑ Safety gloves?
❑ Are all site-based staff and visitors wearing
suitable PPE within the site area (i.e., both
inside and outside of the works area)?
❑ Has all PPE been fastened and maintained in a
clean and useable condition?
❑ Do all equipment and safety tools comply with
the KSA Standards (Metrology and Quality
Organization (SASO) standards)?

Site Safety – PPE - RIPC

❑ Has there been a project-specific risk

assessment to determine PPE?

Site Safety – Works Site Lighting – Contractor

❑ Does the lighting installed on site comply with

relevant regulations?
❑ Does it illuminate the work area in accordance
with the recommended minimum illuminance
for the type of area or work activity?

373
 04
Home with solid fill

4.1 ATTACHMENTS FOR CHAPTER 2.1

Preparing a Traffic Management Plan – ❑ Proposed times of occupancy;

Contractor
❑ Details of proposed impact on traffic
❑ Is the Traffic Management Plan (TMP) flow: road closure (with diversion), lane
prepared by an individual with suitable closure, speed reduction, counterflow,
qualifications, and their details included on the etc.?
TMP? ❑ If the work site occupies pedestrian sidewalks,
❑ Is the TMP presented clearly showing the has an alternative path been provided, and the
existing details of the site and proposed continuity of pedestrian movement ensured?
Temporary Traffic Control (TTC) devices to be Are appropriate alternatives provided?
implemented? ❑ Has the Contractors on-site representative
❑ Are existing permanent traffic control devices contacted RIPC prior to closing road and
around the site clearly shown? traffic lane(s) or adjusting lane configurations,
and again upon re-opening at completion of
❑ Do TMPs and traffic control devices the works?
implemented on site comply with relevant
guidelines and standards? ❑ Has a copy of the TMP and Excavation Permit
been displayed clearly on site at all times?
❑ Has TTC been prepared and implemented in
accordance with requirements set out in SHC ❑ Has RIPC been kept informed of any change
305 and other national standards, including any of details regarding the on-site contact or
necessary diversions? TMP?

❑ Does the TMP stipulate that the Contractor ❑ Do all traffic control devices, including signs,
shall be responsible for the management of signals, speed bumps, markings, and
HSE on site? delineation devices, adhere to the standards
set forth in SHC 305?
❑ Does the TMP include, as a minimum:
Preparing a Traffic Management Plan – RIPC
❑ On site contact?

❑ Individual who prepared plan? ❑ Is the TMP unprofessionally prepared or poorly

presented, or have clear breaches from TTC
❑ Type of works? guidelines? If so, has it been rejected?
❑ Proposed location of works (Work ❑ Is there a need to request the postponement
Zone)? of activities, even if permits with specific dates
and times have been issued, in the case of
❑ General Site Plan? unexpectedly heavy traffic or emergencies that
necessitate the use of the road for other
❑ Horizontal Projection Chart?
purposes?
❑ Typical Cross Sections Chart?

❑ Traffic Management Plan Reports,

including site furnishing, site evacuation,
start/end dates for works, risk analysis
and mitigation for traffic control
measures, etc.

❑ Proposed dates of occupancy?

374
 APPENDIX – CHAPTERS 2.1

Temporary Traffic Control Planning - Contractor ❑ Have the general guidelines for temporary
traffic control at work sites which can be found
❑ Have the key objectives of TTC at work sites in SHC 305 and Chapter 3 of SHC 602 been
been considered: followed?

❑ Safety of Workers: protect workers from ❑ Has the Risk Control Hierarchy for TMP setups
the risks posed by moving vehicles and and devices been considered when preparing
construction equipment. their TTCP?
❑ Have the following issues been considered:
❑ Safety of Road Users: safeguard drivers,
cyclists, and pedestrians from the ❑ Proximity of work site to live traffic?
hazards associated with construction
activities and changes in normal traffic ❑ Interface with pedestrian and active
patterns. travel routes?

❑ Efficient Traffic Flow: maintain as ❑ Speed and volume of traffic?

smooth and orderly a flow of traffic as
❑ Type of traffic?
possible to minimize delays and
congestion. ❑ Noise levels?

❑ Clear Communication: provide clear, ❑ Heavy weather, and other delays to

concise, and advance warning to road project programming?
users (including pedestrians) in relation
to work zones, detours, and changes in Work Control Zone - Contractor
traffic patterns).
❑ Does the Work Control Zones include:
❑ Compliance with Regulations: ensure
that traffic control measures comply ❑ Work Area?
with relevant local and national
❑ Advance Warning Area?
regulations and standards.
❑ Transition Zone?
❑ Minimize Environmental Impact: reduce
the environmental impact of traffic ❑ Safety Buffer Zone ?
delays, such as increased emissions and
noise pollution. ❑ Lateral Buffer Zone?
❑ Does the TTCP have detailed information on ❑ Termination Area (end of Work Zone)?
the Work Control Zone, including (but not
limited to; general Work Zone layouts, signage
locations, traffic control devices, hoarding
layouts, lighting, beacons, etc.)?
❑ Does the TTCP clearly set-out the Advanced
Warning Zone, Transition Zone, Buffer Zone
(longitudinal and lateral), Work Area and
Termination Zone?

375
 04
Home with solid fill

4.1 ATTACHMENTS FOR CHAPTER 2.1

Work Area - Contractor measures.

❑ Are all workers situated within the Work Area at ❑ Safety Considerations - Ensure that the
all times (except those workers managing work area is clearly separated from live
traffic)? traffic and pedestrian paths to prevent
accidents. Ensure that the Work Control
❑ Have the following factors been considered Zone complies with SHC 305 guidelines
when determining the parameters of a required regarding temporary traffic control.
Work Area: Note: A minimum clearances of workers
❑ Nature of the Works - The specific tasks to traffic is required (lateral buffer
to be performed, for example; zone).
trenching, paving, or utility installations. ❑ Logistical Needs - Identify and plan for
Each type of work has different entry and exit points for construction
requirements for space and safety vehicles and deliveries. These should be
measures. Consideration should also be located to minimize disruption to traffic
given to the staging of the works. flow and ensure the safety of workers.
❑ Space Requirements - Plant and Ensure that emergency vehicles can
Equipment: Determine the amount of access the work area if needed.
space needed for machinery and
vehicles. This includes space for moving
and operating equipment such as
excavators, bulldozers, and cranes.

❑ Set Down of Materials (Laydown Areas)

- Allocate areas for the storage of
materials and supplies. Ensure that
materials are stored in a way that is
accessible to workers and does not
obstruct traffic or pedestrian pathways.
Laydown areas are considered work
areas and material lay down shall not
occur in Advanced Warning Zone,
Transition Zone, or Buffer Zones.

❑ Zone of Influence - Consider the area

influenced by the specific work being
done. For example, a 3-meter deep
trench would affect a larger surrounding
area due to potential ground instability
and safety risks (as outlined in Section
7.3 Project Execution). This influenced
zone should be included in the work
area to ensure comprehensive safety

376
 APPENDIX – CHAPTERS 2.1

Traffic Signs - Contractor ❑ Are they placed in accordance with guidance

and maintained to a high standard?
❑ Are all temporary traffic control signs as per
Hoardings – RIPC
SHC 305?
❑ Are traffic signs positioned to maximize ❑ Does the site require hoardings to limit longer-
message effectiveness, and their placement term visual distortion?
adjusted according to highway design
alignment?
❑ Are signs placed to allow the driver adequate
time for response?
❑ Have signs been mounted securely and at the
correct height (no less than 1.5m above
road/pavement surface)?
❑ Are the sizes of signs appropriate for the
speed limit?
❑ If there are permanent traffic signs within the
work zone (that are not required) suitably
removed or covered?
Traffic Control Devices - Contractor

❑ Do all traffic control devices (including signs,

traffic cones, delineation devices, vertical
panels, warning lights, traffic separators,
barricades and rails, signals, speed bumps,
markings, and delineation devices), used in
accordance with and adhere to the standards
in SHC 305?
❑ Are all traffic control devices kept clean and
regularly checked for position and cleanliness?

Spacing of Channelizing Devices in Tapers -

Contractor

❑ Have these been set out in accordance with

SHC 305, relevant to the speed limit?

Hoardings - Contractor

❑ Have hoardings been requested by RIPC?

❑ Are they in accordance with SHC 305?

377
 04
Home with solid fill

4.1 ATTACHMENTS FOR CHAPTER 2.1

Illumination of Barriers - Contractor ❑ Are trailer mounted beacons in accordance

with SHC 602?
❑ If barricades or barriers are used for
delineation, are they equipped with steady Flashing Warning Arrow Panels - Contractor
burning lights?
❑ For appropriate sites, have these been installed
❑ Are these lights fastened or hanging and in a
and maintained in accordance with SHC 305?
tidy manner to avoid visual distortion?

❑ Is the correct type (A, B or C) being used for

Temporary Pavement Markings – Contractor
the location?
❑ If these are required (for long-term sites), have
❑ For short-term or mobile works - has
they been laid out and installed in accordance
appropriate mobile signage been installed?
with SHC 305?
❑ Have existing pavement markings been Hand Signalling Devices - Contractor
removed or altered accordingly?
❑ Are there trained staff on site and suitable
Temporary Raised Reflective Marker - equipment available (in accordance with SHC
Contractor 305), to be used in an emergency?

❑ If these are required for long-term sites, have Traffic Control Signals – Contractor
they been laid out and installed in accordance
with SHC 305? ❑ For appropriate sites, have these been installed
and maintained in accordance with SHC 305?
Plastic Delineators - Contractor

❑ Have they been laid out and installed in

accordance with SHC 305?

❑ Are delineators suitably mounted?

Battery-Operated Warning and Delineation

Lights - Contractor

❑ Have these been installed and maintained in

accordance with SHC 305?

❑ Is the correct type (A, B or C) being used for

the location?

Hazard Identification Beacons - Contractor

❑ Have these been installed and maintained in

accordance with SHC 305?

378
 APPENDIX – CHAPTERS 2.1

Selection of Traffic Control Devices – Contractor term site set-ups, where the work zone
is greater than or equal to 300m, or as
❑ Have the following been taken into determined based on the risk
consideration: assessment.

❑ Select signs that appropriately and ❑ The substitution of traffic cones for
accurately describe the work area barricades during day operations.
situation.
❑ All taper lengths are in accordance with
❑ Select the message according to the cones.
action the driver is required to make.
❑ Covering or removal of temporary
❑ Place a Warning Sign in advance of (and works signs at the completion of the
at the beginning of) the work area. day’s operations.

❑ The overall effect of the sign series and ❑ Type I or Type II (as per SHC 305)
the attendant supporting devices. barricades and/or barriers used for
delineation at night, equipped with
❑ The deployment of flaggers (in
steady burning lights.
emergency cases).
❑ The removal of works signs if there is no
❑ Traffic in both directions must use a
site work being undertaken. Any
single lane only when flaggers are on
unattended obstacle or excavation in
duty, or a temporary traffic signal is
the work area shall be protected with
installed to manage right-of-way during
Type I or Type II (as per SHC 305)
operations that restrict vehicular
barricades with flashing lights.
movement.

❑ The use of steady burning lights on

Type I or Type II barricades (as per SHC
305) for night works & operations.

❑ The minimum requirement of two

flashing lights to be used at night on
each approach, in advance of the work
area.

❑ Post mounted signs (if the closure time

exceeds 7 days).

❑ When a side road intersects the highway

where work is being performed,
additional traffic control devices to be
erected as directed by the Engineer.

❑ The installation of hoarding, for longer

379
 04
Home with solid fill

4.1 ATTACHMENTS FOR CHAPTER 2.1

Advance Warning Area – Contractor Reducing Lane Widths - Contractor

❑ Has appropriate signage been set out? ❑ If a reduction is appropriate, has it been
❑ Is the Work Zone speed limit appropriate and installed in accordance with SHC 305?
shown?
Narrowing Two Way to One Way - Contractor
❑ Are advance warning signs correctly set out in
accordance with SHC 602? ❑ If a narrowing is appropriate, has it been
installed in accordance with SHC 305?
Transition Zone - Contractor
❑ Are the signs/systems appropriate for the
traffic speed?
❑ Has it been set out in accordance with SHC
305? ❑ Are operators trained and have good wireless
❑ Is the taper length appropriate? communications on site?

Safety Buffer Zone – Contractor

❑ Has it been set out in accordance with SHC

305?
❑ Is the length appropriate?
❑ Is the Safety Buffer Zone clear of personnel,
materials and vehicles (except when accessing
the Work Area)?

Lateral Buffer Zone – Contractor

❑ Has it been set out in accordance with SHC

305?
❑ Is the width appropriate to traffic speed and
the type of work?

Temporary Safety Barriers - Contractor

❑ Have temporary barriers been set out in

accordance with SHC 305?
❑ Are the barriers installed in accordance with
the manufacturer's recommendations?
❑ Have both ends of the barrier been flared
where practicable?
❑ Is the type of barrier being used appropriate
for the speed limit and the type of work?

380
 APPENDIX – CHAPTERS 2.1

Termination Area (End of Work Zone) - ❑ Has the TTCP preparation determined whether
Contractor a contraflow system is required to facilitate
mico-mobility routes?
❑ Has the termination area been set out in
accordance with SHC 305? ❑ Is the footway at least 1.30m wide, with the
possibility to increase to 1.50m or more where
Access and Egress to Work Zone - Contractor possible, to aid accessibility?

❑ Ensured this is not through area requiring

temporary safety barriers?
❑ Has this been provided in the Transition Zone,
Buffer Zone, or the Termination Area which do
not require safety barriers?
❑ Have access gates been provided in areas with
barricades or hoardings?
❑ Ensured where the need for a safety barrier
has been determined, there shall be no access
through the safety barrier into the lateral buffer
zone/live traffic?
❑ For major long-term projects, has an Internal
Traffic Control Plan been prepared?

Pedestrian Walkways and Paths - Contractor

❑ Have these been set out and maintained in

accordance with SHC 305?

❑ If pedestrian routes have to be located in the

travelled way, have traffic signage and safety
barriers been installed before the footway is
blocked?

❑ Is secure fencing provided to separate the

public from the Work Zone?

❑ Are existing routes for micro-mobility and

pedestrians maintained around the Site Area?

❑ If there are no existing routes for micro-

mobility or pedestrians, has a risk-based
analysis determined whether ways should be
provided?

381
 04
Home with solid fill

4.1 ATTACHMENTS FOR CHAPTER 2.1

Kerb Ramps and Footway Boards - Contractor ❑ Are these clear and clean?
❑ Is it on all appropriate items?
❑ Where there is an excavation (even for a micro
trench, or short duration works) in a pedestrian Before Attending Site - Contractor
access route, has a suitable footway board
been provided? ❑ Have Business Owners, Residents, and Road
❑ Are these of a safe height, width, slope, Users been notified of the works at least 2
guarding and material to minimise the weeks in advance?
possibility of slips and gathering of rainwater? ❑ Have different means of communication been
❑ Are ramps/boards of a material that is robust used? (i.e. Digital Displays, face-to-face, social
enough not to distort under loading nor media, letters, etc.).
damage the pathway?
❑ Are stakeholder communications being
❑ Have they been designed to accommodate effectively maintained as the program changes?
wheelchairs and pushchairs, pedestrian and
micro-mobility traffic?
❑ Situated away from the road and suitably
fixed?
❑ Have they been designed with chamfered
edges and rails?

Project Information Board - Contractor

❑ Does the PIB contain: the project name and

description, name of Contractor and Service
Entity, start and end date of the works,
duration of works, contact information.
❑ Is the PIB designed as per the Design Guide?
❑ Is the PIB positioned as shown in the TMP
❑ Has RIPC asked for a larger PIB for major, long
term works?

Project Information Board - RIPC

❑ Has RIPC asked for a larger PIB for major,

long- term works?

RIPC Logo – Contractor

❑ Is the 164 x 164mm logo provided clearly on

temporary traffic barriers and hoardings?

382
APPENDIX – CHAPTERS 2.1 & 2.2

383
4.1
APPENDIX
4.1.2 CHAPTER 2.3 APPENDIX
 04
Home with solid fill

4.2 ATTACHMENTS FOR CHAPTER 2.3

References

This process is based on information contained in:

• ‘Excavation and Civil Works Procedures in Riyadh’ - Riyadh Amanah

• ‘Excavation Guideline for Infrastructure Projects in the City of Riyadh’ prepared by

Buro Happold for RIPC

• ‘Safety at Streetworks and Roadworks, A Code of Practice, Department for

Transport (UK)’, June 2014

• Saudi Highway Code 305 – Highway Facilities and Utilities Design – Work Zone
Design

• Saudi Highway Code 306 – Highway Facilities and Utilities Design - Public Utilities,
Highway and Street Lighting, Control and Monitoring Devices

• Saudi Highway Code 309 – Material Specifications and Standardized Testing

• Saudi Highway Code 401 – Construction of Highways

• Saudi Highway Code 403 – Construction of Highway Facilities

• Saudi Highway Code 501 – Pavement Maintenance Management Systems

386
APPENDIX – CHAPTER 2.3

387
 04
Home with solid fill

4.2 ATTACHMENTS FOR CHAPTER 2.3

Pre-mobilization – Contractor

❑ Has advanced communication works signage

been installed and notifications provided to
local stakeholders?

❑ Have the following documents been prepared,

(approved by the Contractor’s senior managers
and circulated to relevant parties):

❑ Risk Assessments and Method

Statements?

❑ Work Execution Plan?

❑ Emergency Procedure?

❑ Traffic Management Plan?

❑ Emergency Response Plan?

❑ Health, Safety & Environment Plan?

❑ Quality Control Plan?

❑ Have the relevant equipment checks been

undertaken?

❑ Have works permits been approved and

received?

❑ The excavation plans are adhered to according

to the Street Section and its Updates?

❑ With regards to potential utilities clashes – has

there been coordination with the asset owners,
and approvals received for works to or around
existing infrastructure?

388
 APPENDIX – CHAPTER 2.3

Design – Contractor ❑ Method of excavating and removal of

soil, i.e. whether it is an open excavation
❑ Do excavations that are of 1.2m (or more) in or closed, such as thrust-boring?
depth have a Confined Space Entry permit?
❑ Suitable shoring installation, or the sides
❑ For excavations deeper than 0.3m with the of the excavation to be benched or
potential of existing buried cables and pipelines sloped back to a safe angle?
– have these been designed by a competent
individual who can demonstrate relevant ❑ The requirement for emergency rescue
knowledge, experience, and training to identify equipment?
and mitigate for existing and predictable
hazards, construction methods, and soil types? ❑ The impact the excavation will have on
access for emergency
❑ Has the following been considered as part of the vehicles/personnel and egress of
design: personnel in the event of an
emergency?
❑ Purpose, size of excavation, and work to
be performed? ❑ Has the design of the excavation and
associated works influenced the information
❑ Soil classification? provided in the Traffic Management Plan?

❑ Stability and proximity of adjacent ❑ If conditions or constraints encountered on site

structures, including the location and are substantially different from those
depth of foundations? anticipated at the planning stage (and impact
on the approved Work Execution Plan or Traffic
❑ Consultation and compliance with utility Management Plan), have approvals been sought
companies to ascertain location of from RIPC and other relevant authorities?
underground obstructions such as
pipes, electric cables and other utilities?

❑ Presence of nearby process equipment

or piping with the potential for release
of hydrocarbon or toxic materials (e.g.,
H2S)?

❑ Weather and soil moisture conditions,

particularly high-water table?

❑ Sources of soil vibrations (highway

traffic, machinery, railroads, etc.)?

❑ Location and type of barricades, signs

and lighting?

389
 04
Home with solid fill

4.2 ATTACHMENTS FOR CHAPTER 2.3

Open Excavation Procedures – Contractor (Section 5.4.1 ‘Backfill Works’)?

❑ Has there been coordination with the Riyadh ❑ Have the edges of restoration areas been
Amanah to transfer any excavation waste to straightened and parallel/perpendicular to
locations that are in close proximity to the work direction of traffic?
site?
❑ If the trench is more than 50% of the land
❑ Prior to works commencing, have existing width, has the resurfacing covered the full width
utilities been identified (including their locations of the traffic lane?
& depths), and the necessary protection
measures instructed? ❑ Have reinstatements that are less than 3m apart
been combined into one resurfacing finish?
❑ Have the dimensions of the excavation been
adhered to, as per the excavation permit and ❑ Have the edges of reinstatement areas been
design specification? kept out of vehicle wheel track zones?

❑ Has excavation shoring been installed (where ❑ Edge of reinstatement cut in a straight line
applicable)? vertical with a suitable saw to the sub-base /
granular level?
❑ Have excavation trenches been backfilled at the
end of the day's work (whenever feasible)? ❑ Have trench reinstatement and asphalt
resurfacing been completed in a manner that
❑ Is the excavation depth below the utility service the difference in the surface layer is not greater
less than 0.3m, or as specified by the approved than 4mm?
design, whichever is greater?
❑ For reinstatements in concrete carriageways,
❑ Has backfill material been stored according to have differences in surface levels across joints
specifications? been maintained so as not to exceed 3mm?

❑ Have steel plates been placed to cover the

excavation trenches (if they must be left open
for lengthy periods)?

❑ Is there a suitable methodology to dewater site

– including well pointing (where applicable)?

❑ Has the restoration width been extended to

0.3m each side of trench?

❑ Has the reinstatement been backfilled in layers

with approved materials in accordance with
General Specifications Guide for Civil Works in
the Extension of Public Utilities Projects

390
 APPENDIX – CHAPTER 2.3

Micro/Ultra Micro Excavation Procedures – green?

Contractor
❑ Has concrete specification been checked in
❑ Is the micro trench 100 – 200mm in width and alignment with guidance provided in Section
no more than 550mm in depth? 2.3.2?

❑ Is the ultra-micro excavation 20-80mm in width ❑ Has excess material been removed by auger,
and no more than 0.3m in depth? compaction, or by turning it into a clay using
water or Bentonite?
❑ Have locations of existing on-site utilities been
confirmed through construction plans, test pits, ❑ For excavation in loose or non-cohesive soils,
and/or proprietary exploration devices? has a suitable supporting steel pipe been
inserted?
❑ Have launch pits, receiving pits and any
intermediate pits been constructed according
to design specifications?

❑ Has sufficient structural support been ensured

for all pits?

❑ Has the distance of the new service alignment

from the edge of the road been checked so
that it is not less than 100m (if the road has no
shoulders or sidewalks)?

❑ Has the excavation been carried out in

100/300m segments for ultra micro works?

❑ If the base of the trench is not in cohesive

materials, adjust its location accordingly.

❑ Has the excavation area been cleaned using a

high-pressure water hose and dried using
compressed air tools?

❑ Have trenches been backfilled before allowing

trafficking with vehicles or pedestrians?

❑ Has pipework or cabling been checked to

ensure they are heat resistant to 170⁰C, if
backfilling with asphalt concrete materials?

❑ Is the concrete for both mix types colored

391
 04
Home with solid fill

4.2 ATTACHMENTS FOR CHAPTER 2.3

Closed Excavation (Thrust Boring, Directional Additional Specific Requirements for Horizontal
Drilling, Pipe Jacking) – Contractor Directional Drilling - Contractor

❑ Has the soil type been confirmed against ❑ Has material been reamed back as drilling is
design? completed and the drill head approaches the
receiving pit?
❑ Have existing utilities and services been located
with trial excavations (test pits)? ❑ Has the pipe been coated with Vaughn Bonded
Epoxy protective coating to suppliers'
❑ Have vibrations that could damage sensitive recommendation to prevent corrosion?
soils and nearby properties/services been
prevented? ❑ After backdrawing protective pipe, have seal
plugs been provided to prevent water ingress?
❑ Have surplus materials and fluids been stored in
holding tanks before disposing them at a ❑ Have the worksite and pits been restored, and
suitable facility? structural reports been prepared for the
excavated path?
Additional Specific Requirements for Thrust
Boring – Contractor Additional Specific Requirements for Pipe
Jacking - Contractor
❑ Have sidewalls of launching and reception pits
been protected by steel sheet piling or been ❑ Have pits been created - as for micro
properly benched/sloped? tunnelling?

❑ Have safe means of access and egress been ❑ Have the sides of pits been reinforced,
provided? depending on soil type and jacking forces?

❑ Have the perimeters of the pits been protected ❑ Carried or pressurized surplus excavations back
with solid barriers to prevent personnel or prior to disposal offsite to a suitable facility?
animals from falling in?
❑ Have support pipes been used in weak soils - as
❑ Are micro tunnel launching and reception pits for micro tunnelling?
large enough to accommodate a full pipe joint?
Additional Specific Requirements for Auger
❑ Has a concrete base been constructed to Boring - Contractor
support hydraulic jacking equipment?
❑ Has spoil that is drawn back to the launch pit
❑ Have rear walls been reinforced with a thrust been safely removed?
plate designed to bear the thrust forces
generated by the jacking operation? ❑ Has the progress of the auger head and the
amount of spoil being withdrawn been
❑ Where necessary, has a dewatering system monitored to detect potential of cavities?
installed?

❑ Should bentonite slurry storage tank areas be

bunded to contain spillage?

392
 APPENDIX – CHAPTER 2.3

Before Starting Work – Contractor ❑ If vehicles are parked outside of the work zone,
check that they do not obstruct any existing
❑ Are all members of the Work Party familiar with road assets (e.g., traffic signs or traffic signals).
the Traffic Management Plan (TMP), Work
Execution Plan (WEP) and associated Risk ❑ If a vehicle is part of work area (e.g., Heavy
Assessments and Method Statements (RAMS)? Vehicle) is it featured in the TMP?

❑ Are there any uncertainties regarding the ❑ Once safely parked, do personnel report to the
instructions provided at this stage or aspects of designated area to sign in and receive any
the TMP? Should there be follow up relevant updates (including site safety induction
coordination with the Site Manager, Supervisor, for first time arrivals)?
or RIPC Inspectors?
❑ Are work vehicle operators intending to stop at
Maintenance of Site – Contractor the roadside or enter a site area activating the
roof-mounted amber beacon (if fitted)?
❑ Is the site maintained in a safe, tidy and
workmanlike manner at all times with no visual
distortion?

❑ Are all barriers maintained and kept in good

condition throughout the duration of the works?

❑ Is agreed RIPC signage displayed at all times?

Arriving on Site – All Parties

❑ Has access and egress been provided in

accordance with the TMP Work Zone
requirements?

❑ Are vehicles reverse-parked before unloading or

setting up signs? If reverse parking is not
achievable, then ensure work vehicles can be
seen clearly by road users through usage of
beacons and signage.

❑ Has off street parking been monitored so as not

to create any obstructions to footways or cycle
routes?

❑ Has access to adjacent premises and driveways

been observed and maintained?

393
 04
Home with solid fill

4.2 ATTACHMENTS FOR CHAPTER 2.3

Visitors To Site - Contractor ❑ Regularly maintained, tested and inspected in

line with legislation and the manufacturer's
❑ Have all visitors been signed in and been requirements?
provided a comprehensive site induction?
❑ Appropriate for the expected tasks?
❑ Has a point of contact been established for
visitors whilst on site? ❑ Inspected so that faults are immediately
identified, reported, and equipment taken out
❑ Have visitors been escorted on site, and are of service if there is a safety concern?
they wearing the appropriate PPE?
❑ Provided with a suitable means of isolating the
❑ Have security measures been installed to deter work equipment from all power sources
trespassers? including electric, hydraulic, pneumatic and
gravitational energy?
❑ Have visitor associated risk assessments been
completed, ad has the risk of slips and falls in ❑ Designed and used in such a way that they do
and around the site been mitigated? not pose a risk to safety, health or environment
when they are installed and maintained and
❑ Have access routes been clearly marked? when they are used for what they are intended
for?
❑ Is there adequate visitors parking?
❑ Operated only by persons with appropriate
Access to Site for the Consultant, Testing training?
Laboratory and RIPC – Contractor
❑ Designed so that operators shall be able to
❑ Has safe access to the site been allowed at all perform their work at or with the machine in
times for staff representing the Consultant, appropriate working positions, with braking
Testing Laboratory and RIPC? devices, adequate driver vision and, where
❑ Has assistance been provided to these parties to necessary, lighting?
enable them to carry out the necessary testing,
inspection and record-keeping?

Plant and Equipment – Contractor

Is plant and equipment:

❑ In good condition, full working order, and kept

clean?

❑ Meets appropriate legislation, including safety

testing and marking etc.? Has calibration been
completed (if required)?

394
 APPENDIX – CHAPTER 2.3

❑ Provided with user manuals which contain Works by Utilities Contractor – Service Entity
information on how to:
❑ Have the necessary specification and details been
❑ Use the item, including training and provided for utility works to be carried out by the
appropriate PPE? Utilities Contractor, including any details of
bedding or protection works etc?
❑ Start/power on the item?

❑ Set up and handle the item?

❑ Install the item?

❑ Store the item?

❑ Maintain and repair the item?

❑ Prepare the item for scrappage or

recycling?

❑ Of an appropriate size that reduces the impact

on local residents and businesses (if used in
residential areas)?

Works by Utilities Contractor - Contractor

❑ Is there safe access for the Utilities Contractor to

complete their works?
❑ Has a briefing been provided for the Utilities
Contractor on the following:
❑ The Traffic Management Plan (TMP)?

❑ Works Execution Plan (WEP)?

❑ Waste Management Plan?

❑ HSE Plan?

❑ Emergency Response Plan?

❑ Quality Control Plan?

❑ Environmental Impact Plan (if

appropriate)?

395
 04
Home with solid fill

4.2 ATTACHMENTS FOR CHAPTER 2.3

Reinstatement - Contractor whichever is greater?

❑ Have works been conducted as detailed in the ❑ Has backfill material been stored according to
relevant national standards? specifications?

❑ Has all required material testing been ❑ Has a suitable methodology been established
completed by the relevant Testing Laboratory? to dewater the site – including well pointing?

❑ Is there compliance with the appropriate ❑ Has the restoration width been extended 0.3m
specifications for materials to be used, matched each side of the trench?
with existing materials and observed proper
quality of workmanship to ensure the highest ❑ Have excavations been backfilled in layers of
standards of reinstatement are achieved? approved materials in accordance with relevant
national standards?
❑ Is there provision for appropriate training for
operatives and supervisors, and encouragement ❑ Have compaction tests of each layer of backfill
for operatives to take ownership of the works? been completed every 100m, alternating the
location between the layers?
❑ Has there been use of innovative excavation,
reinstatement and repair methods? ❑ Have the edges of restoration areas been kept
straight and parallel/perpendicular to direction
❑ Has there been use of the appropriate of traffic?
equipment and materials, including recycled
materials? ❑ Has the full width of the traffic lane been
resurfaced (if trench is more than 50% of lane
❑ Is there compliance with compaction width)?
requirements and quality testing specifications?
❑ Have reinstatements that are less than 3m apart
❑ Is there application of a ‘first-time permanent’ been combined into one resurfacing?
reinstatement philosophy?
❑ Have edges of reinstatement areas been kept
❑ Is there assurance that no backfilling or out of vehicle wheel track zones?
reinstatement work has taken place until
subsequent work phase has been approved? ❑ Have edges of reinstatements been cut
vertically sing a suitable saw?
❑ Has the backfill coverage above the surface of
the utility service been checked so that it is not ❑ Have the vertical alignments of edges been
less than the design coverage according to the matched to the existing surface +/- 6mm?
type and diameter of cables?

❑ Has the depth of excavation below the utility

serviced been checked so that it is not less than
0.3m, or according to the approved design,

396
 APPENDIX – CHAPTER 2.3

Reinstatement – Testing Laboratory

❑ Has all the required material testing been

completed?

❑ Has the E-portal been used (where possible)?

❑ Have tests associated with utility materials been

completed?

Reinstatement – Consultant

❑ Have the works been sufficiently supervised and

recorded?

❑ Has the E-portal been used (where possible)?

Reinstatement – Service Entity

❑ Carried out specification and tests of utility

materials?

Allowing Sufficient Time for Works – Contractor

❑ Prior to reinstatement works commencing, have

site conditions been monitored and checked if
suitable, i.e. is the site dry and stable?

❑ Has the new asphalt been allowed to cool

sufficiently before the road is re-opened to
traffic?

Special Conditions for Reinstatement – RIPC

❑ Have the relevant processed been followed for

roads inside and outside of the maintenance
programme?

Special Conditions for Reinstatement –

Contractor

❑ Has the relevant guidance been followed in

relation to reinstatement type and width?

397
4.1
APPENDIX
4.1.3 CHAPTER 2.4 APPENDIX
 04
Home with solid fill

4.3 ATTACHMENTS FOR CHAPTER 2.4

Inspection & Compliance Checklists

RIPC Powers to Inspect, Monitor, and Control – ❑ Affixing a notice at the site of the
A Checklist for RIPC activity, requesting their presence?

❑ Are approved control plans in place or is ❑ Requesting their attendance through

inspection as a result of a complaint? the relevant authority?

❑ To record a violation is there: ❑ Has any record been taken of unwillingness of

the Contractor (or relevant entity) to co-
❑ Information about the violator, a operate?
description of the violation, and the
activity carried out by the violator? RIPC and Contractor Checklist During Project
Execution, Closure, and Warranty Period
❑ The number corresponding to the
violation and the specified penalty Note: It is proposed RIPC and the Contractor both
amount? use the same checklist to raise standards and reduce
violations in relation to infrastructure works.
❑ The date and time on which the
monitoring practice occurred, including Day of commencement – has an initial site visit been
the day and hour? conducted to confirm the work site is being set up is
in accordance with the documents listed below?
❑ Place of the violation (city,
neighbourhood, street, or road)? ❑ Traffic Management Plan (TMP).
❑ Works Execution Plan (WEP).
❑ Has as much detail as possible been recorded?
❑ Health Safety and Environment Plan.
❑ Has the violator been notified, potentially by ❑ Waste Management Plan.
one of the following methods:
❑ Emergency Response Plan.
❑ Sending a notice to their registered ❑ Quality Control Plan.
address, specifying a deadline for ❑ Environmental Impact Assessment - if
review according to the nature of the appropriate.
violation?
❑ Any violations as listed in “Licensing
❑ Sending a text message to the mobile Compliance and Controls for Infrastructure
number associated with their Permit? Projects in the Riyadh Region”.

❑ Sending a notification through the ❑ Have site visits been conducted during
excavation, Service Entity works, backfilling, and
designated service application (if
reinstatement, to confirm the work is being
available)? delivered in accordance with the documents listed
above?

400
 APPENDIX – CHAPTER 2.4

Prior to issuing the Completion Certificate, has the Contractor Obligations

following been ensured?
❑ Are the management systems in place for the
❑ All works have been completed as per the two-year Warranty Period?
design specification.
❑ Is any grievance against any violation submitted
❑ The site is cleared and has been left in good
within 60 days of notification?
condition.
❑ Outstanding on-site issues have been resolved RIPC Obligations
with all parties.
❑ Violations have been addressed or resolved. ❑ Ensure process is in place for handling
complaints.
Final Excavation Inspection - during the Warranty
Period, at least one year after the closure of the
excavation permit:

❑ Are there any identified defects?

❑ Are there any violations identified?

Service Entity Obligations

❑ Is there a methodology to fully supervise the

work of extending services, excavation and
backfilling at the site?
❑ Is there a methodology to verify the
Contractor has complied with all approved
requirements, rules and regulations related to
the implementation of civil works, and do not
start work before obtaining the necessary
authorisation?
❑ Has a suitable Consultant been appointed to
facilitate the completion of the works?

Consultant Obligations

❑ Have periodic reports been submitted via the

relevant online platform?
❑ Have photos of the completed works and
overall project been provided?

401
4.1
APPENDIX
4.1.4 CHAPTER 2.5 APPENDIX
 04
Home with solid fill

4.4 ATTACHMENTS FOR CHAPTER 2.5

What to Look Out For

• Contractor

❑ Have completed all works to specification?

❑ Not left site until advised by Service Entity?

❑ Left site in clean and tidy condition?

❑ Resolved any issues promptly?

• Consultant

❑ Submit records to Service Entity?

• Testing Laboratory

❑ Submit Records to Service Entity?

• Service Entity

❑ Sent records to RIPC and advised of wish to

vacate site?

❑ Advised Contractor of any RIPC concerns?

❑ Advised Contractor that site can be vacated after

Completion Certificate received from RIPC?

• RIPC

❑ Reviewed all tests and carried out inspections?

❑ Raised issues?

❑ Issued Completion Certificate?

❑ Confirmed release of Warranty Period?

404
 APPENDIX – CHAPTER 2.5

• Excavation and Civil Works Procedures in Riyadh published by the Riyadh Amanah

• Licensing Compliance and Controls for Infrastructure Projects in the Riyadh Region - RIPC

405
 04
Home with solid fill

4.4 ATTACHMENTS FOR CHAPTER 2.5

Project Closure Checklists

Contractor ❑ Received notification from RIPC with requirement

for immediate repair and rectification of
observations or failed tests?
❑ Has the Service Entity been advised to submit a
❑ Has the Contractor been notified that the site can
request to RIPC to vacate the site?
be vacated once Completion Certificate is
❑ Have any necessary repairs been completed and received from RIPC?
irregularities resolved, if observed by RIPC prior
to receiving the Completion Certificate? ❑ Has a notification been received from RIPC with
the requirement for immediate repair within three
❑ Has the site been cleared, including all traffic days, and has this information been shared with
management equipment/items and debris? the Contractor?
❑ Have violation fees been settled (if applicable)?
❑ Has the dispute resolution process been RIPC
commenced (if applicable)?
❑ Have any necessary repairs been completed and
❑ Have all tests in the portal been reviewed and
irregularities resolved, if observed by RIPC during
matched with the random laboratory tests &
the Warranty Period?
surface field tests that are conducted
❑ Has notification been received from RIPC periodically?
regarding the release from the Warranty Period?
❑ Has a site visit and visual inspection of the site
been completed to confirm all barriers, material,
Consultant and works equipment have been removed?
❑ Are there any observations or failed tests?
❑ Have all required test results, photographs, and ❑ Has the Completion Certificate been provided to
inspections verifying the completion of works the Service Entity?
been provided to the Service Entity? ❑ Are there any unresolved disputes or violations or
application to the dispute resolution procedure
that need to be addressed?
Testing Consultant
❑ Prior to issuing the Final Completion
Certificate/Release Certificate, have all violations
❑ Has a Completion Certificate been issued to the and outstanding fines been settled?
Service Entity on satisfactory completion of
materials testing?

Service Entity

❑ Has a notification been received in relation to

closure of works and site vacation?
❑ Advised RIPC via digital portal of wish to vacate
site and also sends relevant records?

406
APPENDIX – CHAPTER 2.5

407
4.1
APPENDIX
4.1.5 CHAPTER 3 APPENDIX
 04
Home with solid fill

4.5 ATTACHMENTS FOR CHAPTER 3

Change Request Form

Change Request Template or Form or Required

Content: Impact of the Change: Discuss the potential impact
of the change, including how it will improve safety,
1. Subject Line (for Email) / Title (for Form): compliance, efficiency, or other aspects of the
project. Consider both positive and negative
"Change Request: [Brief Description of the Change]"
impacts.
Example: "Change Request: Update Site Safety in 7. Supporting Documentation:
Section 2.2.1"
Attach any relevant documents, reports, studies, or
2. Requestor Information:
references that support the proposed change.
Full Name: Clearly label each attachment.
8. Urgency:
Position/Role:
Priority Level: Indicate the urgency of the change
Department/Organization: (e.g., High, Medium, Low).
Contact Information (Email, Phone): 9. Additional Comments:
3. Date of Submission:
Any Other Relevant Information: Include any
Date: This ensures a clear timeline is established for additional comments, observations, or
the change request. considerations that might assist in the review
process.
4. Reference to Manual Version:

Current Manual Version: Indicate the specific version

of The Manual to which the change request applies.
5. Section(s) Affected:

Section/Chapter/Paragraph: Clearly specify the

exact section, chapter, and paragraph that the
requested change applies to.
6. Description of the Requested Change:

Current Text/Content: Provide the existing text or

content that needs to be changed.

Proposed Change: Describe the change being

requested, including new or revised text, diagrams,
or other content.

Rationale for the Change: Explain the reason for the

change, including any relevant background
information, data, or regulatory requirements that
support the request.

410
 APPENDIX – CHAPTER 3

Change Brief Description of the Change Change No.

Statement
Change Request Form
GENERAL INFORMATION

Example: "Change Request: Update Site Safety in Section 2.2.1" Report ID

Date Time

Requestor Full Name Position/Role Organization and Contact Information

Information Department (Email, Phone)

Request Low Medium High Change Type Minor Major Standard Emergency
Urgency

Manual Manual Version

Version and
Affected Section/Chapter
Section /Paragraph

Current Provide a screenshot or a copy of the existing text or content that needs to be changed.
Text/Content
CHANGE REQUEST INFORMATION

Proposed Describe the change being requested, including new or revised text, diagrams, or other content.
Change

Rationale for Explain the reason for the change, including any relevant background information, data, or regulatory
the Change requirements that support the request.

Impact of the Discuss the potential impact of the change, including how it will improve safety, compliance,
Change efficiency, or other aspects of the project. Consider both positive and negative impacts.

Supporting Attach any relevant documents, reports, studies, or references that support the proposed change.
Documentation Clearly label each attachment.

Accepted Committee Coordinator Name Title Signature Date

DECISION

Rejected
Committee Chair Name Title Signature Date
More Info
Requested

411
 04
Home with solid fill

4.5 ATTACHMENTS FOR CHAPTER 3

Manual Update Process

A process has been devised for updating The d) Technological or Methodological

Manual. It aims to facilitate a collaborative, Advancements: When new technologies or
streamlined approach for aligning The Manual with methodologies become widely adopted, The
Stakeholders’ needs and expectations. Updates will Manual should be updated to reflect these
be captured as follows: changes.
1. Based on Feedback and Change Requests: Note: The Manual will be updated every 6 months for
the first two years after issue of Version 1, and may
The Manual may be updated based on Change
be updated annually thereafter, dependent on the
Requests or commonly occurring enquiries from
outcome of reviews.
Stakeholders. Updates based on Feedback could be
due to errors or could be due to sudden changes in
the infrastructure landscape that have a significant
START
impact on the content of the Code Manual.
Updated Version of
2. Annual Review: The Manual Issued

An Annual Review will be conducted to ensure that

The Manual stays up-to-date with the latest
regulations, standards, and industry best practices. Present The Manual to
This doesn’t necessarily mean The Manual will be the Stakeholders
updated every year, but a review should be done to (explaining key
changes)
assess if updates are needed.
Annual reviews will cover:
a) Post-Project Evaluation Findings: After the
Review The Manual
completion of major projects within RIPC, The
Manual should be reviewed to incorporate
lessons learned, feedback from stakeholders,
and any identified areas for improvement.
This might lead to updates if significant Assess comments and
insights are gained. These insights will be make updates, as
necessary
incorporated in the nearest planned revision.
b) Regulatory Changes: The Manual annual
review will incorporate any significant
changes in laws, regulations, or standards that
Final Approvals
affect the content.
END
c) Changes in Organizational Policies: If RIPC
revises its internal policies or procedures, The
Manual will be updated to align with these
changes if needed. Stakeholders

RIPC

Figure 3.1.2: Manual Update Process

412
 APPENDIX – CHAPTER 3

Update Brief Description of the Change Update No.

Statement
Manual Update Form
GENERAL INFORMATION

Example: “Update: Incorporate new Site Safety in Section 2.2.1” Report ID

Date Time

Requestor Full Name Position/Role Organization and Contact Information

Information Department (Email, Phone)

Update Stakeholder Change Annual Change Type Minor Major Standard Emergency
Source Feedback Request Review

Manual Manual Version

Version and
Affected Section/Chapter
Section /Paragraph
UPDATE INFORMATION

Current Provide a screenshot or a copy of the existing text or content that needs to be updated.
Text/Content

Rationale for Explain the reason for the update, including any relevant background information, data, or regulatory
the Update requirements that support the request.

Impact of the Discuss the potential impact of the update, including how it will improve safety, compliance, efficiency,
Update or other aspects of the project. Consider both positive and negative impacts.

Supporting Attach and list any relevant documents, reports, studies, or references that support the proposed
Documentatio update. Clearly label each attachment.
n

Accepted Committee Coordinator Name Title Signature Date

DECISION

Rejected
Committee Chair Name Title Signature Date
More Info
Requested

413
 info@[Link]
[Link] 19989